DMU AWARDED GOLD IN 2017 TEACHING EXCELLENCE FRAMEWORK

Teaching Excellence Framework

0202 CONTENTS

Welcome to DMU 04–05 Teaching 0 6 –11 12–15 Campus 16–19 Accommodation 20–21 #DMUglobal 22–23 Student experience 24–29 Supporting you 30–35 Fees and funding 36–37 Entry criteria 38–39 How to apply 40–41 English language 42–43 Visa advice 44–45 DMU International College 46–47

Courses Allied Health Sciences 48 Applied Social Sciences 58 Art, Design and Architecture 76 Business and Management 100 Computer Sciences and Mathematics 126 Creative Technologies and Media 144 Engineering 160 Fashion and Textiles 170 Humanities 184 International Relations and Politics 194 Law 204 Music 214 Nursing 222 Performance and Arts Management 228 The Leicester School of Pharmacy 236

Index 244 Legal information 250

03 WELCOME TO DMU

At De Montfort University Leicester (DMU), we have put everything in place to help you build the skills and confidence you need to make your mark in a challenging world.

At De Montfort University support your studies, expand your horizons and shape Leicester (DMU), we offer the skills and attitudes employers value. They also our many international make memories, make a difference and are a lot of students a welcoming fun. All of this helps explain why DMU is now more and high-quality teaching popular than ever. environment, where they DMU works closely with the United Nations in support can expand their knowledge, of its 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDG) which enjoy exiting new support a more peaceful, fair and sustainable planet by experiences and increase 2030. In recognition of the lead that we have taken in their appeal to employers. this area, DMU has been made a ‘global hub’ for SDG 16, which promotes ‘peace, justice and strong DMU continues to build a strong reputation based on institutions’. We are proud to be the first university proven academic quality, a clear focus on careers, and in the world to receive such an honour. on a global outlook. We earned the Gold award in the Teaching Excellence Framework, or TEF, the only UK Our newly transformed campus provides our students Government-endorsed measure of teaching quality in with the 21st-century learning community they higher education. Gold is the highest ranking possible deserve. It is a brilliant mix of exciting buildings and this success underlines DMU’s academic with outstanding facilities and industry-standard excellence and growing reputation. For you, that means equipment, offers venues in which to meet and eat, being part of an institution delivering consistently and has many relaxing green spaces. We have made outstanding teaching and learning, and named the best it a great place in which to learn and live, just like our in the UK for helping students find highly skilled work or home city of Leicester, one of the UK’s most diverse, further study*. happiest and best cities for work and life. We are proud to consider ourselves a globally focused We have every confidence in your future, and you university, with staff and students from more than should too. You can go on and make a difference. 140 nations. Every DMU student has opportunities to We can help you do so. connect with people in Leicester and around the world through our experience programmes #DMUglobal, Professor Dominic Shellard DMU Square Mile India and #DMUlocal. They can Vice-

*Wonkhe, June 2017 [from TEF metrics] 04 05 Teaching Excellence Framework

Teaching Excellence Framework

06 T E A C H I N G WITH R E A L IMPACT

DMU achieved Gold – the highest possible standard In making the gold award to DMU, the TEF – in the Teaching Excellence Framework (TEF), panel highlighted the following factors: the only UK Government-endorsed measure of teaching The way employability is embedded quality in UK higher education. It recognises the in the curriculum in every faculty outstanding teaching and learning on offer at DMU and the positive impact that has on students. The significant contribution DMU Square Mile makes to the social and economic development This Gold award recognises a range of strengths of Leicester for which DMU has become well-known: teaching excellence, an outstanding student experience, The way that real-world research high student employability, a wide range of feeds into students’ learning volunteering opportunities, a determination to widen The support for students throughout participation in higher education, and an unwavering their time at DMU commitment to improving student achievement. The outstanding personalised The TEF is a Government initiative to recognise provision for all our students excellence in learning and teaching. For the first time, a The outstanding student support on offer Government-backed guide rewards and recognises the enormous value that universities can bring to the lives of The excellent physical and digital resources that their students through excellent teaching, outstanding enhance learning, retention and employability experiences and great employment opportunities. A culture that encourages, recognises and rewards excellent teaching

dmu.ac.uk/TEF

07 LIFE-CHANGING RESEARCH

08 Research is a huge influence on DMU life. It shows what we’re thinking and doing, and how we are helping to meet some of the biggest global challenges. More than 60 per cent of our research is of international quality, nearly a fifth internationally leading, and we have a record of excellence on real-world improvements in health and wellbeing, infrastructure, creativity, economic growth, business and civil society – challenges affecting everyone. We have internationally acknowledged research groups in cybersecurity, transport, energy, water, advanced manufacturing and creative industries. Research is crucial to industry, developing tech and the skilled workers of the future.

dmu.ac.uk/research

DMU research aims to challenge conventional thinking and find new knowledge to transform our society for the better. Our commitment to research is integral to our aim to develop our students as critical thinkers. This was recognised in the assessment received by the university as part of its gold award in the Teaching Excellence Framework (TEF) which highlighted research that “fed into the curriculum through a focus on application to real-world settings and research-led work placements”. DMU research includes: Gabriel Egan, DMU’s Professor of Shakespeare Studies, researching widely to find the actual locations of many of the theatres where some of Shakespeare’s plays were first performed. Dr Katie Laird looking at how the superbug C. difficile survives in hospital bedsheets through industrial laundering and the ability for bacteria to withstand low temperature laundering. DMU’s Cinema and Television History (CATH), which has influenced policy and played a key role in preserving our cinematic and cultural heritage through running film festivals and exhibitions and working with arts organisations, archives and professional bodies. Dr Sangeeta Tanna and Dr Graham Lawson inventing a way of testing active ingredients which is quicker, cheaper and easier to perform than standard analysis as part of efforts to tackle a growing market in counterfeit medicines.

09 C R E AT I V I T Y A T D M U

Creativity is a real focus of all that we do at DMU. We’ve The exciting work across all of our courses translates been teaching art and design at DMU since 1890, and passion into graduate-level skills by combining interests we encourage and aim to apply true creativity across as with practice, theory, academic insight, brilliant many areas of DMU life as we can. It’s in the design of facilities and industry understanding. our buildings, our work in the community, our social media coverage, how we stage graduations, and our courses. dmu.ac.uk/creativity

10 • Fusing African and Western culture in her • Beautifully designed stationery and gifts menswear collection (pictured) has earned for key cultural festivals, holidays and special Fashion Design graduate Abisola Akanni occasions earned Design Management and plaudits at both Graduate Fashion Week and Entrepreneurship graduate Zakera Kali Haq Africa Fashion Week London. Her distinctive a prestigious national award at the UK’s designs have since gone on to appear leading gift and home exhibition. around the globe, in places as diverse • Former hair stylist Alex Smeaton is living out as Hong Kong and Dubai. his dream working in Germany – he came • Law graduate Coleen Mensa landed a top to DMU to make a radical change of career training contract with “big four” law firm EY and, after graduating in Animation, is now Law after using Twitter, Instagram and vlogs at Studio Soi in Ludwigsburg, supporting to raise her profile and become a social the team responsible for the Cartoon media star. Earlier this year she shared the Network’s The Amazing World of Gumball. secrets of her success with the Guardian. • S tylised artwork inspired by Japanese pop • S triking designs – and strong sustainability culture has landed Game Art graduate Blair credentials – saw Architecture graduate Armitage her dream job with the studio Christopher Christophi, who works as an behind one of the most-played computer associate at Perkins+Will’s London studio, games in the world – she now works as named one of the industry’s rising stars by a 3D character artist at Riot Games in Los the British Council for Offices (BCO). Angeles, the developers of internationally- acclaimed League of Legends. 11 LEICESTER, A C I T Y IN T H E H E A R T O F T H E U K

DMU is located in the city of Leicester, in the centre Leicester is less than half an hour from East of England, and is well-served by transport links. Midlands Airport, and Birmingham, Luton and High-speed trains connect to London in an hour, London Stansted are all within easy reach. while major cities like Nottingham and Birmingham There are also good transport links with London are close by and can be accessed by train, Heathrow and London Gatwick airports. bus or coach.

12 Aberdeen

Edinburgh

Glasgow

Newcastle upon Tyne

Belfast York Leeds

Manchester

Liverpool Sheffield Dublin

East Midlands

LEICESTER Birmingham Cambridge

Luton Stansted Cardiff London LONDON Heathrow London Gatwick Plymouth

13 LEICESTER, MULTICULTURAL AND WELCOMING

14 As a city-centre university, DMU’s campus is less than 5 minutes’ walk from the middle of Leicester. With 2000 years of history, the city has a dynamic mix of beautiful historic buildings and modern and creative architecture, and provides a wealth of activities for students to enjoy including shopping, sport, music, theatre, film and comedy. Leicester’s £350 million Highcross mall houses a number of big brands, and The Lanes - Leicester’s historic shopping streets, offer plenty of small boutiques, cafes and restaurants. Film-lovers, artists and performers can visit Leicester’s Cultural Quarter and attend a show at the Curve or Haymarket Theatre, see a film at Phoenix cinema, visit a gallery or attend a craft workshop at the Leicester Creative Business Depot. If you fancy a break from the city-centre, head to a nearby leafy park such as Castle Gardens, which sits alongside the canal and backs on to our Leicester Castle Business School, or venture further afield and take a trip to Bradgate Park to see the historic ruins and watch the wild deer. Leicester is also a famous sporting centre, home to Leicester City Football Club, ten-time rugby union champions and leading national basketball side Leicester Riders (all partners of DMU), as well as County Cricket Club.

15 A C A M P U S DESIGNED FOR THE 21ST CENTURY

16 We have invested £136 million shaping our campus into what we believe is one of the finest in the country. The stunning centrepiece of our newly transformed campus is the award-winning Vijay Patel Building, which houses our art and design courses in a space as creative as the students who study there. Across campus we offer laboratories, studios, suites and study spaces with industry- standard equipment that allow you to develop the skills you need now, so you can shape your future. Our inspired spaces include the newly-refurbished Campus Centre, home of the De Montfort Students’ Union, our striking Hugh Aston building for business and law and our magnificent 19th-century Hawthorn building for health and life sciences. We have also spent £4.2 million restoring Leicester Castle – located right on the edge of our campus – giving new life to this historic gem and making it the base of our Leicester Castle Business School. There are many fine places to eat and drink, including The Food Village, a light, spacious environment where students can order fresh pizza from our pizza oven, pasta dishes, sandwiches, fish and chips, curries, barbecued meats – in fact, food from all over the world. The Riverside Café, specialising in vegetarian and vegan cuisine, sits on the bank of the , with stunning views along the water. Campus also hosts a Subway, Newarke Café and a Campus Centre coffee shop serving Starbucks hot drinks.

dmu.ac.uk/campustransformation

17 CAMPUS MAP

24 24

18 18

36 36 23 23 29 29 7 7 M M 37 37 15 15 19 19 38 38 21 21 30 30 5 5 17 17 35 35 6 6 28 28 31 1631 16 34 9 34 9 1 1 39 39 20 20 12 12 27 27 3 3 4 4 14 14 8 8 32 32 22 22 33 33 10 10

13 13

26 26

2 2

40 40

41 41

25 25

11 11

18 24 24 KEY 18 18

36 36 23 23 29 29 7 7 1 Art Factory 23 Leicester Castle Business School M M 37 37 15 15 2 Bede Hall (hall of residence) 24 Liberty Court (private hall of residence) 19 19 38 38 3 Bede Island 25 Liberty Park 21 21 30 30 (Technology, Leicester (private hall of residence) 5 5 Media School) 17 17 26 Main campus car park 35 35 6 6 16 16 4 Campus Centre Building 28 28 31 31 27 34 9 34 9 Mill Studios 5 1 1 Chantry Building 39 39 20 20 28 Newarke Point (private hall of residence) 6 12 12 27 4 27 4 Clephan Building and Courtyard Studios 3 3 (Arts, Design and Humanities; Technology) 29 New Wharf (hall of residence) 14 14 8 8 7 Edith Murphy House (Health and 30 PACE Building (Performance Arts Centre for 32 32 Life Sciences) Excellence, Arts, Design and Humanities) 22 22 33 33 8 31 Portland Building 10 10 Eric Wood Building and Learning Zone 9 Estates Development Building 32 Queen’s Building (Technology, School of Engineering and Sustainable Development 13 13 10 Estates Services Building, including and Leicester Media School) Security Office 26 26 33 The Grange (private hall of residence) 11 Filbert Village (private hall of residence) 34 2 2 The Greenhouse and 12 Food Village Accommodation Office

13 Forensic Science Facility 35 The Philip Tasker Building (Leicester International Pathway College) 14 40 40 Gateway House (Technology, Student Gateway) 36 The Queen Elizabeth II Diamond Jubilee Leisure Centre 15 The Glassworks (private hall of residence) 37 The Venue@DMU 16 Hawthorn Building (Health and 41 41 Life Sciences) 38 Trinity House

17 Heritage Centre (based within 39 Vijay Patel Building 25 25 Hawthorn Building) (Arts, Design and Humanities, The Confucius Institute, The Centre for English Language) 18 Heritage House 40 Waterway Gardens (hall of residence) 19 Hugh Aston Building (Business and Law) 41 Watershed Centre 20 Innovation Centre M The 21 John Whitehead Building 11 11 Pedestrianised area 22 Kimberlin Library 19 S T U D E N T ACCOMMODATION

University is the start of an adventure that can take They’ve got on-site or on-call security, on-site you anywhere - but you need a space you can come managers, and CCTV or electronic door entry. back to and call home. That’s why we guarantee all Weekly prices vary depending on the international students accommodation if you accept accommodation you choose, and DMU halls your offer before our summer deadline. of residence are signed up to national student We have 9 halls of residence available to international accommodation codes. Once you have accepted students, all close to campus and the city centre, your offer to study at DMU, you will receive an email and all self-catered and fully furnished, with shared with log in instructions allowing you to book your kitchens, laundry facilities and internet access. accommodation online. dmu.ac.uk/internationalaccommodation

20 21 W I D E N Y O U R W O R L D W I T H #DMUglobal

#DMUglobal On our largest-ever overseas opportunity, more than 1,000 students and staff travelled to New York to apply their learning #DMUglobal is our international experience programme that in a global context and see how the great city works and lives. offers students the chance to broaden their horizons, develop Similar mass trips have seen 700 students spend a week in Berlin a global outlook and improve their ability to communicate on one of the biggest-ever European visits carried out by a UK across cultures through spending time studying, working university and 350 students go to Hong Kong on an opportunity and volunteering overseas. linked to the UK Government’s GREAT Festival of Innovation. Since its launch, more than 9,000 students have travelled All eligible students who travel with #DMUglobal receive overseas with #DMUglobal, visiting more than 60 countries. a bursary, helping to make it more affordable. We offer students hundreds of opportunities every year, focusing on short-term academic-led trips aligned to their dmuglobal.com programmes of study, with 97 per cent of them feeling that these international trips enhanced their studies.

22 DMU is a truly global university and In particular, our students can support through #DMUglobal we have more DMU Square Mile India, whose work SAURABH KHEDKAR, than 70 exchange partnerships with helps transform the lives of some of BUSINESS STUDENT universities worldwide, which can give the poorest communities in Gujarat. ON AN ACADEMIC-LED our students the chance to go for a Our students regularly travel to India, TRIP TO BERLIN year in Europe, North America or Asia. working with communities on projects Living and studying in another country that enable them to put their degree “One of my best experiences at you will discover a new culture, learn studies into practice – whether that is DMU was travelling to Berlin. or improve foreign language skills and delivering English classes, providing Not only did I get to explore a experience a different educational free hearing screenings, teaching great European city and learn environment, which is also a great way dance and drama, developing ways more about its rich culture, but to expand your subject knowledge. that technology could improve life I was given the opportunity to You could also complete a work for families or much more. take part in a range of activities placement overseas as part of your On campus, you can learn a variety of that I wouldn’t normally be able degree with #DMUglobal, which will languages including French, German, to do such as visiting the British Embassy with the give you the chance to understand Spanish, and Mandarin, providing you Vice Chancellor to learn more how business works in a global context with vital skills that go far beyond about the importance of while developing new skills that language-specific careers and can be international education. can help you stand out in today’s the first step in helping you to explore competitive graduate job market. a whole new world of opportunities, The experiences I have had Employers tell us how much they value while developing an appreciation of a on this trip have helped me develop as a person and graduates with international awareness new culture. Furthermore, there is the understand more about and the ability to cooperate and opportunity to train to teach English the world we live in.” communicate across cultures. as a foreign language, offering you an Beyond your studies, there is also internationally recognised qualification a range of exciting extra-curricular which opens doors to teach worldwide. international opportunities that students can participate in during holiday periods, including summer schools, internships and volunteering. 23 VOLUNTEER IN THE COMMUNITY

#DMUlocal DMU’s commitment to serve the public good means that our students are supported and encouraged to work in partnerships with local communities on hundreds of projects, as part of #DMUlocal. #DMUlocal is an opportunity for our student volunteers to make a real difference to the lives of thousands of people in and around our home city, Leicester. Our students have been involved in more than 150 community projects in Leicester, including: • Training as Community Champions, working alongside Diabetes UK to help raise awareness of diabetes • O ffering free IT and science classes in libraries • Running arts classes for senior citizens • W orking with the NHS to raise health awareness • Supporting conservation and helping primary school children learn about maths • P roviding free hearing tests, sports coaching and first aid classes • Supporting local business enterprises with innovative ideas Being part of #DMUlocal is a chance to gain extra-curricular experience and learn new knowledge and skills. dmu.ac.uk/dmulocal

24 25 B U I L D YOUR CAREER W I T H D M U

DMU courses are designed with careers in mind and We work with many big names: we developed our we want all of our students to have the skills and Business Information Systems course with HP, knowledge essential in a competitive job market. for example, and we’ve teamed up with Channel 4 Some 170 of our courses are accredited by to create an Investigative Journalism course, professional bodies, meaning you can gain significant and the NHS to offer training. exemptions from professional qualifications after Experience adds a real edge when you’re building graduation. We have linked with the Institution of your career, so we also work with some of the Engineering Designers (IED), the Association of most successful organisations in the world to Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA), the General offer placements. Pharmaceutical Council (GPhC), the Chartered dmu.ac.uk/placements Society of Forensic Sciences (CSFS), the Royal Institute of British Architects (RIBA) and many more.

26 Invaluable real-world experience Many DMU courses offer a one-year optional work placement. This placement is paid, full-time and relevant to your course. The fee to undertake a work placement year is £750. If you have an offer for an eligible course, you will be invited to complete an online form to show your intent to take a work placement year. Once completed we can issue a Confirmation of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) letter that includes your placement. Students who take the opportunity of a placement learn to apply academic theory to real-life situations, develop professional insight and transferable skills, and better understand work culture. Guest lectures and special projects involving top industry figures also provide knowledge and experience to prepare you for your chosen career. DMU’s Employability Mentoring Scheme matches students with industry professionals. Through face-to-face, online, group and scenario-based experiences, mentors bring out the best in students and give them a competitive advantage. Meeting potential employers face-to-face can be the ticket to a future career. Many employers are looking to meet students earlier in their degree to identify suitable candidates for the future and get to know them. DMU hosts a wide range of careers fairs and networking events. Our students can gain invaluable real-world experience at a range of high-profile events. They can pitch their ideas to potential investors in a Dragons’ Den-style contest and receive practical, constructive feedback; gain essential hands-on experience organising exciting events as part of Cultural Exchanges festival; and even feature at Graduate Fashion Week in London, a chance to showcase work to the fashion industry and potential bosses.

27 28 GRADUATE WITH PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE AND INDUSTRY SKILLS

DMU aims to help you become skilled, adaptable and Career support work-ready before you graduate. We will provide support, advice and guidance throughout your #DMUworks is the university’s ambitious programme time at DMU and beyond, offering you opportunities, skills and to ensure our students are work-ready in an increasingly confidence to help secure the right job. Our dedicated Careers competitive and global jobs marketplace. and Employability Team offers one-to-one and group coaching As well as ensuring that you’ll gain the necessary technical skills sessions to both students and graduates. All students and through your course, our aim is to develop graduates who are graduates automatically get access to our online careers portal, professional, adaptable and business-aware. We want DMU MyGateway, making it easy to browse thousands of graduate- students to have the skills and qualities that today’s employers level jobs and training schemes in the UK and overseas, as are looking for. well as placements, internships and part-time jobs. Through #DMUworks, the university offers a wide range You can also get guidance and support from an industry of opportunities, in the UK and internationally, including: mentor; submit careers queries online 24/7; book a place • P rofessional experiences, placements, at employer events and careers fairs; and access extensive internships and volunteering resources covering job-targeting, CV writing, references, application forms and interviews. We also offer cultural • Work-readiness training, coaching and development preparation for placements overseas, working in partnership • Business insider visits with #DMUglobal. • Research and consultancy opportunities DMU students can earn while they learn, and gain crucial Our approach works. DMU graduates win Oscars and get paid work experience to build up their CV, through Unitemps. great jobs with organisations including Tommy Hilfiger, This campus-based recruitment agency offers a range of Nickelodeon, River Island, Warner Bros, HSBC, Nike, paid work both at the university and in the local area. the BBC, Gucci, BMW, Levi’s, NASA, the NHS, Disney, Whether you want a part-time job for a couple of hours a IBM and Adidas. week or a full-time position for a short period, Unitemps offers a wide range of opportunities. dmu.ac.uk/DMUworks For students with entrepreneurial passion, the Enterprise Team provides workshops and advice sessions to help you develop entrepreneurial skills whilst at university. De Montfort University endorses the Tier 1 (Graduate Entrepreneur) visa for graduates interested in starting a business in the UK and has helped a number of graduates successfully launch businesses in the UK in recent years.

29 S T U D E N T A D V I C E , INFORMATION AND SUPPORT

Student Gateway International Student Support Team DMU has dedicated student support teams, and a Our International Student Support Team is also wide range of services, so you feel at home from day located in the Student Gateway and can provide one. All are easily accessible through the Student support before and during your time at DMU. They run Gateway, which offers information and guidance on an international welcome week, airport pick-ups and a areas including: ‘buddies’ scheme which matches you with a current • Student finance and welfare DMU student to help you settle in. • Jobs and careers dmu.ac.uk/internationalsupport • Disability issues [email protected] • Counselling, mental health and wellbeing

30 International Welcome Week Counselling and wellbeing This week of events will help you plan your first week at The counselling team at DMU is here to help you resolve DMU, settle into life in the UK and make new friends. You or manage personal problems. As well as traditional can attend the international welcome event and take a trip to face-to-face counselling and coaching, an extensive a local attraction. There will also be sessions where you can range of self-help material is also available. find out about working in the UK, how to manage money dmu.ac.uk/counselling and about academic requirements and expectations in a British university. Health Libraries It is important that you register with a local GP. We recommend There are two libraries at DMU. The main Kimberlin Library De Montfort Surgery, which has close links with DMU. is open 24 hours a day and offers a huge range of online demontfortsurgery.co.uk resources, all of which can be remotely accessed anytime, anywhere. The library also offers additional support to Religious support students, including help with academic writing, research strategies, literature searching and reference management There is a Christian prayer room and a Muslim prayer room and assistive technology, and mathematical skills for (with washing facilities) on campus. Anyone can visit the non-maths students. chaplaincy for non-denominational religious support. The Christian chaplains and Muslim imam provide advice and DMU is one of only a few universities able to offer students a guidance to students of all faiths and on matters relating dedicated Law and Legal Practice library, in the £35 million to faith and religion, alongside spiritual, pastoral, moral Hugh Aston building. and social care. Learning zones Disability support Our Learning Zones and The Greenhouse also provide space We want every student to have a brilliant experience and for group or individual work and study. There are 1,600 study reach their full potential during their time at DMU. Our spaces across all library locations, more than 700 computer Disability Advice and Support (DAS) Team offers services workstations, laptops to borrow, free Wi-Fi and desktop tailored to the specific needs of students with physical power outlets. You can also book rooms with plasma and sensory disabilities, medical conditions and Specific screens, laptops and DVD facilities for group work and Learning Differences (SpLD). presentations, secure an individual study room with adjustable lighting or make use of our assistive technology. dmu.ac.uk/disability Explore the UK DMUfreedom Throughout the year our Explore UK programme runs trips DMUfreedom, our free-thinking equality, diversity and inclusion and visits at the weekends to other towns, cities and tourist charter, was created to put inclusivity at the heart of everything attractions in the UK. we do at DMU. Our students’ voice was strong in shaping its three central pledges honouring every individual’s ‘Freedom dmu.ac.uk/exploreUK to Be, Freedom to Inspire and Freedom to Succeed’. Airport pickups At its simplest, we believe what you believe - that your university experience should give you all the time, space DMU operates a coach pick-up service from London and support you need to find your true self, and choose Heathrow airport (LHR), which will take you directly to the your own life and career path. We believe that universities DMU campus. The service coincides with the key arrival have a duty to take the lead on fairness and inclusion. dates, including pre-sessional English language courses in June, July and August and International Welcome Week in September.

dmu.ac.uk/heathrow English language support Free English language support is available for international students during your studies - 2 hours per week for undergraduate and 3 hours per week for postgraduate students.

dmu.ac.uk/cell

31 Y O U R S T U D E N T S ’ UNION

De Montfort Students’ Union (DSU) makes you part DSU, named one of the top 10 students’ unions of the DMU family from day one, so you feel supported in the UK in the 2017 , and inspired. offers 160-plus societies, sport clubs and DSU’s £3 million makeover of its Campus Centre volunteering opportunities, so you keep mind, headquarters has created a brilliant place to eat, meet, body and soul in good shape. shop, pause for thought or plan your next epic adventure. demontfortsu.com

32 De Montfort Students’ Union (DSU) is here to help you do something unforgettable during your time at DMU. The union is an independent student-run and student-led organisation and aims to involve, represent and inspire you to make the most of your time at university. Every DMU student is automatically a member of the DSU. We take great pride in being a non-profit organisation – which means that every penny spent in the union is reinvested into making our services and events awesome and affordable.

The Students’ Union offers:

Voice - making your voice heard at DMU. The union is run by five democratically elected full-time executive officers. They all are or have been a student of DMU so they love this place as much as we hope you will. Each has an area of focus and together work to make DMU the best place it can be for us all. There is also a team of seven part-time officers, who represent specific groups of students. DSU holds regular Student Councils where students help decide the direction of the DSU, plus run the ‘Course Representative’ system.

Activities - giving you fun things to get involved in. DSU has more than 100 societies and more than 40 different sports clubs and loads of unique volunteering opportunities. Plus it is home to the award-winning student-led Demon Media group. All of these clubs and societies are easy to get involved with, but if you don’t spot a sports club or society that takes your fancy, all you need to find is three more people and you can start your own!

Support - being there to help and advise. The DSU advice centre is a free, confidential and independent service provided by the students’ union. Staffed by a professional team of experienced DSU Advisers, the centre can help with any welfare or academic queries, including your course, finance, immigration or private-sector housing.

Life - providing everything you need to enjoy your uni life. DSU also gives you a range of great nights out, trips and experiences that you can get involved with. DSU has its own shop which provides everything from stationery and art supplies to printing and dissertation binding, as well as its own student lettings agency Sulets.

33 J O I N O U R ONLINE COMMUNITY

Follow us on our international social media dmu.ac.uk/intfacebook channels to stay up to date with the latest information for students joining DMU. We share dmu.ac.uk/inttwitter top tips for new students, important information and deadlines, and give you insight into student dmu.ac.uk/intinstagram life at DMU. dmu.ac.uk/wechat dmu.ac.uk/weibo dmu.ac.uk/youku dmu.ac.uk/youtube

34 35 36 FEES AND FUNDING

Tuition fees for international Please note that expenditure can vary considerably, students depending on factors such as your choice of accommodation and lifestyle. No costs have been At the time of gong to print we are in the process of included for social life, as this tends to vary from confirming our tuition fees for 2019 entry. However student to student. for 2018 entry, we set our undergraduate tuition fees for international students as follows: international.studentcalculator.org • B A/BSc (Hons)/MPharm/ MDes Degree: £12,750 - £15,500 per year Tuition fee payment options • Foundation/Year Zero: £7,000 - £13,995 The easiest and quickest way to pay your fees is • Placement year: £750 online at http://epayment.dmu.ac.uk/open We set our fees so that students receive a You can opt to pay the tuition fees in full or follow high-quality and distinctive education while enjoying an instalment plan: excellent facilities and a fantastic experience. Instalment plan 1: Pay 50 per cent of the Our 2019 tuition fees will be released on our fees within 4 weeks of enrolment. The remaining website once details are confirmed. 50 per cent can be made in 3 instalments in October, January and April. dmu.ac.uk/internationalfees Instalment plan 2: Pay 50 per cent of the Weekly budget fees within 4 weeks of enrolment. The remaining 50 per cent can be made in 7 instalments in The UK National Union of Students (NUS) November, December, January, February, March, estimates that for a student outside London, April and May. the average annual cost of living is around £12,000. This does not include your fees, dmu.ac.uk/internationalfees or the cost of international travel. As a rough guide to costs, a typical student’s Scholarships and bursaries basic weekly expenditure is shown below. Each year DMU offers a range of scholarships and Rent: £90 - £140 bursaries to help you with the cost of international study and to make the most of your time with us. Food and toiletries: £40 - £50 For the most up-to-date information please visit Books and stationary: £10 dmu.ac.uk/internationalscholarships Laundry: £5 Telephone: £10 Miscellaneous: £10

37 ENTRY CRITERIA

We welcome a broad range of international English language requirements qualifications. To find our entry criteria for a The majority of our courses require an International specific country, visit dmu.ac.uk/yourcountry. English Language Testing System (IELTS) score of DMU expresses its entry criteria using the 6.0 or 6.5. However, some require a higher IELTS UCAS tariff points system or the International score due to professional accreditation requirements. Baccalaureate (IB) points system. See individual course pages for specific English The points awarded for A-levels are as follows: language requirements. A* = 56 C = 32 If your English language ability does not meet A = 48 D = 24 the entry criteria, you may want to consider studying a pre-sessional English language B = 40 E = 16 course (see page 42). See individual course pages for specific entry criteria.

38 39 Apply to DMU 1 You can apply to DMU in two different ways: • Do wnload a free application form at dmu.ac.uk/intapp and return it, along with your documents, to International Admissions at [email protected] • Ap ply via the University and Colleges Admissions Service (UCAS) at .com Supporting documents include your school or university transcripts, one reference, evidence of your English language ability, a copy of your passport, and a supporting statement which describes your suitability for the course.

Receive an offer 2 We will log your application and you will receive one of the following decisions by email: Unconditional Offer – you meet the entry criteria. Your place will be reserved until you accept or decline your offer. Conditional Offer – you still need to submit outstanding documents. Your place will be H O W T O reserved until you meet the rest of the entry criteria. Alternative Course – you do not meet the entry criteria for your chosen course but you APPLY are suitable for another course. Reject – you do not meet the entry criteria. We will always offer an alternative course At DMU we like to make things easier where possible. for you, which is why we have developed a simple step-by-step guide, explaining Meet your conditions the process for international students, 3 If you are holding an unconditional offer, from application to enrollment. you have already met all of the conditions. If you have a conditional offer, then you will need to email your outstanding documents to [email protected]. If your dmu.ac.uk/international/apply offer is conditional on meeting the English language requirements, then you may want to consider a pre-sessional English course – see page 42 for more details.

Accept your offer 4 To accept your offer, you will need to pay a £3,000 deposit towards the tuition fees. This demonstrates to the visa authorities that you are a serious student. Payment can be made at epayment.dmu.ac.uk/open.

40 Book accommodation Arrange your finances Credibility interview 5 Once you have accepted 7 You will need to arrange for 9 You may be invited to attend your offer (conditional or the remainder of your fees a credibility interview with the unconditional), you will receive (minus the £3,000 deposit) Home Office. Examples of an email inviting you to book and living costs to be in your questions you may be asked accommodation online. bank account for 28 days. can be found at You will also need to pay a dmu.ac.uk/credibility healthcare surcharge. You Confirmation of can find more information acceptance for and pay this charge online at Arrange your travel 6 studies (CAS) gov.uk/healthcare- 10 Once you receive your visa, Once you meet all of your immigration-application you can make your travel conditions and have paid your arrangements and book deposit, you will receive an a place on our free Apply for a visa email from the International Heathrow airport pick-up at Admissions Office with your 8 Once the money has been in dmu.ac.uk/heathrow. Make CAS letter three months your account for 28 days and sure you arrive in time for our before the start of your course. you have paid the healthcare International Welcome Week! surcharge, you can apply for the Tier 4 (General) student visa.

41 E N G L I S H LANGUAGE

The Centre for English Language Learning The centre is accredited by the British Council (CELL) offers a range of courses designed for the quality of its teaching, so you can be sure to help you improve your language skills, before you are receiving a high standard of English and during your studies. language tuition. Our highly experienced tutors have travelled the world teaching English language to students and other teachers.

42 Pre-sessional English course

Key facts Course: English language pre-sessional Duration: 4, 8 or 12 weeks Location: De Montfort University Cost: 4 weeks: £1624 8 weeks: £3248 12 weeks: £4872 Our Pre-sessional courses are intensive English courses that can be taken in the summer before starting your degree course. If your degree offer is conditional on English language, this pre-sessional programme will allow you to meet your conditions without the need to take a further IELTS test. To join a Pre-sessional course you will need to submit a valid Secure English Language Test (SELT) result. Depending on your offer conditions and your level of English, Pre-sessional courses are 4, 8 and 12 weeks in duration. Successful completion of the pre-sessional programme allows you progress onto a De Montfort University degree. For further information visit dmu.ac.uk/cell

43 V I S A INFORMATION

If you are not a British citizen or a citizen of In particular, you will need to show that you: one of the European Economic Area (EEA) • C an pay for one year of tuition fees and living countries, you will need a visa to study in costs in the UK (10 points) the UK. To check if you need a visa, visit ukvisas.gov.uk. The UK Government operates • H old an unconditional offer of a place on a a points-based immigration system for all course at an institution holding a sponsor overseas students. licence, such as DMU (10 points) For most courses you will apply as a Tier 4 • Have a proven record of studying (General) student. You will need to score 40 points • Hold a valid passport to be awarded a Tier 4 (General) student visa.

44 Conditions to become a student in the UK You should provide the following information to support your visa application: • Your Confirmation of Acceptance of Studies (CAS) number from DMU. Once you have an unconditional offer and we receive the tuition fee pre-payment, we will email you your CAS number. • Copies of the academic qualifications we based your offer on. This includes evidence of both your academic ability and your English language test score (if appropriate). These documents must match those that have been written on your CAS statement. • Bank statements to show that you can pay for your studies and your stay in the UK. The account can be in your name, or in your parent or legal guardian’s name. There must be cash funds in the bank for a period of 28 days, ending no more than one month before the date of your visa application. Not having the correct financial evidence is a common reason for visa refusals. Credibility interview Please make sure that you take all of the original paperwork to the visa interview. You will be expected to talk knowledgeably about your course and demonstrate your motivation for studying it. Visit dmu.ac.uk/credibility for example questions. Sponsored students If you are a sponsored student, you will need to show evidence of government or employer sponsorship and a letter of confirmation from a Home Office recognised financial sponsor, on the organisation’s letter-headed paper. This should show: • Your name • The date • The name and contact details of the official financial sponsor • The length of sponsorship • The amount of money the sponsor is giving or a statement that they will cover all of your fees and living costs Healthcare surcharge Students who want to apply for a Tier 4 (General) student visa to study in the UK will need to pay a fee to use the National Health Service (NHS) – this is called a ‘migrant health surcharge’. The NHS is the UK’s state health service, which provides treatment through a wide range of healthcare services, including doctors’ consultations and paying the surcharge gives you access to these services – you cannot obtain a Tier 4 (General) student visa without making this payment. dmu.ac.uk/visaadvice

45 D M U INTERNATIONAL COLLEGE (DMUIC)

DMU International College (DMUIC) offers campus. With small class sizes and experienced international students an alternative route to an teachers, you will receive excellent academic undergraduate degree with DMU. DMUIC is an teaching and support as you adjust to your embedded college located at the heart of DMU’s new life in the UK.

46 International Incorporated Bachelor’s degree The International Incorporated Bachelor’s degree (IIB) In 2017 98% of students who successfully is designed to strengthen your English abilities, develop university level study skills and core subject knowledge. completed their programme at our International College continued International Year Zero their studies at DMU. The International Year Zero (IYZ) is the first year of the four-year International Incorporated Bachelor’s. Your first year is taught at DMUIC. Once you successfully complete this year, you will continue studying the remaining stages of your degree directly with DMU. International First Year You can choose from the following six routes: The International First Year (IFY) is the equivalent to your first • Art and Design year of study at undergraduate level and is aimed at students who need less preparation before studying at DMU. Once you • Business and Law have successfully completed this year, you will move straight • Engineering and Computing to the second year of your degree study directly with DMU. • Life Sciences/Psychology There are two routes to choose from: • Business and Management Business Pre-Top Up • Engineering and Computing The Pre-top up programme has been designed to help For the most up-to-date information regarding fees international students with a qualifying diploma transition into and entry criteria for these courses visit: the final year of an undergraduate degree. The programme is offered over 2 terms or 1 term with pre-sessional English dmu.ac.uk/lipc options if you do not meet the English language requirements. This route is available for Business students. • Media • Pharmacy

47 LEICESTER SCHOOL OF ALLIED HEALTH SCIENCES Many of our allied health sciences courses are accredited or endorsed by professional bodies, ensuring you receive teaching of the highest quality.

HOW TO APPLY See page 40 or visit dmu.ac.uk/international/apply Fees and scholarships: see page 36 or visit dmu.ac.uk/internationalfees

48 Biomedical Science BSc (Hons) 52 Health and Wellbeing in Society BSc (Hons) 53 Healthcare Science (Audiology) BSc (Hons) 54 Medical Science BMedSci (Hons) 55 Nutrition BSc (Hons) 56 Speech and Language Therapy BSc (Hons) 57

dmu.ac.uk 49 FATIMA HAFEJI BIOMEDICAL SCIENCE BSC (HONS)

"My highlight studying at DMU, would be the fact I got to complete a placement year as part of my degree. I think it was an invaluable experience, simply because it got me out of the little bubble that we were in while studying at university, and having an insight into the real world of a biomedical scientist, in a real working laboratory is an invaluable experience."

HOW TO APPLY See page 40 or visit dmu.ac.uk/international/apply Fees and scholarships: see page 36 or visit dmu.ac.uk/internationalfees

50 S T U D Y I N G ALLIED HEALTH S C I E N C E S AT DMU

Courses accredited by Benefiting from high-quality teaching in Student opportunities: industry-standard facilities, you will develop Integrated placements, optional sandwich the skills and experience to help you stand years, and voluntary opportunities provide out in the graduate job market. you with the chance to learn and work alongside Our courses also enable you to further develop professionals in the sector. We also offer a your knowledge and experience in real-life number of exciting international settings during supported work placements, experiences through #DMUglobal. as well as volunteering opportunities available Previous trips have seen students work with through our career enhancing #DMUglobal cancer stem cell researchers in Germany, and Square Mile initiatives. improve facilities at a school in Indore, Teaching is developed in partnership India and deliver science teaching to with professionals and influenced by our school children in Bermuda. award-winning research, keeping you These opportunities support our employability up-to-date with the latest developments agenda to ensure we are helping you to in the sector. become much more employable in the Facilities: competitive graduate job market. An investment of £12 million into the Graduate careers: Faculty of Health and Life Sciences Past students have gone on to work in globally has created additional practical areas, recognised companies and organisations and improved the technology in classrooms such as 3M, The Ministry of Defence and and lecture theatres to enhance your the NHS, to name just a few. If you’d like to student experience. continue your learning beyond undergraduate You will learn in new laboratories, practical study, then we have a range of postgraduate suites and clinical areas, including our analytical courses on offer, enabling you to build upon chemistry laboratory, microbiology laboratory your existing skills and knowledge – further and speech and language computer suites, enhancing your employability. allowing you to develop your practical skills with equipment found in industry.

Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information. dmu.ac.uk 51 Biomedical Science BSc (Hons) Integrating recent advances in industry and the latest research allows this course to remain at the cutting-edge of biomedical laboratory science. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities • Accredited by the Institute of The optional placement year, usually Year 1 modules Biomedical Science (IBMS) in approved NHS pathology centres, • Basic Microbiology for • Extensive NHS links and teaching research or industrial laboratories, Biomedical Science from specialised biomedical scientists allows you to gain practical experience. • Basic Anatomy and Physiology ensure the course remains at Students often benefit from funded • Biochemistry and Cell Biology the cutting-edge of biomedical placements in organisations such as; • Chemistry for the Biosciences laboratory science Wickham Laboratories, Rutland • Professional and Quantitative Skills You will gain a fundamental Biodynamics and NHS trusts. Year 2 modules understanding of basic anatomy and Facilities • Molecular Genetics and Genomics physiology, biochemistry, cell biology, Investment in our dedicated facilities, • Biochemical Disease Mechanisms microbiology and the basic analytical including our modernised biomedical and Therapeutics skills of modern biomedical science; science and microbiology laboratories, • Organ Systems Physiology which form the basis for a solid as well as a variety of fully equipped • Inflammation and Immunobiology understanding of common diseases. research laboratories, enables you • Professional Skills 2 In the final year, you will apply the theory to develop key scientific and • Research and Diagnostic learnt to clinical settings as well as transferable skills. Techniques conduct a specifically designed and • Optional work placement year Graduate careers independently-based research project. Year 3 modules Our graduates work in diagnostic • Clinical Biochemistry Learning and teaching laboratories in both the public and • Clinical Genetics You will benefit from around 20 hours private sectors, as well as in academic • Histopathology and Cytopathology of timetabled sessions each week, and research institutions and the • Clinical Immunology and are expected to undertake a biotechnology industry. • Medical Microbiology further 15 hours of independent study. Graduates have progressed onto • Haematology and Transfusion You will normally attend around 20 postgraduate study or roles such Science hours of timetabled, taught sessions as biomedical scientists, laboratory • Research and Innovation (Project) including lectures, seminars, tutorials assistants, associate practitioners and laboratory sessions each week, and pharmacology technicians. as well as be expected to undertake at least 15 hours of independent study.

This course is professionally accredited by the Institute of Biomedical Science (IBMS)

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: B940 Or, International Baccalaureate: 28+ points with 6 higher level points in Chemistry or Biology. Duration: Three years full-time, four years with a placement year (optional) English language: IELTS 6.5 overall with 5.5 in each band, or equivalent. Entry and admissions criteria: • Normally 120 UCAS points from at least two You may also be interested in: A-levels with either Human Biology, Biology or Health and Wellbeing in Society BSc (Hons), Chemistry at grade C or above or Medical Science BMedSci (Hons), • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma in Pharmaceutical and Cosmetic Science Science at DDM BSc (Hons) Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including Please note: Course information was correct at the English Language or Literature and Maths. time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 260 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/biomedicalscience 52 Subject to validation Allied Health Sciences

Health and Wellbeing in Society BSc (Hons) This dynamic social science course enables students to understand and analyse contemporary developments in health and social care. UK EU WORLD

About this course Learning and teaching • Course academics have a wealth of Teaching includes lectures, student-led Year 1 modules experience in a range of health and seminars, workshops, group work, • Personal and Academic Development social science disciplines, ensuring e-learning, guided reading and problem • Psychological and Sociological you develop transferable skills and solving, while you will also benefit from Theory of Health and Illness specialist knowledge for a diverse visiting speakers and tutorial support. • Health and Welfare range of career opportunities You will normally attend up to 14 hours • Health Improvement and Lifestyle • You will gain both a multidisciplinary per week of taught sessions, as well as • Introduction to Social Research and interdisciplinary perspective 20 hours of independent study as a Methods within a collaborative environment; full-time student. Year 2 modules one which will enhance your awareness Student opportunities • Applied Social Research Methods and application of the multifactorial • Health and Disease in Communities elements of health and wellbeing DMU offers students the chance to volunteer with the DMU Square Mile • Psychological Aspects of Health and Illness • You will be taught by expert academics scheme, while #DMUglobal offers the • Social Aspects of Health and Illness engaged in research in the fields of opportunity to have an international health and social care, as well as new experience. These schemes offer you • Debates and Dilemmas in Health and Social Care and emerging fields which they bring the chance to develop various skills to the classroom to provide an exciting, that will enhance your employability Year 3 modules diverse and research-rich curriculum and foster a greater understanding • Dissertation • There will be university-wide and of contemporary health issues. • Health Promotion and Public Health faculty-specific opportunities to • Elective modules, including: engage with students across Facilities Ageing and Health; Mental Health subject disciplines Extensive recent investment in our and Wellbeing; Social Exclusion teaching and learning facilities will This updated course includes a variety and Health; Gender, Health and help you to develop your practical Social Care; Health and Social of disciplines that provide the knowledge and professional experience and Care Management and skills for understanding contemporary enhance your employability. health and social care, including: sociology, psychology, health and social Graduate careers care management, social policy, Due to the diversity of the course content, research, public health, epidemiology a broad range of career options are and health promotion. available. Our graduates can go on to Voluntary work experience You will benefit from the opportunity to NHS graduate schemes or fulfilling careers in the NHS, private healthcare and international study tailor your learning to your own career opportunities through interests and build the specialist skills sectors and related fields, nationally and #DMUglobal, develop sought by employers. internationally. Alternatively, graduates also choose to progress onto postgraduate your practical and study in a wide range of related disciplines. professional skills

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: B991 Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points.

Duration: Three years full-time English language: IELTS 6.5 overall with 5.5 in each band, or equivalent. Entry and admissions criteria: • Normally 104 UCAS points from at least You may also be interested in: two A-levels or Psychology with Health and Wellbeing • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma in Society BSc (Hons) at DMM

Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 260 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/healthwellbeing 53 Healthcare Science (Audiology) BSc (Hons) This degree develops you as an independent clinician, able to assess and rehabilitate people with hearing and balance conditions. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities • The course is currently being considered Placements are compulsory, enhance Year 1 modules for professional accreditation by the your skills and add to your experience. • Professional Healthcare Science National School of Healthcare Science You will have a short placement after the Practice 1 (NSHCS) and has been approved by first year (two weeks) and then embark on • Medical Sciences the Health and Care Professions a 40 week placement, which will start in • Scientific Basis of Healthcare Science Council (HCPC). the middle of your second year and end • Physics for Clinical Measurement • As an applied course, with integrated in the middle of your final year. You will • Neurosensory Physiology and work placements, you will develop then return to university to complete Pathophysiology practical and professional skills that your academic learning in the final term. • Clinical Measurement and Treatment are directly applicable to practice DMU has placement partnerships and Work-based Learning You will work with the latest equipment with NHS trusts across the country. Year 2 modules and be taught by expert practitioners, Allocation is based on placement • Professional Healthcare Science learning skills in social care, psychology availability and where you are most Practice 2 and emotional support, ensuring you likely to fulfil your potential. • Auditory Science 1 take a holistic approach to practise as Facilities • Adult Aural Rehabilitation • Applied Physiological Measurement a clinician. As a broad subject providing We have three practical audiological and Instrumentation a balance of theory and practice, you teaching suites to enhance your • Research Methods may consider specialising in a particular learning. They include the latest • Clinical Practice Year 2 subject area in your final year. equipment in audiology and can be Learning and teaching accessed by students to practise their Year 3 modules Our teaching staff have a wealth of clinical skills during non-teaching times. • Professional Healthcare Science Practice 3 clinical and academic experience, Graduate careers and you will also benefit from specialist • Auditory Science 2 As an applied subject, graduate • Balance Science guest lecturers, ensuring your learning careers are normally within audiology, is relevant to current practice. • Paediatric Audiology healthcare, education and research • Final Year Project Teaching includes lectures, seminars, settings. Many of our recent graduates • Clinical Practice Year 3 tutorials, practical workshops (with become audiologists in the NHS, service users, parents and carers) and charitable institutions and private inter-professional learning with students healthcare companies. from other healthcare professions, This course is approved by the normally for 15 hours each week, Health and Care Professions as well as time spent on placements Council (HCPC) or in practical sessions. Assessments include essays, exams, group work, a dissertation and practical and clinically-based assessment activities.

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: B61A Plus, five GCSE grades A*–C (9-4) including English language: IELTS 7.0 overall, or equivalent. English Language or Literature and Maths at Duration: Three years full-time grade C (4) or above. Other requirements: Enhanced DBS Disclosure and Occupational Health Assessment. Entry and admissions criteria: Or, International Baccalaureate: 30+ points with • Normally 128 UCAS points from at least two 6 higher level points in a science subject. You may also be interested in: Biomedical A-levels with either Psychology, Biology, Science BSc (Hons), Medical Science BMedSci Human Biology, Physics, Chemistry or Maths/ (Hons), Pharmaceutical and Cosmetic Science Further Maths at grade B or above or BSc (Hons) • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma DDM

Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/audiology 54 Allied Health Sciences

Medical Science BMedSci (Hons) The course integrates scientific research and clinical skills to equip you for a wide variety of medical and healthcare professions. UK EU WORLD

About this course Learning and teaching • Combining laboratory and clinical Our highly practical content ensures you Year 1 modules approaches to investigating the develop the knowledge and skills being • Basic Anatomy and Physiology human body, you will develop a used in current practice. Teaching will • Biochemistry and Cell Biology diverse range of clinical and make up approximately 17 hours of • Chemistry for the Biosciences transferable skills sought after study each week and typically includes • Personal and Professional Skills by graduate employers lectures, seminars and tutorials. In addition, Year 2 modules • Our e-learning capabilities have been you will be expected to engage in 20 hours of independent study each week. • Inflammation and Immunobiology recognised for excellence in teaching • Research and Diagnostic Techniques and learning, ensuring you benefit Student opportunities • Organ Systems Physiology from an innovative curriculum taught Our strong collaborative links in clinical • Evidence-Based Medicine by expert academic staff research and with industry provide the • Clinical Perspectives 1 • Optional work placements allow opportunity to undertake an optional • Molecular Genetics and Genomics you to apply theory to practice in an work placement year, typically within • Optional work placement year industry setting and enhance your a hospital laboratory, pharmaceutical Year 3 modules employability upon graduation business or research organisation. • Research Project • Our medical research shapes and Facilities • Clinical Perspectives 2 informs our teaching and is at the Investment in dedicated laboratories, • Cancer Therapeutics heart of everything we do; ensuring including our clinical sciences • Nutrition through the Lifespan your learning incorporates global laboratory, enables you to develop • Pharmacology and Therapeutics developments your practical skills and experience • Endocrinology Medical Science is ideal for careers in with equipment that simulates the medical or healthcare professions. clinical settings. The course integrates scientific research and clinical skills, equipping Graduate careers you with the knowledge for a wide You will develop the necessary skills variety of careers, taking you from required for careers in medical or ‘bench to bedside’. scientific research, teaching, medical writing, industry and more. Based on the research expertise of our academic staff, the course provides Graduates have gone on to postgraduate thorough knowledge and a range study at DMU, as well as graduate entry of research skills; allowing you to medicine or dentistry courses. This specialise your learning in a final course does not guarantee a place on any graduate entry course. year project. Optional work placements allow you to put theory into practice in an industry setting

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: B902 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including You may also be interested in: Biomedical English Language or Literature and Maths. We Science BSc (Hons), Forensic Science BSc Duration: Three years full-time, four years with may still consider applicants that do not meet the (Hons), Health and Wellbeing in Society BSc a placement year (optional) GCSE requirements on a case-by-case basis. (Hons), Pharmaceutical and Cosmetic Science Entry and admissions criteria: Or, International Baccalaureate: 28+ points with BSc (Hons) • Normally 120 UCAS points from at least two 6 higher level points in Chemistry or Biology. A-levels with either Human Biology, Biology or Chemistry at grade C or above or English language: IELTS 6.5 overall with 5.5 in each band, or equivalent. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma in Science at DMM Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/medicalscience 55 Nutrition BSc (Hons) This course provides an understanding of nutrition, physiology and health, covering: biochemistry, cell biology, anatomy and physiology, UK EU WORLD genetics and immunology.

About this course The programme combines quality Year 1 modules • Benefit from experienced academics, traditional teaching, such as lectures, • Introduction to Nutrition including research-active members of tutorials, seminars, and laboratory and • Personal and Professional Skills staff and nutrition experts who ensure clinical skills sessions, with access to a • Introduction to Public Health that your learning reflects the latest contemporary e-learning hub that • Biochemistry and Cell Biology developments in the healthcare sector provides: podcasts, educational videos • Anatomy and Physiology and animation, and online quizzes, • You will learn about global health Year 2 modules providing a flexible approach to learning. and nutrition as international topics, • Molecular Genetics and Genomics and have the opportunity to enhance Timetabled, taught time is on average • Nutritional Biochemistry your learning through international 17 hours per week. In addition you will • Organ Systems Physiology trips delivered through our be expected to commit a considerable • Immunology #DMUglobal initiative amount of time to independent study, • Nutrition and Metabolism • An optional work placement year in placements and extra-curricular activities. • Global Public Health an industry setting will give you the Student opportunities • Evidence Based Medicine opportunity to develop the skills We offer international opportunities Year 3 modules and experience sought after by throughout Europe and further afield with • Research Project graduate employers our #DMUglobal and Erasmus schemes, • Health Education and Promotion This three year programme provides an helping you gain invaluable educational, • Population Health understanding of nutrition, physiology work-related and cultural experiences. • Clinical Nutrition and health, covering: biochemistry, Facilities • Nutrition through the Lifespan cell biology, anatomy and physiology, • Endocrinology Investment in dedicated laboratories, genetics and immunology. • Pharmacology and Therapeutics including our clinical sciences In addition there will be specialist laboratory, enables you to develop modules which explore: public health, your practical skills and experience nutrition and metabolism, clinical with equipment that simulates nutrition, nutrition through the lifespan, clinical settings. and health education and promotion. You will also take a module in personal Graduate careers and professional skills to further boost Graduates will have the knowledge and your employability skills required to work as a nutritionist for the NHS, or in the private sector, as Learning and teaching well as roles in research and development, This is an applied degree and provides education, health journalism, public health Optional work placements practical experience in laboratory sciences or food production. and human clinical skills, such as allow you to put theory measuring BMI and body morphometry. into practice in an industry setting

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: B400 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including You may also be interested in: English Language or Literature and Maths. We Biomedical Science B Med Sci (Hons), Duration: Three years full-time, four years with may still consider applicants that do not meet the Health and Wellbeing in Society BSc (Hons), a placement year (optional) GCSE requirements on a case-by-case basis. or Medical Science BSc (Hons) Entry and admissions criteria: Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points with • Normally 112 UCAS points from at least two 6 higher level points in Chemistry or Biology. A-levels with either Human Biology, Biology or Chemistry at grade C or above or English language: IELTS 6.5 overall with 5.5 in each band, or equivalent. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma at DMM Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/nutrition 56 Allied Health Sciences

Speech and Language Therapy BSc (Hons) This course will equip you with the skills to assess and treat speech, language, communication and swallowing problems in people of all ages. UK EU WORLD

About this course with other students from healthcare, • Speech and Language Therapy education and social care subjects. Year 1 modules BSc (Hons) has been approved by You will also be expected to undertake at • P rofessional Practice Education 1 the Royal College of Speech and least 20 hours of independent study per • Introduction to Linguistics Language Therapists, ensuring week. Assessment includes written and and Language Acquisition graduates are eligible to register video exams, coursework, assignments, • In troduction to Phonetics with the Health and Care Professions presentations, a portfolio, phase tests and Phonology Council (HCPC) to practise as speech and a dissertation. • M edical Sciences and language therapists Student opportunities • C ommunication Disability and Psychology • Involvement in the RCSLT national You will develop clinical and professional campaign ‘Giving Voice’ allows our skills over a minimum of 150 sessions in Year 2 modules staff and students to raise the profile a variety of placements, working with • P rofessional Practice 2 of speech and language therapy people from diverse backgrounds at • Clini cal Linguistics Assessments professions nationwide nurseries, schools, clinics, hospitals, • In tervention 1: Language and • Our strong links and integrated work day centres and home visit providers. Cognition placements with NHS You will receive regular and structured • In tervention 2: Speech and and independent service providers support from personal tutors and clinical Swallowing ensure a dynamic and clinically members of the teaching team. • Cog nitive Psychology and Research Methods current curriculum Facilities • E xcellent interprofessional education Extensive investment in our dedicated Year 3 modules (IPE) allows you to gain a broader teaching and learning facilities includes • P rofessional Practice 3 view of issues and debates across a computerised speech laboratory • T ransition to the Workplace related sectors and speech and language therapy • Intervention 3: Specialist Settings assessment library. • S peech and Language Learning and teaching Therapy Project Our experienced teaching staff are Graduate careers • L anguage, Interaction and Society engaged in clinical work and research, As an applied subject, graduate careers ensuring you develop a diverse range of are normally within speech and language specialist skills used in current practice. therapy, healthcare, education and You will also benefit from visiting research settings. lecturers from health, education and Recent graduates have become speech social care. and language therapists in the NHS, Timetabled taught study is normally charitable institutions and private 15–20 hours each week and typically healthcare companies. includes lectures, seminars, tutorials, Approved by The Royal practical workshops (with service users, College of Speech and parents and carers) and IPE events Language Therapists (RCSLT)

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: B621 Or, International Baccalaureate: 30+ points. Work experience: related experience is required. Duration: Three years full-time (105 weeks) Mature students must normally demonstrate evidence of academic attainment within five You may also be interested in: Health and Entry and admissions criteria: years of application. Wellbeing in Society BSc (Hons), Healthcare • Normally ABB at A-level (excluding General Science (Audiology) BSc (Hons), Education Studies) taken in one sitting or English language: IELTS 7.5 overall with 7.0 in each band, or equivalent. Studies BA (Hons) • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma at DDM Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C including English Other requirements: Interview, satisfactory Language or Literature. occupational health check and Enhanced DBS Disclosure. Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/salt 57 APPLIED S O C I A L SCIENCES

HOW TO APPLY See page 40 or visit dmu.ac.uk/international/apply Fees and scholarships: see page 36 or visit dmu.ac.uk/internationalfees

58 Criminal Investigation with Policing Studies BA (Hons) 62 Criminology BA (Hons) 63 Criminology with Psychology BA (Hons) 64 Education Studies BA (Hons) 65 Education Studies with Languages BA (Hons) 66 Education Studies with Psychology BA (Hons) 67 Psychology BSc (Hons) 69 Psychology with Criminology BSc (Hons) 70 Psychology with Education Studies BSc (Hons) 71 Psychology with Health and Wellbeing in Society BSc (Hons) 73 Youth Work and Community Development BA (Hons) 75

dmu.ac.uk 59 EMILIA DJIAPOURAS YOUTH WORK AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BA (HONS)

"My highlight at DMU is definitely #DMUglobal. The kind of travelling opportunities that a lot of us students have is incredible ... It's been a really awesome take on how I can build my career with that kind of global edge on my CV."

HOW TO APPLY See page 40 or visit dmu.ac.uk/international/apply Fees and scholarships: see page 36 or visit dmu.ac.uk/internationalfees

60 S T U D Y I N G APPLIED SOCIAL SCIENCES AT DMU

Professional accreditations and endorsements, together with research and teaching partnerships, ensure our innovative courses are of the highest quality.

Courses accredited by In addition to professional and academic Student opportunities: training, you will benefit from contact with Integrated placements, optional sandwich working professionals and opportunities years, and voluntary opportunities provide you to gain placement experience, take up with the chance to learn from professionals voluntary work or undertake research. in the sector. While opportunities are You will be able to acquire a range of also provided for research alongside invaluable, transferable skills relevant professional researchers. to a wide variety of future careers and occupations. Our career enhancing #DMUglobal and Square Mile initiatives give you the opportunity to add to your CV while helping Teaching excellence: communities in the UK and abroad. Innovative teaching, reinforced by Opportunities through these schemes have the latest research and input from given students the chance to undertake professional bodies , such as the Health humanitarian activities in The Gambia, and Care Professions Council and The British trace the history of the LGBT community Psychological Society, is designed with your in New York and review teaching in schools employability in mind. in Leicester and Japan.

Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information. dmu.ac.uk 61 Criminal Investigation with Policing Studies BA (Hons) This programme has been designed to enable you to become a professional and reflective practitioner in the public or private policing sector. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities • Links with the Society of Evidence- We offer exciting international experience Year 1 modules Based Policing, help to keep the programmes that could help you stand • Researching Crime and Justice course relevant to current practice out from the crowd when you graduate. • The Criminal Justice System and • You will be encouraged to undertake Taking part in #DMUglobal could enrich its Legislative Context volunteering opportunities in the wider your studies, broaden your cultural • Introduction to Criminology investigation sector to enhance your horizons and help you develop the skills • The Profession of Policing skills and experience base which global employers are looking for. Year 2 modules • You will have the opportunity to gain These opportunities have included • Leadership and Management of a meaningful international experience students gaining a global perspective on Contemporary Issues in Policing (I) as part of your studies through human rights by visiting the Auschwitz • Researching for Effective Practice #DMUglobal concentration camp in Poland. • Investigative Management and Leadership (1); or Critical Incident • Join DMU’s Criminology Society; Facilities Management and Leadership (1) enhancing your university experience Extensive investment in our teaching • Elective Module through intellectually stimulating and learning facilities, including seminars and social events computer-aided interactive teaching Year 3 modules This programme is suitable for those screens and learning resources • Dissertation who wish to study policing or criminal (available in collaboration with • Leadership and Management of investigation, but who do not necessarily The College of Policing and The Society Contemporary Issues in Policing (II) want to join the police service. of Evidence-Based Policing) will help • Multi-Agency Working • Investigative Management and It will enable you to consider a range you to develop your practical and professional experience, and enhance Leadership (2); or Critical Incident of investigative roles in the public and Management and Leadership (2) private sector and broadens opportunities your employability. for those seeking careers in policing Graduate careers and investigation. Graduates will have opportunities for Learning and teaching employment within public and private There are a variety of teaching methods law and regulatory enforcement fields. including lectures, case studies, Opportunities also exist within a number seminars, workshops and specialist of other agencies including; victim guest lectures from practitioners. support, the prison service, probation, Typical teaching time is approximately youth work and community safety, as nine hours each week and you will also well as in drug and alcohol services. be expected to undertake approximately Tailor your learning to your 20 hours of self-directed study. interests with one of two pathways: Contemporary Policing or Investigative Management

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: 5LN3 Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points.

Duration: Three years full-time We may still consider applicants that do not meet the GCSE requirements on a case-by-case basis. Entry and admissions criteria: • Normally 104 UCAS points from at least two English language: IELTS 6.5 overall with 5.5 A-levels with a subject at grade C or above, or in each band, or equivalent. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma You may also be interested in: at DMM Criminology BA (Hons), Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including Criminology with Psychology BA (Hons) English Language or Literature. Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/criminalpolicing 62 Applied Social Sciences

Criminology BA (Hons) This degree explores the causes and responses to crime, and allows you to tailor your learning to your interests. UK EU WORLD

About this course lectures, workshops, seminars and • We have a large team of criminologists personal tutorials. You are expected to Year 1 modules involved in teaching and research, engage in an additional 24–26 hours • Introduction to Criminology most of whom have worked within of independent study each week. • Researching Crime and Justice criminal justice or allied fields and Assessment methods are varied and • The Criminal Justice System and have strong links with the British include essays, group and individual its Legislative Context Society of Criminology and the presentations, research, exams, case • Crime and Punishment in British Sociological Association study projects and online phase tests. Contemporary Society • There are a number of optional Student opportunities Year 2 modules modules to choose from, allowing There are a wide range of volunteering • Research for Effective Practice you to focus on an area of study and research opportunities available to • Crime, Risk and Community Safety that is relevant to your interests students in local criminal justice agencies • Punishment and Society or career aspirations including HM Prison Service, the National • Elective Modules Probation Service, youth offending • Apply your learning during a work Year 3 modules services and victim support. You can experience opportunity; made • Dissertation also put theory into practice and add possible through our links with • Young People and the Criminal to your CV with a unique international agencies in the sector. Your newly Justice System experience through #DMUglobal. acquired expertise can be transferred • Critical Criminology directly to the workplace Facilities • Victimology • Join DMU’s Criminology Society and Extensive investment in our teaching • International Perspectives enhance your university experience and learning facilities helps you to through stimulating seminars and develop your practical and professional social events experience, enhancing your employability In the first year you will gain a good upon graduation. foundation across all aspects of Graduate careers criminology. This allows you to make Graduates find work within the sector an informed decision about whether as well as a number of related fields to study towards a specific area of including policing, youth justice, professional practice within the community safety and crime prevention, sector or to follow a broader path. domestic violence and victim support, Learning and teaching prisons and probation and drug and Our staff undertake national and alcohol services. international research, which shapes Our graduates can also choose to continue Volunteering opportunities and informs our teaching, enhancing their professional development through allow you to develop your learning experience. one of our postgraduate courses. your practical skills, Timetabled, taught time is 8–10 hours strengthening your on average per week, which includes employability prospects

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: L390 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including English language: IELTS 6.5 overall with 5.5 English Language or Literature. in each band, or equivalent. Duration: Three years full-time Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points. You may also be interested in: Criminal Entry and admissions criteria: Applications from mature students are considered Investigation with Policing Studies BA (Hons), • Normally 104 UCAS points from at least two individually on the basis of qualifications and Criminology with Psychology BA (Hons), A-levels with a subject at grade C or above, or experience. Psychology with Criminology BSC (Hons) • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma We may still consider applicants that do not meet at DMM the GCSE requirements on a case-by-case basis.

Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/criminology 63 Criminology with Psychology BA (Hons) This degree examines the causes and responses to crime in combination with the study of human psychology. UK EU WORLD

About this course are varied and include essays, group and • Our experienced academic staff individual presentations, research, exams, Year 1 modules have links to the British Sociological phase tests and case study projects. • Introduction to Criminology Association, providing you with an Student opportunities • Researching Crime and Justice understanding of real-life issues Volunteering and research opportunities • The Criminal Justice System and its and contemporary debates Legislative Context are available to students in criminal justice • Core Areas in Psychology • Ta ilor your learning with a wide range agencies, including HM Prison Service, of optional modules to choose from the National Probation Service, youth Year 2 modules in year three offending services and Victim Support. • Research for Effective Practice • Join the DMU Criminology Society You are encouraged to visit local • Crime, Risk and Community Safety to enrich your experience through magistrates’ courts and prisons to • Punishment and Society stimulating seminars and social further develop your understanding of • Personality and Intelligence events with fellow students current practice. While our #DMUglobal • Social Psychology This course provides a range of initiative allows you to put theory into Year 3 modules transferable skills that are useful to the practice and add to your CV with a • Dissertation criminal justice sector and allied fields, unique international experience. • Young People and the Criminal and helps you to develop an understanding Facilities Justice System of professional practice, risk management Extensive investment in our teaching • Critical Criminology and policy development. You will also gain and learning facilities will help you to • Elective Modules, from: a broad understanding of psychology, Criminological and Forensic develop your practical and professional with a focus on personality and social Psychology; Counselling experience. The psychology division psychology, as well as the psychology Psychology; Cyberpsychology offers four dedicated computer of education and addiction. laboratories with the latest analysis Learning and teaching software, recording and testing Our staff undertake national and resources, six individual research international research, which shapes cubicles, interview rooms and a and informs our teaching; enhancing fully-equipped observation suite. your learning experience. Graduate careers Timetabled, taught time is usually Graduates find work in the criminology 8–10 hours on average each week, sector, as well as in related fields which includes lectures, workshops, including: policing, teaching, youth seminars and personal tutorials. justice, social work, crime prevention, You are expected to engage in an domestic violence and victim support, additional 24–26 hours of independent prisons and probation, drug and Join the DMU Criminology study each week. Assessment methods alcohol services. Society to enrich your university experience with seminars and social events

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: L3C8 Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points.

Duration: Three years full-time We may still consider applicants that do not meet the GCSE requirements on a case-by-case basis. Entry and admissions criteria: • Normally 104 UCAS points from at least two English language: IELTS 6.5 overall with 5.5 A-levels with one subject at grade C or above, or in each band, or equivalent. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma You may also be interested in: Criminology at DMM BA (Hons), Psychology BSc (Hons), Psychology Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including with Criminology BSc (Hons) English Language or Literature. Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/criminology-psych 64 Applied Social Sciences

Education Studies BA (Hons) This degree explores how people develop and learn throughout their lives, while examining the skills and methods behind educating and teaching. UK EU WORLD

About this course As a full-time student, you will be • Academic staff include experienced expected to devote 35–40 hours per Year 1 modules educationalists, ensuring the skills week to your course, including a • Thinking and Learning in you develop are current to considerable amount of time for Higher Education professional practice independent study and placements. • Historical and Contemporary Issues • In ternational experiences are Student opportunities • Perspectives on Education • Evidence-based Teaching and embedded in the curriculum through All students are encouraged to undertake Learning the #DMUglobal programme, giving voluntary placement experience towards you the opportunity to gain international the end of year one and continue to do Year 2 modules experience and help you stand out in so throughout years two and three. • Researching Education the graduate job market Such opportunities can be arranged via • Teaching Diversity: Inclusive Education Education Studies provides a stimulating DMU’s award-winning Square Mile initiative, • How People Learn opportunity to engage in current key subject to Disclosure and Barring Service • Elective Modules from: Philosophy debates on teaching and learning. checks. You may decide to arrange of Education; Global Comparative It focuses on current approaches to numerous consecutive placements in Education; Contemporary Cultural Perspectives; Technological education and wellbeing, and how different settings of your choice. childhood is shaped by culture and society. Transformations in Learning; Facilities Computer Programming as a Tool The course is ideal preparation for those Extensive investment in our teaching for Learning; Music in the Life of the interested in going on to initial teacher and learning facilities has been made Primary School education programmes in the primary to help you to develop your practical sector, or education-related roles in Year 3 modules experience and enhance your employability. other sectors. • Special Educational Needs in Graduate careers Primary and Secondary Schools Learning and teaching This course develops a broad range of • Education Dissertation Teaching staff have experience in all skills that are useful for many socially- • Elective Modules from: Placement stages of schooling, in addition to informal Project; Education and Equality: orientated professions. and institutional learning environments. Class, Race and Ethnicity; Gender They are engaged in leading research Recent graduates have started their and Education; Education and the projects that inspire our teaching, careers in teaching (PGCE), education Arts; Adult Learners and Lifelong ensuring your learning is at the forefront practice, nurseries, youth work and Learning of current debate and development. educational publishing. Many also choose to progress onto one of our Timetabled teaching is normally eight postgraduate courses, including the hours a week and includes lectures, Education Practice MA. seminars and workshops. This is supplemented by placements, extracurricular lectures, employability Enhance your experience by events, group and tutor meetings, participating in academic optional field trips and other activities. debates with the DMU Education Studies Society

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: X300 Or, International Baccalaureate: 28+ points.

Duration: Three years full-time We may still consider applicants that do not meet the GCSE requirements on a case-by-case basis. Entry and admissions criteria: • Normally 120 UCAS points from at least two English language: IELTS 6.5 overall with 5.5 A-levels or in each band, or equivalent. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma You may also be interested in: at DDM Education Studies with Languages BA (Hons), Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including Education Studies with Psychology BA (Hons) English Language or Literature. Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/educationstudies 65 Education Studies with Languages BA (Hons) Combine the study of the skills and methods behind educating and teaching, with the beginner or post-GCSE level study of French, Mandarin or Spanish. UK EU WORLD

About this course Timetabled, taught time is on average • Enhance your global employability eight hours per week. In addition you will Year 1 modules with knowledge of education studies be expected to commit a considerable • L anguage Module 1 combined with another language amount of time to independent study, • Perspectives on Education • In addition to strong links with education placements and extra-curricular activities. • Evidence-based Teaching providers, placements are arranged Student opportunities and Learning • Thinking and Learning in through DMU’s award-winning All students are encouraged to undertake Higher Education Square Mile programme voluntary placement experience towards • International experiences are the end of year one and to continue to Year 2 modules embedded in the curriculum through do so throughout years two and three. • L anguage Module 2 the #DMUglobal programme, Such opportunities can be arranged via • Researching Education enabling you to gain international DMU’s award-winning Square Mile • How People Learn experience and stand out in the initiative, subject to Disclosure and Barring • Elective Modules* Service checks. Students may decide to graduate job market Year 3 modules arrange numerous consecutive placements This course is distinctive as it combines • L anguage Module 3 in different settings of their choice. the study of education with a foreign • Education Dissertation language. The course is of interest to Facilities • E lective Modules* students who have no background in Extensive investment in our teaching languages but realise the potential of and learning facilities has been made * F or a full list of Elective Modules, skills in a foreign language for future to help you to develop your practical visit: dmu.ac.uk/education- employment prospects. experience and enhance your employability. studies-french or dmu.ac.uk/ education-studies-mandarin Learning and teaching Graduate careers The language module focuses on Upon graduation, you may choose to language competence. In the final year study for a PGCE. While you would not there may be an opportunity to study be able to teach languages at secondary language for specific purposes (e.g. level with this degree, competence in a business language). You may take the foreign language is useful for primary following routes depending on your teaching. The degree also opens up languages background/level on entry: opportunities to work in a number of • Beginner in French, Mandarin or wider educational environments. Spanish: Basic User (A1/A2) We also offer a range of postgraduate • Post-GCSE in French or Spanish: opportunities, including the Education Independent User (B1/B2)* Practice MA. Our staff are experienced in all stages Taught by experienced of schooling and are also actively practitioners; ensuring you engaged in leading research projects develop skills relevant to that underpin our teaching. current practice

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: XR40 and XR41 Or, International Baccalaureate: 28+ points.

Duration: Three years full-time We may still consider applicants that do not meet the GCSE requirements on a case-by-case basis. Entry and admissions criteria: • Normally 120 UCAS points from at least two English language: IELTS 6.5 overall with 5.5 A-levels or in each band, or equivalent. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma You may also be interested in: Education at DDM Studies BA (Hons), Education Studies with Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including Psychology BA (Hons) English Language or Literature. Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information. *Common European Framework of Reference for Languages. For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/education-studies-french or dmu.ac.uk/education-studies-mandarin 66 Applied Social Sciences

Education Studies with Psychology BA (Hons) Discover the connections between education and learning within the domains

of social, biological, cognitive, developmental and personality psychology. UK EU WORLD

About this course extra-curricular lectures, employability • Our expert academic staff include events, group and tutor meetings, Year 1 modules experienced practitioners ensuring optional field trips and other activities. • Historical and Contemporary Issues the skills you develop are current to Assessment is by coursework, • P erspectives on Education professional practice presentations, wikis, planning, • E vidence-based Teaching • In addition to strong links with exams and a dissertation, in addition and Learning providers, you are able to engage to written essay assignments. • C ore Areas of Psychology with the local community through Total study time, including contact time, Year 2 modules placements arranged by DMU’s placement and independent study is • R esearching Education award-winning Square Mile programme expected to be 35–40 hours each week. • Teaching Diversity: Inclusive Education • H ow People Learn • International experiences are Student opportunities embedded in the curriculum through • E lective Modules from: Philosophy All students are encouraged to undertake the #DMUglobal programme, of Education; Global Comparative voluntary placement experience towards enabling you to gain international Education; Contemporary Cultural the end of year one and continue to do so experience and stand out in the Perspectives; Technological throughout years two and three. Such graduate job market Transformations in Learning; opportunities can be arranged via DMU’s Computer Programming as a Tool This course is distinctive because it award-winning Square Mile initiative, for Learning; Music in the Life of the makes connections between education, subject to Disclosure and Barring Service Primary School learning and the domains of psychology. checks. Students may decide to arrange Year 3 modules You will examine how childhood is numerous consecutive placements in • Education Dissertation understood and shaped by society, different settings of their choice. • E lective Modules from: Placement how a modern child’s lifestyle and Facilities Project; Education and Equality: experiences differ from those of the The psychology department offers four Class, Race and Ethnicity; Gender past, and how educationalists and dedicated computer laboratories with and Education; Radical Educations; psychologists theorise personal, social, the latest analysis software, recording Education and the Arts; Special emotional and intellectual development. and testing resources, six individual Educational Needs in Education; Learning and teaching research cubicles, interview rooms, Counselling Psychology; Well-Being and Positive Psychology; Teaching staff have experience in all and a fully-equipped observation suite. Psychology and Education stages of schooling, in addition to informal Graduate careers and institutional learning environments. Many students follow a career in teaching They are also engaged in leading and career opportunities also exist in a research projects. number of wider educational environments, Timetabled, taught time is on average including youth and community work, nine hours per week and includes: social and educational research and Student volunteer lectures, tutorials, research seminars, early years settings. We also offer a schemes enhance your workshops and self-directed study. range of postgraduate opportunities, practical experience and This is supplemented by placement, including Education Practice MA. employability

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: X3C8 Or, International Baccalaureate: 28+ points.

Duration: Three years full-time We may still consider applicants that do not meet the GCSE requirements on a case-by-case basis. Entry and admissions criteria: • Normally 120 UCAS points from at least two English language: IELTS 6.5 overall with 5.5 A-levels or in each band, or equivalent. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma You may also be interested in: at DDM Education Studies BA (Hons), Psychology with Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including Education Studies BSc (Hons), Education Studies English Language or Literature. with Languages BA (Hons) Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/education-studies-french For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/educationpsychology 67 68 Applied Social Sciences

Psychology BSc (Hons) Our psychology degree gives you an understanding of theories and research regarding the scientific study of mind and behaviour. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities • This programme is accredited by As part of the final year you will be Year 1 modules the British Psychological Society required to complete a period of • Introductory Research Methods as conferring eligibility for graduate work experience, building a bridge in Psychology membership of the Society with between academic theory and its • Core Areas of Psychology the Graduate Basis for Chartered practical application. • Historical Perspectives in Membership (GBC), provided the To help you to further develop Psychology minimum standard of a second class skills, you may have opportunities to • Psychology in Context honours is achieved. This is the undertake international experiences • Empirical Psychology first step towards becoming a via #DMUglobal and rewarding Year 2 modules Chartered Psychologist projects in your local community • Further Research Methods • Teaching is influenced by award through #DMUlocal. for Psychologists winning research excellence, with Facilities • Abnormal Psychology our academic Professor Rusi Jaspal • Biological Psychology Facilities include four dedicated recognised by the British Psychological • Cognitive Psychology computer laboratories with the latest Society for his significant contribution • Developmental Psychology to psychology analysis software, six individual research cubicles, interview rooms, and an • Personality and Intelligence This course focuses on psychology observation suite, supported by our • Social Psychology as an academic subject, exploring psychology technicians. Year 3 modules its impact in our everyday lives, Graduate careers • Psychology Project and providing a scientific study • Conceptual Issues and Critical A professionally accredited psychology of human behaviour. Debates in Psychology degree is the essential first step to You will also receive research methods • Employability Skills and Psychology postgraduate study and a career as a training and be supported to undertake • Elective Modules your own original psychology research psychologist. Graduates also go on to project in the final year of your studies. careers in criminal justice, education, social work, research, advertising, Learning and teaching human resources and healthcare. Our teaching is informed by the research Alternatively, graduates also choose activity of our experienced staff. to progress onto postgraduate study, Timetabled teaching is approximately including the Psychological Well-being 10–15 hours each week, and includes MSc or Health Psychology MSc. seminars, lectures and workshops. You are also expected to engage in DMU has been listed in the top 20–25 hours of independent study five psychology departments per week. Assessment includes essays, in the UK for teaching quality, exams, presentations and critical reviews. according to the Times and Sunday Times University Guide, 2017

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: C800 We may still consider applicants that do not meet the GCSE requirements on a case-by-case basis. Duration: Three years full-time English language: IELTS 6.5 overall with 5.5 Entry and admissions criteria: in each band, or equivalent. • Normally 128 UCAS points from at least two A-levels or You may also be interested in: Psychology • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma with Criminology BSc (Hons), Psychology with at DDM Health and Wellbeing in Society BSc (Hons), Psychology with Education Studies BSc (Hons) Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including English Language or Literature and Maths. Or, International Baccalaureate: 30+ points. Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/psychology 69 Psychology with Criminology BSc (Hons) This course allows you to combine the study of psychology and human behaviour with a deeper understanding of the criminal justice system. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities • This programme is accredited by As part of the final year Employability Year 1 modules the British Psychological Society Skills and Psychology module, students • Introductory Research Methods in as conferring eligibility for graduate are required to complete a period of Psychology membership of the Society with work experience, building a bridge • Core Areas of Psychology the Graduate Basis for Chartered between academic theory and its • Historical Perspectives in Psychology Membership. This is the first step practical application. • Introduction to Criminology towards becoming a Chartered Our strong links within local criminal Year 2 modules Psychologist justice agencies give you the opportunity • Further Research Methods • Teaching is influenced by award to undertake a variety of voluntary work for Psychologists winning research excellence, with placements in a range of settings, • Biological Psychology our academic Professor Rusi Jaspal including HM Prison Service, the • Cognitive Psychology recognised by the British Psychological National Probation Service, youth • Developmental Psychology Society for his significant contribution offending services and victim support, • Personality and Intelligence to psychology developing your practical, professional • Social Psychology This course provides a good foundation and transferable skills. • Elective Module from: Domestic across all aspects of psychology as Facilities Abuse; Drugs, Substance Use and Crime well as introducing key aspects of Facilities include four dedicated computer criminology. The final year provides an laboratories with the latest analysis Year 3 modules opportunity to explore psychology and software, recording and testing resources, • Psychology Project criminology through a range of optional six individual research cubicles, interview • Conceptual Issues and Critical specialist modules. rooms, an observation suite, and support Debates in Psychology You will also receive research methods from our psychology technicians. • Employability Skills and Psychology training and be supported to undertake • Criminological and Forensic Psychology Graduate careers your own original psychology research • Elective Modules project in the final year of your studies. A professionally accredited psychology degree is the essential first step to Learning and teaching postgraduate study and a career as a Our teaching is informed by the research psychologist. Graduates also go on to activity of staff at national and careers in criminal justice, education, international levels. social work, research, advertising, Timetabled teaching is approximately human resources and healthcare. DMU has been listed in 10–15 hours each week, and includes Alternatively, graduates also choose the top five psychology seminars, lectures and workshops. to progress onto postgraduate study, You are also expected to engage in including the Psychological Well-being departments in the UK for 20–25 hours of independent study. MSc or Health Psychology MSc. teaching quality, according Assessment combines essays, exams, to The Times and The presentations and critical reviews. Sunday Times University Guide, 2017

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: C8L3 We may still consider applicants that do not meet the GCSE requirements on a case-by-case basis. Duration: Three years full-time English language: IELTS 6.5 overall with 5.5 Entry and admissions criteria: in each band, or equivalent. • Normally 128 UCAS points from at least two A-levels or You may also be interested in: Psychology • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma BSc (Hons), Psychology with Education Studies at DDM BSc (Hons), Psychology with Health and Wellbeing in Society BSc (Hons), Criminology Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including with Psychology BA (Hons) English Language or Literature and Maths. Or, International Baccalaureate: 30+ points. Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/psych-criminology 70 Applied Social Sciences

Psychology with Education Studies BSc (Hons) Combine the study of psychology and human behaviour with a deeper understanding of learning and teaching in a variety of contexts. UK EU WORLD

About this course Timetabled teaching is approximately • This programme is accredited by the 10–15 hours each week. You are also Year 1 modules British Psychological Society (BPS) expected to engage in 20–25 hours • Introductory Research Methods as conferring eligibility for graduate of independent study. in Psychology membership of the Society with Student opportunities • Core Areas of Psychology the Graduate Basis for Chartered • Historical Perspectives in As part of the final year Employability Membership. This is the first step Psychology Skills and Psychology module, students towards becoming a Chartered • Historical and Contemporary Issues are required to complete a period of Psychologist in Education work experience, building a bridge • Teaching is influenced by award between academic theory and its Year 2 modules winning research excellence, with practical application. • Further Research Methods our academic Professor Rusi Jaspal for Psychologists To help you to further develop skills, recognised by the British Psychological • Biological Psychology you may have opportunities to Society for his significant contribution undertake international experiences • Cognitive Psychology to psychology via #DMUglobal and get involved • Developmental Psychology • DMU has been listed in the top five with rewarding projects in your local • Personality and Intelligence psychology departments in the UK for community through #DMUlocal. • Social Psychology teaching quality, according to The • Contemporary Cultural Perspectives Times and The Sunday Times Facilities on Education Facilities include four dedicated University Guide, 2017 Year 3 modules computer laboratories with the latest This course provides students with an • Psychology Project analysis software, research cubicles, understanding of theories and research • Conceptual Issues and Critical interview rooms and an observation suite. regarding the scientific study of mind Debates in Psychology and behaviour, as well as the practice Graduate careers • Employability Skills and Psychology and history of education. A professionally accredited psychology • Psychology and Education You will also receive research methods degree is the essential first step to • Elective Modules training and be supported to undertake postgraduate study and a career as a your own original psychology research psychologist. Graduates also go on to project in the final year of your studies. careers in criminal justice, education, social work, research, advertising, Learning and teaching human resources and healthcare. We offer lectures, seminars, tutorials Alternatively, graduates also choose Accredited by The British and workshops, involving both directed to progress onto postgraduate study, Psychological Society and self-directed study. Assessment including the Psychological Well-being combines essays, exams, presentations MSc or Health Psychology MSc. and critical reviews.

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: C8X3 We may still consider applicants that do not meet the GCSE requirements on a case-by-case basis. Duration: Three years full-time English language: IELTS 6.5 overall with 5.5 Entry and admissions criteria: in each band, or equivalent. • Normally 128 UCAS points from at least two A-levels or You may also be interested in: Education • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma Studies BA (Hons), Education Studies with at DDM Psychology BA (Hons), Psychology BSc (Hons) Psychology with Criminology BSc (Hons), Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including Psychology with Health and Wellbeing in English Language or Literature. Society BSc (Hons) Or, International Baccalaureate: 30+ points. Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/psych-education 71 72 Applied Social Sciences Psychology with Health and Wellbeing in Society BSc (Hons)

This course combines the study of psychology with an exploration of health issues from a social science perspective. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities • This programme is accredited by As part of the final year Employability Year 1 modules the British Psychological Society Skills and Psychology module, students • Introductory Research Methods as conferring eligibility for graduate are required to complete a period of in Psychology membership of the Society with work experience, building a bridge • C ore Areas of Psychology the Graduate Basis for Chartered between academic theory and its • H istorical Perspectives in Membership. This is the first step practical application. Psychology towards becoming a Chartered To help you to further develop skills • P sychological and Sociological Psychologist you may undertake international Theories of Health and Illness • Course previously known as experiences via #DMUglobal and Year 2 modules Psychology with Health Studies take part in rewarding projects in • F urther Research Methods • Teaching is influenced by award your community through #DMUlocal. for Psychologists winning research excellence, with Facilities • B iological Psychology • Cog nitive Psychology our academic Professor Rusi Jaspal Facilities include four dedicated • D evelopmental Psychology recognised by the British Psychological computer laboratories with the latest • P ersonality and Intelligence Society for his significant contribution analysis software, recording and testing • S ocial Psychology to psychology resources, six individual research • S ocial Aspects of Health and Illness This updated course covers the core cubicles, interview rooms, and an areas of psychology, while offering observation suite. Year 3 modules an opportunity to achieve a deeper • P sychology Project Graduate careers understanding in specialist health- • C onceptual Issues and Critical related areas. A professionally accredited psychology Debates in Psychology degree is the essential first step to • E mployability Skills and Psychology Learning and teaching postgraduate study and a career as a • E lective Modules We offer lectures, seminars, tutorials psychologist. Graduates also go on to and workshops, involving both directed careers in criminal justice, education, and self-directed study. Assessment social work, research, advertising, combines essays, exams, presentations human resources and healthcare. and critical reviews. Alternatively, graduates also choose Timetabled teaching is approximately to progress onto postgraduate study, 10–15 hours each week. You are also including the Psychological Well-being expected to engage in 20–25 hours of MSc or Health Psychology MSc. independent study. DMU has been listed in the top five psychology departments for teaching quality in The Times and Sunday Times University Guide, 2017

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: C8B9 We may still consider applicants that do not meet the GCSE requirements on a case-by-case basis. Duration: Three years full-time English language: IELTS 6.5 overall with 5.5 Entry and admissions criteria: in each band, or equivalent. • Normally 128 UCAS points from at least two A-levels or You may also be interested in: • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma Psychology BSc (Hons), Psychology with at DDM Criminology BSc (Hons), Psychology with Education Studies BSc (Hons), Health and Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including Wellbeing in Society BSc (Hons) English Language or Literature. Or, International Baccalaureate: 30+ points. Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/psychologyhealth 73 74 Subject to validation Applied Social Sciences Youth Work and Community Development BA (Hons) with JNC Professional Qualification in Youth Work

This flexible degree allows you to apply theory to practice to develop the skills required to effectively support and empower young people. UK EU WORLD

About this course learning and group work tasks per week. • Validated by the National Youth Agency Student opportunities Year 1 modules (NYA) and as the nationally recognised • Learning, Education and Youth Work Compulsory work placements provide professional qualification in youth work, • Youth and Community Work the opportunity to achieve hands by the Joint Negotiating Committee in Context on experience working alongside (subject to periodic revalidation by • The Self in Context professionals. In the first year you the NYA) • Developing the Professional will carry out voluntary work to • Practitioner 1 • One of the UK’s largest youth work support young people, in youth and teaching and research teams, we have community centres, schools and Year 2 modules an established reputation of more voluntary organisations. • Black Perspectives than 55 years’ experience The second and third years involve • Context, Management • In each year of study the course offers assessed practice placements in and Governance at least one opportunity for students projects including: mentoring, guidance, • Research Methods to engage in international opportunities youth justice, homelessness, drug and • Developing the Professional to support specific modules alcohol misuse, global youth work and Practitioner 2 The first year of this course considers arts and sports-based work. Year 3 modules the history and development of youth Facilities • Globalisation and Global and community work, explores self, Youth Work Investment in our teaching and learning groups and learning, and develops • Practice-Related Research facilities helps you to develop your your understanding of social science. • Professional Formation and practical and professional experience, Action Learning The second year enhances your enhancing your employability • Developing the Professional knowledge of youth and community upon graduation. work, oppression, society and Practitioner 3 social policy, promoting a greater Graduate careers understanding of inter-agency Employment opportunities include work, community development and youth work, community development, management. The final year focuses on Connexions, children’s trusts and enhancing your research skills, building schools, mentoring, the arts, health your understanding of social issues and and youth justice work. extending your range of practical and managerial skills. Learning and teaching Teaching methods include lectures, One of the UK’s largest role play, group discussions and practical youth work teaching and work-based projects. You will normally research teams, we have attend 14 hours of taught sessions, an established reputation plus 18 hours of placements or voluntary of more than 55 years’ work, and six hours of independent experience

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: L530 We may still consider applicants that do not meet English language: IELTS 6.5 overall with 5.5 the GCSE requirements on a case-by-case basis, in each band, or equivalent. Duration: Three years full-time providing you can demonstrate ability or Other requirements: Interview and Enhanced Entry and admissions criteria: attainment in these subjects in an alternative way; usually through work experience, alternative DBS Disclosure. • Normally 104 UCAS points from at least two A-levels, qualifications, an admissions test or interview. with at least one subject at grade C or above, or You may also be interested in: Direct experience of working with young people • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma at DMM Health and Wellbeing in Society BSc (Hons) (usually 12 months – voluntary or paid) prior to the Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including start of the course. English Language or Literature. This course welcomes mature students and in some Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points. cases an alternative experiential and academic Please note: Course information was correct at the profile can be considered. time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/youthwork 75 ELOISE BURTON DESIGN CRAFTS BA (HONS), GRADUATE

A R T , D E S I G N A N D ARCHITECTURE Our art, design and architecture courses nurture creativity and encourage experimentation by offering industry-standard facilities complete with cutting-edge technologies such as high-spec PCs, CAD and digital editing suites as well as dedicated drawing and modelling studios.

HOW TO APPLY See page 40 or visit dmu.ac.uk/international/apply Fees and scholarships: see page 36 or visit dmu.ac.uk/internationalfees

76 Animation BA (Hons) 81 Architecture BA (Hons) 82 Architectural Technology BSc (Hons) 83 Art and Design (Foundation Studies) BTEC Level 3 Diploma 84 Design Crafts BA (Hons) 85 Fine Art BA (Hons) 86 Game Art BA (Hons) 88 Graphic Design BA (Hons) 89 Graphic Design (Illustration) BA (Hons) 91 Graphic Design (Interactive) BA (Hons) 92 Interior Design BA (Hons) 93 Photography and Video BA (Hons) 95 Product and Furniture Design BA (Hons) 96 Product Design BA (Hons) 97 Product Design BSc (Hons) 99

dmu.ac.uk 77 HOW TO APPLY See page 40 or visit dmu.ac.uk/international/apply Fees and scholarships: see page 36 or visit dmu.ac.uk/internationalfees

78 STUDYING ART, DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURE AT DMU

Become one of our award-winning students by entering national and international competitions, such as the prestigious RSA Student Design Awards, the National Art Mercury Prize and the D&AD Student Design Awards.

Courses accredited by Our Game Art students take part in incredible replicating professional environments. placements, such as with BMW in Munich, The theme of transparency continues while our Graphic Design students have throughout the studios which have been entered competitions with Paperchase, designed to encourage collaboration Next and Starpack. between students, not only those studying Engage with our staff whose teaching is art, design and architecture subjects but inspired by their research. Forge links with from across the university. potential employers, designers and artists by Located throughout the building are open hub working on real projects set by industry. spaces. These have been designed to offer Showcase your work to potential employers different furniture configurations supporting at major events and exhibitions such as the group discussions, private study, team work Art and Design Degree Show, New Designers, and all kinds of creative collaborations. Ingenious Media, Free Range and GameCity. The building defines DMU’s commitment to creative education, where we hope to give you Vijay Patel Building: the best experience possible and provide you with all the tools you could need to realise The new Vijay Patel Building brings many your true potential for any career in art, of our art, design and architecture courses design or architecture. together into a beautiful striking building. It has been designed to provide the space Graduate careers: and facilities where ideas can develop and flourish. Our graduates are working for a wide range of companies around the world including The workshops are transparent, allowing Jaguar Land Rover, Games Workshop, us to celebrate what happens within and Seymourpowell, Double Negative, Natural encourage students to participate in practice Motion, SEGA, Disney Studios, Edge Interiors, which they might not have imagined being Universal Pictures, The BBC, Ubisoft and applicable to their area of study. Specialist John Lewis. areas such as prototyping workshops, a modelscope studio and a digital arts floor complement these spaces. Many subjects have dedicated studio spaces; both individual workspaces and open design studios

Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information. dmu.ac.uk 79 OLIVER CAVE ANIMATION BA (HONS), GRADUATE

80 Art, Design and Architecture

Animation BA (Hons) This course focuses on key skills in 3D character animation, 2D animation, drawing, production design and workflows. UK EU WORLD

About this course and the teaching team. We work with Animation BA (Hons) at DMU is an leading companies such as Rushes, Year 1 modules exciting course with opportunities for Double Negative and RJDM Studios. • 2D and Experimental Animation 1 exploring and experimenting with a wide Industry representatives make regular • Critical Studies 1 range of techniques and approaches to visits to give talks, presentations and • Animation Production 1 animated moving images. The course to review showreels. • Visual Communication 1 offers real‑world production experience Student opportunities and professional practice as you develop Year 2 modules There are opportunities to gain industry your skills in 2D animation, 3D character • 2D and Experimental Animation 2 experience and understand professional animation, understanding body mechanics, • Animation Production 2 practice through placements, which have drawing, lip sync and creative storytelling. • Critical Studies 2 previously been offered by companies We embed employability into our • Visual Communication 2 including RJDM Studios and CITV. There curriculum through the development are also opportunities to network, visit Year 3 modules of skills, competencies and activities studios and work on live project briefs set • Professional Brief linked to the workplace, such as through by industry within a studio environment. • Major Project industry briefs and studio visits. Facilities Learning and teaching We have excellent specialist facilities Our vibrant studio culture encourages including animation, recording and you to achieve your full potential. Taught sound studios and editing suites. There using a variety of engaging teaching are also screening rooms for viewing methods including keynote lectures and dailies and presentations as well as industry mentors, your practical classes green/blue screen studios. Using the will provide hands-on experience of latest software and facilities ensures you creating animation and in manipulating achieve the high level of professional tools, including TVPaint, CelAction and skills required by industry. Maya. You will normally attend around 12–16 hours of timetabled taught Graduate careers sessions (lectures and tutorials) each Our graduates work as animators, week, and we expect you to undertake producers, texture artists, rigging artists, at least 24 further hours of independent modellers and effects designers working study to complete project work and on TV series, games, commercials and research. Assessments for most of the films. They are working with international modules are through practical projects companies like Double Negative, Ubisoft, and include regular presentations of and Linney Group, and have worked on artwork and reports for peer, tutor and major films including Ex Machina, Fantastic industry critique. You will produce your Beasts and Where to Find Them, and Graduates have worked own showreel of professional-standard The Hunger Games: Mockingjay-Part 2. on major films including work, guided by experts from industry Batman, Superman and Thor

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: W615 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including Other requirements: Portfolio English Language or Literature at grade C (4) Duration: Three years full-time, or four years or above. You may also be interested in: Animation full-time with a placement year (optional) (VFX) BA (Hons), Game Art BA (Hons), Graphic Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points with Design BA (Hons), Graphic Design (Illustration) Entry and admissions criteria: higher level grade five in Art and Design. BA (Hons), Graphic Design (Interactive) BA (Hons), • Normally 104 UCAS points from at least two Visual Effects (VFX) BSc (Hons) A-levels with Art and Design at grade C or English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 above or in each band, or equivalent. • Pass in Art and Design Foundation or Further information and details of other accepted qualifications are available on our online • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma course page. in Art and Design at DMM Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/animation 81 Architecture BA (Hons) This course responds boldly to the challenges of designing for diverse communities and cultures in a globalised world. UK EU WORLD

About this course You are required to be independently Architecture at DMU offers integrated proactive in learning and will typically Year 1 modules studies that develop emerging have 20 hours of timetabled taught • A rchitecture Studio 1 architectural designers and thinkers. sessions, and undertake 21 hours • Architecture Studio 2 We orientate and develop your creative of independent study each week. • Architectural History and design abilities within the design studio; Student opportunities Philosophy this is the focus of our teaching and • Architectural Communication 1 You will gain design experience through learning. Our course is based on a • Building Performance and workshops offered in Enhancement carefully sequenced curriculum that Technology 1 Weeks and through our links with will challenge you to demonstrate practice in our mentoring schemes. Year 2 modules knowledge, acquire skills and measure • A rchitecture Studio 3 your abilities. Completing complex Facilities • Architecture Studio 4 projects will see you achieve You will be based in the award-winning • Architectural Theories internationally benchmarked targets Vijay Patel Building which has been • Architectural Communication 2 while developing employable and designed to provide inspiring flexible • Building Performance and transferable skills. You will also discover spaces, studios and facilities which Technology 2 and 3 the attributes of an insightful, sensitive invite creativity and innovation. • Urban Studies and ethical designer. The Architecture The school is grouped in the Faculty of Year 3 modules BA (Hons) is validated by the RIBA and Arts, Design and Humanities and offers • A rchitecture Studio 5 prescribed by the ARB for exemption shared access to workshops enabling • Architecture Studio 6 from ARB/RIBA Part I examinations. students to work with metals, plastics, • Cultural and Contextual Studies glass, timber and the latest technology Learning and teaching • Practice, Profession and Ethics We recognise and support a variety in digital fabrication, from CNC multi-axis milling, to 3D printing. The • Technology and Environment of learning situations that a modern Studies architectural education demands school is supported with multiple CAD including traditional academic stations where current 2D, 3D, NURBS/ engagement both individually and Spline, environmental and building in groups, peer-to-peer learning, performance modelling are taught. hands-on craft, reflective learning Graduate careers and research. Graduates may find employment in the You will be immersed in a rich environment architectural profession or in the wider of architectural conversation – through design, construction and property encounters with professional architects, industries, academic research, heritage alumni and peer mentoring, guest and history studies, digital animation lecturing, opportunities to study abroad, and strategic management. Top 10 Architecture course and a variety of events and exhibitions. in the UK, according to The Guardian University Guide, 2018

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: K100 We also accept the BTEC First Diploma plus two GCSEs including English and Maths or Science Duration: Three years full-time at grade C (4) or above. Entry and admissions criteria: Or, International Baccalaureate: 32+ points. A good portfolio and normally: English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 • Art and Design Foundation or in each band, or equivalent. • 136 UCAS points from at least two full A-levels or Other requirements: Interview and portfolio review • BTEC Extended Diploma DDM Plus, five GCSEs grades A*-C (9-4) including You may also be interested in: Interior Design BA (Hons) Please note: Course information was correct at the English Language or Literature and Maths time of going to print and is subject to review, so may or Science at grade C (4) or above. Architectural Technology BSc (Hons) vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/architecture 82 Art, Design and Architecture

Architectural Technology BSc (Hons) This course is designed to meet the skills required by industry related to technology of building, design and construction. UK EU WORLD

About this course Typically you will have 16 hours Architectural Technology BSc (Hons) of timetabled taught sessions and Year 1 modules at DMU will develop your knowledge undertake 23 hours of self-independent • Architectural Communication 1 and skills required in understanding learning each week. • Building Performance and application, analysis, synthesis and Student opportunities Technology 1 evaluation to differing extents relative • Building Economics 1 There will be opportunities to gain to design, technology, management • Sustainable Building Principles valuable work experience by doing a and practice. • Building Design 1 year’s industrial placement between You will learn how to bring together years two and three. Year 2 modules aspects of the design process, from • Architectural Communication 2 Facilities concept through to completion. • Building Performance and DMU offers some of the finest facilities You will benefit from a range of Technology 2 to support your studies. You will have tools and simulation software to • Building Performance and access to studio spaces with CAD inform building design ensuring Technology 3 facilities and workshops offering a sustainable outcomes. • Building Economics 2 range of facilities from casting, metal • Project Management Learning and teaching working and woodworking to digital • Professional Practice for This course has been accredited by printing and water-jet cutting, printing Sustainable Development the Chartered Institute of Architectural and photography equipment. You will • Building Design 2 Technologists (CIAT) as meeting also benefit from building performance • Building Design 3 established standards in terms of tools and resources in the Architecture resources, programme content, and Design Resource Centre and on Year 3 modules structure, quality assurance and staff. the Architecture Hub, our online • Building Information Technology This status qualifies the holder of learning space. and Modelling • Integrated Design Project the award to apply for Associate Graduate careers membership of CIAT and provides • Contract and Law You will have a wide range of careers the opportunity to progress towards • Technological and Environmental open to you working alongside design Chartered Membership (MCIAT). Innovation professionals in construction companies, The teaching methods include lectures, • Dissertation architectural practices and building and seminars, tutorials, workshops, field component or material manufacturers. visits, case studies, and directed reading. The academic team is committed to a rich range of teaching, learning and student support, and assessment methods will reflect the The Leicester School vocational nature of the course. of Architecture is one of the oldest schools of architecture in the UK, with a 125 year history

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: K130 GCSEs including English and Maths or Science at grade C (4) or above. Duration: Three years full-time, or four years full-time with a placement year (optional) Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points.

Entry and admissions criteria: English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 • Art and Design Foundation or in each band, or equivalent. • 112 UCAS points from at least two full A-levels or You may also be interested in: • BTEC Extended Diploma DMM Architecture BA (Hons) Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including English Language or Literature and Maths or Science at grade C (9-4) or above. Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may We also accept the BTEC First Diploma plus two vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/at 83 Art and Design (Foundation Studies) BTEC Level 3 Diploma in Foundation Studies Art and Design This Art and Design Foundation Studies course prepares you for progression to a variety of specialist art and design degree courses. UK EU WORLD

About this course Learning and teaching You will study a wide range of art and You will be taught by practising Art and Design design skills, and produce a strong art artists and designers with extensive (Foundation Studies) and design portfolio at the end of the experience of teaching and active BTEC Diploma modules course. You will be inducted into at least professional practices. There are also • Researching, Recording ten different craft and design workshops. visits from industry professionals and and Responding In the studio you will explore projects other institutions. You will normally • Media Experimentation and techniques including painting, attend around 22.5 hours of timetabled • Preparation and Progression sculpture, printmaking, digital art, graphic taught sessions including lectures, • Information and Interpretation design, illustration, textiles, fashion, dark tutorials and workshop and studio • Personal Experimental Studies room photography, 3D design and game sessions each week, and be expected • Extended Media Development art. You will study in three stages: to undertake at least 10 hours of • Final Major Project • Stage one: introduces and enables independent study each week. you to explore basic art and design Student opportunities skills. This includes working in 2D You are encouraged to develop your and 3D with a range of basic material, own understanding of the subject media and methods by visiting exhibitions and venues. • Stage two: follows a programme of This complements our planned specialist studio activities including programme of study visits, which have pathways in fine art, visual recently included London, Birmingham communication, fashion and textiles, and Oxford. The optional international 3D design and lens-based media. trip has previously visited Venice, This provides an opportunity for you to Paris, Barcelona, Berlin and New York. identify your chosen specialist subject During these visits you will view major • St age three: provides an opportunity collections of art and design as well as to confirm your direction in art and contemporary exhibitions. design and maximise your potential. Facilities You will develop an individual portfolio You will have your own studio space on along with an understanding of the the top two floors of the Arts Tower in contemporary context in which artists the new Vijay Patel Building. You will also "I chose this course because and designers work have access to further studios along with it offered such an incredible Upon successful completion of the a seminar room for meetings, assessments spectrum of opportunities course, you will be eligible for direct and tutorials. There is a fully-equipped to try out different mediums entry onto many of our art and design darkroom for processing black and white and techniques" degrees here at DMU (subject to film, as well as IT and CAD facilities. India Jones, entry requirements). Art and Design (Foundation Studies) BTEC Diploma, graduate

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: Apply directly to DMU We also accept the BTEC First Diploma plus two Other requirements: Portfolio review GCSEs including English at grade C (4) or above. (UK and non UK-based) Duration: One year full-time Applicants who are 18 or under must also hold GCSE Maths and English grade A*–C (9-4). You may also be interested in: Various other Entry and admissions criteria: art and design undergraduate courses You should normally have: Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points.

• A portfolio of work, or evidence of recent English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 experience in art and design or in each band, or equivalent. • One A-level or equivalent in an Art and All equivalent qualifications are welcome as are Design subject mature students with alternative experience. Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including English Language or Literature at grade C (4) Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may or above. vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/artfoundation 84 Art, Design and Architecture

Design Crafts BA (Hons) This is a crafts course where you design and make objects using both traditional and emerging technologies. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities Design Crafts BA (Hons) at DMU There are opportunities throughout the Year 1 modules emerged from our long-standing craft course for placements and exchanges, • Introduction to Workshop Materials provision in ceramics, glass, jewellery, to collaborate with others and to work and Processes textiles and metalwork. It covers a range on live briefs with external clients. • Design: From Thought to Thing of directions leading to careers in the You will also have the opportunity to go • Design Crafts Critical and creative industries including designing on study visits to major UK exhibitions Cultural Studies and making. You will have opportunities and fairs and a study trip abroad with • Introduction to Professional to design and make objects using #DMUglobal. Practice and PDP traditional and emerging technologies, • Design and Making for Audiences reflecting the changes in digital Facilities Year 2 modules manufacturing and realisation As well as providing you with individual • Materials and Processes technologies. You will be able to work studio space throughout the course, • Design: Live Projects with industry through live projects, we have excellent workshop facilities • Critical and Cultural Studies: Making placements and competitions. You will in hot glass, kiln-formed and cold glass, ceramics, jewellery, fine and large-scale Connections work with and manipulate a variety of • Professional Practice and PDP materials, including glass, plaster, paper, metalwork, textiles, digital embroidery, • Studio Practice: Negotiated Project clay, fine metals, plastics, resin, foam, engineering, digital and 3D printing, wood, veneers and textiles. CNC milling, waterjet and laser cutting, Year 3 modules woodwork, plaster work, resin and • Design Craft Practice Learning and teaching plastics, print and book-making, • Design Crafts Personal Project You will be taught through a and mould-making and casting. • Critical and Cultural Studies: combination of lectures, tutorials, Our workshops are supported by Extended Essay seminars, group work and self-directed highly-skilled technicians. • Professional Debut study. Your precise timetable will depend on the options you choose to take; Graduate careers however, in your first year you will Graduates often combine employed normally attend around 24 hours of and self-employed careers, continuing timetabled taught sessions each week, their practice by becoming members and we expect you to undertake at least of associations and craft guilds such as Design Factory and Guild of Enamelers. 19 further hours of independent study Opportunities for work to complete project work and research. Graduates go on to work in design studios with well-respected names placements including at Feedback is continuous through such as Sainsbury’s, John Lewis and Sainsbury's and Hand & Lock tutorials, seminars, workshops and in Next. Our graduates have won many more formal written feedback notes. awards and prizes, including the Goldsmiths Precious Metal award 2013, 2014, 2015 and have also won awards and funding for business ideas and placement schemes.

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: W200 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including Other requirements: Interview, yes, if UK-based English Language or Literature at grade C (4) Duration: Three years full-time or four years or above. You may also be interested in: full-time with a placement year (optional) Fine Art BA (Hons), Textile Design BA (Hons) We also accept the BTEC First Diploma plus two Entry and admissions criteria: GCSEs including English at grade C (4) or above. A good portfolio and normally: Or, International Baccalaureate 26+ points, • Art and Design Foundation or including Art and Design.

• 112 UCAS points from at least two full A-levels English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 or equivalent, including a grade C or above in in each band, or equivalent. an Art and Design related subject or • BTEC Extended Diploma DMM in an Art Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may and Design related subject vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/designcrafts 85 Fine Art BA (Hons) Fine Art has been studied in Leicester for more than 100 years and maintains an established reputation for quality. UK EU WORLD

About this course at the Handmade Festival, Two Queens Fine Art BA (Hons) at DMU offers Gallery, Attenborough Art Centre and a Year 1 modules flexibility, enabling you to specialise in host of other venues across the UK and • Introduction to Studio Practice one discipline or opt for a broad pattern internationally. • Contextual and Professional of study within fine art. First year studies Student opportunities Studies include options in painting, sculpture, • Drawing for Fine Art Practice Employability and professional practice print-making, video, photography, and are a key part of the course throughout Year 2 modules digital media. In addition, all first year all three years. A professional project • Studio Practice Development students undertake a course in drawing forms part of the final year and typically • Contextual and Professional that includes drawing from the figure, as might involve an exhibition, placement or Studies 2 well as experimental and contemporary other type of professional experience. forms of graphic expression. Year 3 modules Fine Art students have the opportunity • A rt Practice and P resentation Learning and teaching to go on study trips abroad with • Contextual and Professional Individual studio practice, group #DMUglobal, and students have visited Studies 3 projects, workshops, group criticisms, a number of international destinations lectures, seminars, study trips and including New York, Cyprus and Venice. one-to-one tutorials form the basis Alongside these study trips students of this studio-based taught course. have also had the opportunity to study Your precise timetable will depend on abroad though our international the optional modules you choose to exchange schemes. take. However, in your first year you Facilities will normally attend around 13 hours of You will have a dedicated studio space timetabled taught sessions each week, throughout the course. Our excellent and we expect you to undertake at least workshops cover the practical aspects 21 further hours of independent study of printmaking, sculpture, photography, to complete project work and research. video, digital media techniques and the Individual and group tutorials and seminars skills associated with contemporary form the basis for second and third year approaches to painting. teaching aimed at developing your distinctive and individual artistic practice. Graduate careers Assessment is through coursework Fine Art graduates are equipped for a presentations, essays and reports. wide range of careers and have entered Our teaching staff are research-active a variety of fields including teaching, arts administration, conservation and artists and art historians, who bring Fine Art has been studied cutting-edge insights drawn from restoration, art therapy, theatre design, in Leicester for more than experience of their own practice and film and television production, professional 100 years and maintains professional life into the studio, workshops artists and designers, illustration, publishing, an established reputation and lecture theatres. Over the last 12 gallery management and crafts. months, Fine Art students have exhibited for quality

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: W100 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including Other requirements: Interview, yes, if UK based English Language or Literature at grade C (4) Duration: Three years full-time, or four years or above. You may also be interested in: Art and full-time with a placement year (optional) Design (Foundation Studies) BTEC Level 3 We also accept the BTEC First Diploma plus two Diploma in Foundation Studies Art and Design Entry and admissions criteria: GCSEs including English at grade C (4) or above. A good portfolio and normally: Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points, • Art and Design Foundation or including Art and Design.

• 112 UCAS points from at least two full A-levels English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 or equivalent, including a grade C or above in an in each band, or equivalent. Art and Design related subject or • BTEC Extended Diploma DMM in an Art and Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may Design related subject vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/fineart 86 Art, Design and Architecture

ANNIE DIXON FINE ART BA (HONS), GRADUATE HOUSE ON THE LAWN

87 Game Art BA (Hons) This course nurtures a distinctive mix of creativity and talent embracing the latest technology in game content design. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities Game Art BA (Hons) at DMU, accredited You will undertake at least three industry Year 1 modules by Creative Skillset, provides an set briefs, giving you an opportunity • Critical Studies 1 opportunity to experience first-hand to work with professionals and gain • 2D Traditional Art Practices 1 what it takes to create successful game experience of current industry trends • 2D Digital Art Practices 1 content. This course was the first and techniques. You will also be • Game Production 1 industry accredited Game Art course in encouraged to undertake a placement; England, which reflects the high quality previous placement students have Year 2 modules and relevance of industry skills you will worked at Ubisoft in India and BMW • Critical Studies 2 learn. You will graduate with a portfolio in Munich. Many of our students have • 2D Traditional Art Practice 2 demonstrating your technical skill and successfully competed in a variety of • 2D Digital Art Practice 2 creative talents. You will also benefit from creative events, such as Dominance • Game Production 2 regular guest lectures with professional War, Comicon, 3DTotal and Photoreal Year 3 modules artists, producers, art directors and studio challenges. Students also went to • Game Production 3, heads. Our graduates have worked on New York with #DMUglobal to find Professional Briefs games such as Total War: Warhammer II, inspiration for their environment art. • Game Production 4, GTA 5, The Division, Dirt, F1, Overwatch, Personal Project Red Dead Redemption 2, Batman Facilities Arkham Night and Ghost Recon. We have excellent specialist facilities that include a games studio with a range Learning and teaching of software and high specification PCs The course has a vibrant studio culture for producing 3D game content and for that encourages individuals to achieve studying games on PC, current consoles their full potential. Teaching and learning as well as the next generation hardware is primarily through practical workshops, as it becomes available. The 2D elements seminars and lectures. You will normally of the course benefit from a dedicated attend around 12–16 hours of timetabled drawing studio and there are fully taught sessions (lectures and tutorials) AV-equipped lecture/seminar rooms. each week, and can expect to undertake at least 24 further hours of independent Graduate careers study to complete project work and Our graduates have worked for companies research. Assessment includes regular such as Ubisoft, Natural Motion, presentations of artwork and practical Playground Games, Codemasters, projects for peer, tutor and industry Dambusters Studios, Lockwood, critique. You will produce your own Rockstar North, BMW and Jagex to portfolio of professional-standard work, name just a few. They work as producers, guided by artists from the game industry studio assistants, concept artists, This course is accredited by and the teaching team. character artists, environment artists, Creative Skillset, the first lead artists, technical artists and directors. industry accredited Game Art course in England

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: W291 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including You may also be interested in: Animation English Language or Literature at grade C (4) BA (Hons), Graphic Design BA (Hons), Graphic Duration: Three years full-time, or four years or above. Design (Illustration) BA (Hons), Graphic Design full-time with a placement year (optional) Or, International Baccalaureate: 28+ points (Interactive) BA (Hons), Animation (VFX) BA Entry and admissions criteria: with six higher level points in Art and Design. (Hons), Visual Effects (VFX) BSc (Hons) • Normally 120 UCAS points from at least two A-levels with Art and Design at grade B or English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 above or in each band, or equivalent. • Pass in Art and Design Foundation or Further information and details of other accepted qualifications are available on our online course page. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma in Art and Design at DDM Other requirements: Interview and portfolio Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/gameart 88 Art, Design and Architecture

Graphic Design BA (Hons) This course focuses on graphic communication with an emphasis on creativity, graphic literacy and problem solving. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities Graphic Design BA (Hons) at DMU You are encouraged to seek work Year 1 modules encourages you to explore and establish placements in graphic design during the • Graphic Studies: Context and your professional skills through a series summer. You can also join F10 Design Communication of major personal projects to build Society which is student-led and takes • Type and Image your portfolio. on briefs from clients both inside and • Media and Communication You will undertake live briefs from the outside of the university, giving you the Technology for Graphic Design 1 design industry and participate in national chance to work through the whole • Pathway Preparation Workshops project from concept to delivery. and international competitions such as Year 2 modules the International Society of Typographic Facilities • Integrated Graphic Studies Designers (ISTD) competition, Starpack We have excellent newly developed • Applied Graphic Studies Awards, YCN and D&AD. You will experience open access multi-purpose studios • Media and Communication what it takes to be a successful graphic designed specifically for Graphic Design, Technology for Graphic Design 2 designer and graduate with a portfolio with specialist facilities, including iMacs • Integrated Pathway Studies demonstrating your capabilities and talents. and large format printing, letterpress, Year 3 modules Learning and teaching screening facilities, access to green • Major Negotiated Pathway Projects Taught by practising designers in a screen studios, video and audio editing • Creative Competition Projects vibrant studio culture, teaching takes place suites, drawing studios and large • Applied Professional Practice through workshops, seminars, team and photography and printmaking workshops. Studies individual tutorials, and interactive lectures Graduate careers from leading practitioners. You can also Our graduates can be found working at benefit from ‘Gurus and Grasshoppers’ some of today’s top design agencies and – a buddy system where final year students businesses including Barclaycard, Google, mentor new students. You can choose Sony Playstation, Penguin Books, Disney from a wide range of specialist topics Studios, Landor Associaties, Yahoo, in professional graphic design such as Adtrak, GlaxoSmithKline, Burberry, advertising, interactive media, editorial Next, Warner Music and Fontshop. typography, app and web design, packaging, photography and creative They work as staff designers, consultants book-making. Assessment is continuous, or freelancers, in areas such as information, with feedback provided as your work advertising, promotional design, and develops. You will normally attend around interactive and multimedia design. 12–16 hours of timetabled taught sessions (lectures and tutorials) each week, and can expect to undertake at least 24 further hours of independent study to Work on live project briefs complete project work and research. set by real clients from the design industry

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: W219 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*– C (9-4) including Other requirements: Portfolio English Language or Literature at grade C (4) Duration: Three years full-time, or four years or above. You may also be interested in: Animation BA full-time with a placement year (optional) (Hons), Animation (VFX) BA (Hons), Game Art BA Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points (Hons), Graphic Design (Illustration) BA (Hons), Entry and admissions criteria: with higher level grade five in Art and Design. Graphic Design (Interactive) BA (Hons), • Normally 104 UCAS points from at least two Communication Arts BA (Hons), Visual Effects A-levels with Art and Design at grade C above or English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 in each band, or equivalent. (VFX) BSc (Hons) • Pass in Art and Design Foundation or Further information and details of other • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma in accepted qualifications are available on Art and Design at DMM our online course page. Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/graphicdesign 89 90 Art, Design and Architecture

Graphic Design (Illustration) BA (Hons) This course will allow you to expand and gain skills in various traditional and digital image-making techniques. UK EU WORLD

About this course can expect to undertake at least 24 Graphic Design (Illustration) BA (Hons) at further hours of independent study to Year 1 modules DMU covers a variety of image-making complete project work and research. • Graphic Studies: Context and methods including drawing, printmaking Student opportunities Communication and animation as well as visual problem • Image Making for Illustration You will work on a live project brief set by solving and digitally produced imagery. • Media and Communication real clients and have the opportunity to You will learn from teaching staff who are Technology for Illustration 1 enter national and international competitions, practising illustrators and designers • Pathway Preparation Workshops such as D&AD, the Young Creatives working in children’s book illustration, Network and Macmillan illustration prize. Year 2 modules printmaking, animation, motion graphics, All of our students are encouraged to • Integrated Graphic Studies photography, editorial design, advertising have an international experience with • Applied Illustration Studies and digital illustration. You will also be #DMUglobal. Students from graphic • Media and Communication encouraged to enter external design have previously visited Belgium and Technology for Illustration 2 competitions to build up your design Amsterdam on university planned trips. • Integrated Pathway Studies portfolio. Facilities Year 3 modules Learning and teaching We have newly-developed open access • Major Negotiated Pathway Projects Teaching takes place through workshops, multi-purpose studios designed specifically • Creative Competition Projects seminars, and interactive lectures from for Graphic Design, with specialist facilities, • Applied Professional Practice leading practitioners and experts. There including iMacs and graphics tablets, Studies is a vibrant studio culture, with projects dedicated drawing and visualisation supported by tutors on a one-to-one or studios and large photography and small group basis. You can choose from printmaking workshops. a wide range of specialist topics and develop personal critical skills through a Graduate careers series of critiques and presentations of Illustrators are in high demand in many work to tutors, peers and industry experts. fields of communication and entertainment The teaching staff have close links with Past graduates’ careers have included industry that allow you to spend time freelance illustration, animation, illustration working with professional clients, through for advertising, editorial and publishing. the student-led F10 Design Society. You Recent graduates have gone on to work also have the opportunity to take part in for Landor Associates, All Saints, Orange, the ‘Gurus and Grasshoppers’ scheme, O2, Warner Music and Next. where final year students mentor new students. Assessment is continuous, with specialist staff providing feedback Students have the as your work develops. opportunity to enter You will normally attend around 12–16 national and international hours of timetabled taught sessions competitions (lectures and tutorials) each week, and

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: W221 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including Other requirements: Portfolio English Language or Literature at grade C (4) Duration: Three years full-time, or four years or above. You may also be interested in: full-time with a placement year (optional) Graphic Design BA (Hons), Graphic Design Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points with (Interactive) BA (Hons), Animation BA (Hons), Entry and admissions criteria: higher level grade five in Art and Design. Game Art BA (Hons), Animation (VFX) BA (Hons), • Normally 104 UCAS points from at least two Visual Effects (VFX) BSc (Hons) A-levels with Art and Design at grade C or English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 above or in each band, or equivalent. • Pass in Art and Design Foundation or Further information and details of other accepted qualifications are available on • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma our online course page. in Art and Design at DMM Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/illustration 91 Graphic Design (Interactive) BA (Hons) This course will give you practical skills in a wide range of specialist areas of professional interactive graphic design. UK EU WORLD

About this course You will normally attend around 12–16 Graphic Design (Interactive) BA (Hons) hours of timetabled taught sessions Year 1 modules aims to provide you with the digital skills (lectures and tutorials) each week, and • Graphic Studies: Context and required to work creatively at the can expect to undertake at least 24 Communication forefront of an evolving world of graphic further hours of independent study to • Image Making for Interactive Media communication. The newly-developed complete project work and research. • Media and Communication course focuses on engaging interactive Student opportunities Technology for Interactive Media 1 content, user experience (UX) and user • Pathway Preparation Workshops You can spend time working with interface (UI) design, motion graphics professional clients through the F10 Year 2 modules and animation, design for web and apps, Design Society and you will have the • Integrated Graphic Studies visualisation of ideas, graphic literacy opportunity to enter national and • Applied Interactive Media Studies and problem solving. This industry- international competitions, such as • Media and Communication focused course ensures you will learn D&AD, the Young Creatives Network Technology for Interactive Media 2 what it takes to be a successful and The International Society of • Integrated Pathway Studies interactive graphic designer and Typographic Designers. All of our graduate with a portfolio demonstrating Year 3 modules students are encouraged to have an your capabilities and talents. The course • Major Negotiated Pathway Projects international experience with #DMUglobal. is designed for those with a specific • Creative Competition Projects Students from graphic design have interest in the cutting-edge digital arts; • Applied Professional previously visited Belgium and it focuses on pushing the conventions of Practice Studies Amsterdam on university planned trips. digital applications and user experiences through a hands-on approach in Facilities communicating visual solutions and We have newly-developed open access spaces to a wide audience. multi-purpose studios designed specifically Learning and teaching for Graphic Design, with specialist facilities, including iMacs and graphics Taught by practising designers in a tablets, iPads, graphics tablets, access vibrant studio culture, teaching takes to green screen studios, video and audio place through workshops, seminars, editing suites, drawing studios and large team and individual tutorials, and photography and printmaking workshops. interactive lectures from leading practitioners. You will also have the Graduate careers opportunity to take part in our ‘Gurus This course is designed to lead into and Grasshoppers’ scheme where final global careers in UX (User Experience) year students mentor new students, to design, UI (User Interface) design, create a cohesive and collaborative web design and development, app collective identity on this course. design, graphic design, animation and motion graphics. You will have access to dedicated newly-developed Graphic Design facilities

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: W210 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including Other requirements: Portfolio English Language or Literature at grade C (4) Duration: Three years full-time, or four years or above. You may also be interested in: full-time with a placement year (optional) Graphic Design BA (Hons), Graphic Design Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points with (Illustration) BA (Hons), Media Production BSc Entry and admissions criteria: higher level grade five in Art and Design. (Hons), Communication Arts BA (Hons), • Normally 104 UCAS points from at least two English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 Animation (VFX) BA (Hons), Visual Effects (VFX) A-levels with Art and Design at grade C or above BSc (Hons) or in each band, or equivalent. • Pass in Art and Design Foundation or Further information and details of other accepted qualifications are available on • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma in our online course page. Art and Design at DMM Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/interactive 92 Art, Design and Architecture

Interior Design BA (Hons) Interior Design at DMU allows you to explore the values of social and cultural identity through re-designing environments. UK EU WORLD

About this course Assessment includes delivering This course will engage you in exciting presentations, creating blogs and films, Year 1 modules live projects in collaboration with industry which will enhance your experiences • Foundations of Design 1 and 2 and other organisations. Your study is and mimic workplace practice. Feedback • Design Cultures 1 predominantly about re-thinking existing is provided throughout the course. • Construction Technology buildings’ interiors or the spaces created Student opportunities • Visual Communication between structures, and includes small Students have worked on placements scale architecture; the focus being on Year 2 modules at companies such as Heterarchy, ISI, the way people interact in and with • Principles of Visual Communication Callander Howorth, Leonards Design these environments. You will develop • Principles of Construction Architects and Gensler. Technology and Practice your own individual design identity; learn • Principles of Design 1 and 2 how to effectively communicate creative Our graduating students exhibit their - Specialist Pathways Modules design solutions for the environments work at DMU’s Art and Design Degree • Design Cultures 2 we inhabit and how to present these Show, and in London. Our students have • Placement Year (optional) with confidence. Numerous choices won the RSA student design award • Erasmus Year (optional) within the programme will allow you ‘Inclusive Cities’ 2016 and the Interior to focus your career intentions, with Design Association, Gensler Award. Year 3 modules options including design for leisure, Facilities • Advanced Design in Practice retail, performance, living, spiritual, You will have access to a dedicated • Advanced Design in Practice 2 exhibition and promotional digital media studio and specialist • Advanced Construction Technology and Practice event environments. workshops with a modelscope and • Advanced Visual Communication Learning and teaching chroma-key studio; where design can Course tutors have expertise and be interrogated and presentations can experience through careers in a broad be refined through the use of specialist range of specialist areas in interior digital cameras and equipment. We also design. They are highly knowledgeable have extensive workshop facilities about advancements in the field and including, wood, metal, glass, plastics maintain close links with industry, and ceramics. which feeds into many aspects of the Graduate careers course content; including industrial Our graduates are now working for a visits, lectures from visiting designers range of large, medium and small design and live projects. practices including Blueprint, Creative Your precise timetable will depend Ideas Ltd, Edge Interiors, Gensler, on your choice of interior specialism. Heterarchy, Pope Wainwright, and ISI. However, in your first year you will normally attend around 17 hours of timetabled taught sessions and will You have the opportunity to undertake 23 hours of independent do a year's exchange with a study each week. European design school

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: W250 • BTEC Extended Diploma DMM in an Art and English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 Design related subject in each band, or equivalent. Duration: Three years full-time, four years full-time with a placement year or an Erasmus Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including Other requirements: Interview, yes, if UK-based year abroad (optional) English Language or Literature at grade C (4) or above. You may also be interested in: Various other Entry and admissions criteria: We also accept the BTEC First Diploma plus two art and design undergraduate courses A good portfolio and normally: GCSEs including English at grade C (4) or above. • Art and Design Foundation or Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points, • 112 UCAS points from at least two full A-levels including Art and Design. or equivalent, including a grade C or above in an Art and Design related subject or Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/interiordesign 93 94 Art, Design and Architecture

Photography and Video BA (Hons) Study on a challenging, practice-led, creative course with purpose- built digital labs, well-equipped studios and darkrooms. UK EU WORLD

About this course of professional production. Year three Photography and Video at DMU offers offers an option to compete for work Year 1 modules a unique programme of still and moving experience by pitching ideas in • Constructing the Moving Image image with sound, to meet the changing response to client briefs. You will have • Photography and Camera Vision demands of the creative industries and the opportunity to study abroad via an • Concepts of Digital Media the arts. Erasmus exchange programme within • Lens-Based Studies Europe and to take advantage of You will be able to develop a specialist Year 2 modules focus as well as learning core skills. #DMUglobal opportunities providing subsidised travel around the globe. • Still and Moving Image: Research You will also develop valuable transferable and Practice skills, enabling you to work flexibly across Facilities • Professional Studies a range of artistic and creative production DMU has photography, video and audio • Lens-Based Choice roles, maximising your career options. recording studios including video editing Year 3 modules Our students have been acclaimed in suites, darkrooms and dedicated digital • Creative Professional Practice many ways including The Royal photography labs featuring large format • Critical Research Photographic Society (RPS) Gold printing and scanning. A team of expert • Experimental and Analytical technical instructors are on hand to help award, National and International Production with a Major Project competition wins including BBC 3, you on a daily basis. You are also able to Channel 4 and DOK Leipzig. borrow an extensive range of still and video equipment. Learning and teaching You will work on practice-based creative Graduate careers projects, supported by research, theory Our graduates go on to pursue a wide and technique. variety of exciting careers of freelance Teaching is led by successful practitioners still and moving image creatives, roles with extensive professional experience. in independent production, teaching, Modules are taught through curatorial work, multimedia industries, combinations of lectures, seminars, publishing, advertising, journalism, tutorials, demonstrations and workshops. picture research, and arts administration. Typically you will have 14 hours of Recent graduates have gone on to work timetabled taught contact and undertake for companies such as Nike, Universal 25 hours of independent study each Pictures, Sky, Lacoste, John Lewis, week. Guest lecturers from a variety of The BBC, Apple, Spring Studios, backgrounds give you an insight into Calvin Klein, Christopher Kane, Bellstar, the realities of commercial and artistic Phillips and Disney. They have been professional practice. published by Rolling Stone, The Independent, i-D, Vogue, Wallpaper Our graduates go on to Student opportunities and many others. In year two you will work on an external graduate careers including client brief, working within the demands working for the BBC, ITV and Sky

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: W640 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 English Language or Literature at grade C (4) in each band, or equivalent. Duration: Three years full-time, or four years or above. full-time with a placement year (optional) Other requirements: Interview, yes, if UK based We also accept the BTEC First Diploma plus two Entry and admissions criteria: A good GCSEs including English at grade C (4) or above. portfolio and normally: Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points, • Art and Design Foundation or including Art and Design. • 112 UCAS points from at least two full A-levels or equivalent, including a grade C or above in an Art and Design related subject or • BTEC Extended Diploma DMM in an Art and Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may Design related subject vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/photographyvideo 95 Product and Furniture Design BA (Hons) This course encourages you to think creatively and make bold challenges to convention by developing innovative design solutions. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities Product and Furniture Design BA (Hons) Our students have undertaken work Year 1 modules at DMU has a strong vocational focus, placements at companies such as • Visual Communication combining technical skills, creative Marshalls Street Furniture, BMW, • Principles of Design thinking and intellectual enterprise. It Established & Sons, Triumph • CAD for Product Designers 1 leads to exciting careers at companies Motorcycles and Howdens. There are • Digital Outputs for Product such as Jaguar Land Rover, Sixteen3, opportunities to go on industrial visits, Designers 1 and Mamas & Papas. The course has work on live design projects and enter • Materials and Manufacturing achieved accreditation (RProdDes) from national and international competitions. Technologies the Institution of Engineering Designers Recent years have seen winners in the • Design Cultures 1 (IED), with graduates being able to apply Seymourpowell placement competition, • Workshop Practice for Engineering Council registration. RSA Student Design Competitions and Year 2 modules The course is focused on contemporary students engaging with live projects • CAD for Product Designers 2 design for mass manufacture and you from Marshalls, Willis & Gambier and • Digital Outputs for Product will gain a keen commercial awareness Crofts & Assinder. Designers 2 of the product and furniture industry. Facilities • Innovation and New Product DMU is in the Top 3 for producing the You will enjoy working in shared, Development 'most employable degree level product multidisciplinary design studios and • Advanced Materials and or industrial design graduates' in the will have access to a base room and Manufacturing Technology UK, by the British Industrial Design dedicated CAD facility equipped with • Design Cultures 2 Association (BIDA) Design School interactive drawing screens as well as • Placement Year (optional) Survey in 2017. access to workshops, including plastics, • Erasmus Year (optional) Learning and teaching wood, metal machining, fabrication, soft Year 3 modules You will be taught by academic staff and modelmaking, spray painting and rapid • Product Communication visiting lecturers who have extensive prototyping facilities with 3D printers, • Career Launch Marketing design industry experience. Modules are CNC milling, laser and waterjet cutting, Campaign taught through a combination of lectures, vacuum casting and rapid metal casting. • Personal (Major) Project seminars, tutorials, demonstrations and Graduate careers • Student Design Competitions workshops. You will typically have 10 Recent graduates are working for a hours of timetabled taught hours and wide range of companies including undertake 27 hours of independent Marshalls Street Furniture, Jaguar Land study each week. With live design Rover, Ponti Design Studio and Mous. projects, competition briefs and work placement opportunities we will prepare Graduates work in consumer you for the workplace as you develop product, furniture and home your portfolio. appliance design for companies such as Jaguar Land Rover and Sixteen3

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: W293 • BTEC Extended Diploma DMM in an Art and English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 Design related subject in each band, or equivalent. Duration: Three years full-time, four years full-time with a placement year or an Erasmus Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including Other requirements: Interview, yes if UK based year abroad (optional) English Language or Literature at grade C (4) or above. Entry and admissions criteria: We also accept the BTEC First Diploma plus two A good portfolio and normally: GCSEs including English at grade C (4) or above. • Art and Design Foundation or Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points, • 112 UCAS points from at least two full A-levels including Art and Design. or equivalent, including a grade C or above in an Art and Design related subject or Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/productfurnituredesign 96 Art, Design and Architecture

Product Design BA (Hons) Product Design at DMU develops your creative thinking and consistently produces innovative product designers. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities This highly vocational course produces Students have completed work Year 1 modules employable, resourceful graduates who placements at companies such as • Visual Communication are recognised for their ability to realise BMW, Hodges & Drake, Lewis • Principles of Design ideas through real-world design skills Associates, and Artform International. • CAD for Product Designers 1 as well as their in-depth knowledge of There are opportunities to go on • Digital Outputs for Product materials. The course has achieved industrial visits, work on live design Designers 1 accreditation (RProdDes) from the projects and enter national and • Manufacturing Technology and Institution of Engineering Designers international competitions. Recent Culture (IED), with graduates being able to apply years have seen winners in the • Workshop Practice for Engineering Council registration. Seymourpowell placement competition, Year 2 modules You will have the opportunity to study RSA Student Design Competitions and • CAD for Product Designers 2 a range of product design briefs, gaining Whitemeadow furniture competition. • Digital Outputs for Product a detailed understanding of materials Designers 2 and manufacturing processes while Facilities You will enjoy working in shared, • Innovation and New Product being taught advanced drawing and Development presentation techniques. multidisciplinary design studios within our new Vijay Patel Building, • 3D Modeling for Design Learning and teaching and will have access to a base room • Advanced Manufacturing You will be taught by a combination and dedicated CAD facility equipped Technology and Culture of academic staff and visiting lecturers, with interactive drawing screens as • Placement Year (optional) all of whom have extensive design well as access to extensive workshops, • Erasmus Year (optional) industry experience. Modules are taught including plastics, wood, metal Year 3 modules through a combination of lectures, machining, fabrication, soft model- • Product Communication seminars, tutorials, demonstrations making, spray painting and rapid • Career Launch Marketing and workshops. You will typically have prototyping facilities with 3D printers, Campaign 13 hours timetabled taught sessions CNC milling, laser and waterjet cutting, • Personal (Major) Project and undertake 26 hours of independent vacuum casting and rapid metal casting. • Student Design Competitions study each week. Graduate careers Graduates are working for a wide range of companies including Astheimer, Intuitive Surgical and Hummel in Denmark. Develop innovative products for areas including transport, sports equipment, toys, interface design and packaging

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: W240 • BTEC Extended Diploma DMM in an Art and English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 Design related subject in each band, or equivalent. Duration: Three years full-time, four years full-time with a placement year or with an Erasmus Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including Other requirements: Interview, yes if year abroad (optional) English Language or Literature at grade C (4) UK based or above. Entry and admissions criteria: We also accept the BTEC First Diploma plus two A good portfolio and normally: GCSEs including English at grade C (4) or above. • Art and Design Foundation or Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points, • 112 UCAS points from at least two full A-levels including Art and Design. or equivalent, including a grade C or above in an Art and Design related subject or Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/productdesign 97 98 Art, Design and Architecture

Product Design BSc (Hons) This course combines industrial product design with engineering design principles to develop both your creative and technical skills. UK EU WORLD

About this course BMW, Dyson, Cambridge Consultants Product Design BSc (Hons) offers and Jaguar Land Rover. Placements Year 1 modules a unique blend of Product Design last for 48 weeks with an option to • P rinciples of Three-Dimensional and Engineering modules, with a start between June to September. Design strong emphasis on industrial links. There are opportunities to enter • C AD for Product Designers 1 The course is accredited by the national and international competitions; • D igital Outputs for Product Institution of Engineering Designers our graduates have won a D&AD award Designers 1 (IED), with graduates being able to and a James Dyson Product Design • E lectrical and Electronic Principals apply for Registered Product Designer Award at New Designers, which our • M echanical Principals (RProdDes) and Incorporated Engineer students exhibit at annually. Year 2 modules status. You will gain a detailed Facilities • In novation and Design Technology understanding of engineering Our engineering laboratories bring Integration design and manufacturing processes, together a wide range of equipment • C AD for Product Designers 2 which is then applied and practised used in engineering design, • D igital Outputs for Product through design projects. manufacture, prototyping and testing. Designers 2 Learning and teaching The design studios have packages • D esign for Manufacture You will be taught by academics that support all engineering disciplines • P roduct Design and Development and visiting design consultants including, 3D modelling, finite element Year 3 modules with specialist knowledge and skills. analysis and material selection. You will • Industrial Design Projects Engineering modules are delivered have access to a dedicated CAD facility • E lectronic and Mechanic Systems through lecture programmes, equipped with interactive drawing • G raphical and Digital laboratory exercises and demonstrations screens and extensive workshops Communications encompassing a broad range of which include plastics, wood and metal engineering, electronic, manufacturing fabrication, soft model-making, spray and software disciplines. Design painting and rapid prototyping facilities modules revolve around lectures and with additive manufacturing machines tutorials that cover aspects of design (3D printers), CNC centres, laser practice. In addition to external visits, cutters, vacuum casting facilities, a programme of lectures and visits rapid metal casting, waterjet cutters from industry professionals take place and a lamination machine. annually. You will typically have Graduate careers 13 hours of contact through lectures Our graduates are now working for and tutorials, and undertake 25 hours companies as diverse as BMW, Dyson, of independent study each week. Cambridge Consultants and Jaguar Student opportunities Land Rover, as well as smaller design This programme is You are encouraged to take a houses and manufacturers such as accredited by the supervised industrial placement year. FilmLight, and AESSEAL. Institution of Engineering Graduate destinations have included Designers (IED)

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: W242 • BTEC Extended Diploma DMM in an Art and English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 Design related subject in each band, or equivalent. Duration: Four years full‑time with a year placement as standard but with the option for Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including Other requirements: Interview, yes, if UK based three years full‑time English Language or Literature at grade C (4) or above and Maths at grade B (6) or above. You may also be interested in: Entry and admissions criteria: We also accept the BTEC First Diploma plus two Product Design BA (Hons) A good portfolio and normally: GCSEs including English at grade C (4) or above • Art and Design Foundation or and Maths at grade B (6) or above. • 112 UCAS points from at least two full A-levels Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points, or equivalent, including a grade C or above in an including Art and Design. Art and Design related subject or Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/productdesignbsc 99 B U S I N E S S AND MANAGEMENT Leicester Castle Business School is made up of several departments offering expertise in undergraduate, postgraduate and professional courses. Subject areas include: Accounting and Finance, Business and Management, Enterprise, Economics, Human Resource Management and Marketing.

HOW TO APPLY See page 40 or visit dmu.ac.uk/international/apply Fees and scholarships: see page 36 or visit dmu.ac.uk/internationalfees

100 Accounting and Business Management BA (Hons) 104 Accounting and Economics BA (Hons) 105 Accounting and Finance BA (Hons) 106 Advertising and Marketing Communications BA (Hons) 107 Business and Management BA (Hons) 109 Business and Marketing BA (Hons) 110 Business Entrepreneurship and Innovation BA (Hons) 111 Business Management and Economics BA (Hons) 112 Business Management and Finance BA (Hons) 113 Business Management and Human Resource Management BA (Hons) 114 Economics BA (Hons) 115 Economics BSc (Hons) 116 Economics and International Relations BA (Hons) 117 Economics and Finance BSc (Hons) 118 Economics and Politics BA (Hons) 119 Global Finance BSc (Hons) 120 Global Leadership and Management BSc (Hons) 121 Human Resource Management BA (Hons) 122 International Business BA (Hons) 123 International Marketing and Business BA (Hons) 124 Marketing BA (Hons) 125

dmu.ac.uk 101 MATT JERVIS MATTHEW COOPER BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT BA (HONS) ECONOMICS BA (HONS) "My favourite part about my course had to be The Fox’s "DMU gave me employability coaching that Lair!®. This first year module is an excellent and enabled me to secure a placement with IBM innovative way to teach students about enterprise." whilst also equipping me with the skills that enabled me to thrive on placement by applying theory to practice."

HOW TO APPLY See page 40 or visit dmu.ac.uk/international/apply Fees and scholarships: see page 36 or visit dmu.ac.uk/internationalfees

102 S T U D Y I N G BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT AT DMU

Leicester Castle Business School at DMU is one of the larger providers of business and management education in the UK. Our courses are directly relevant to the business world and we maintain strong links with major professional bodies and employers both in the UK and worldwide.

These links enable us to offer students We also offer a range of postgraduate CV-enhancing, paid placements with top UK courses, designed with employability in and multinational organisations, including mind, providing students with high levels Microsoft, Volkswagen, Experian, Walt Disney of support and preparation for their careers. and the NHS. • Study in our £35 million faculty building offering modern study facilities with IT labs, a dedicated Bloomberg Trading Room, study suites, learning zones and a café • Access to the recently renovated Leicester Castle. This listed building houses a Crown Court, Criminal Court plus meeting and learning spaces • With more than 6,000 students represented from over 100 nationalities we are a truly global business school • Strong links with professional bodies, such as the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA), the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD), and the Chartered Institute of Marketing (CIM), enable us to offer significant added-value exemptions from professional qualifications

Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information. dmu.ac.uk 103 Accounting and Business Management BA (Hons) This course will help you to develop an in-depth understanding of accounting practices embedded within a broader business setting. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities Accounting plays an essential role in You will have the opportunity to Year 1 modules business and being able to discuss undertake a fully-paid placement year • Introduction to Accounting finance and accounting concepts offering valuable experience with • Introduction to Law competently is a skill highly sought employers such as VW, Microsoft, • Principles of Marketing after by employers in all sectors. Bosch, IBM, Pfizer, HSBC and Siemens. • Professional Communications Studying Accounting alongside Graduate careers • Quantitative Methods • Understanding Business Business Management will position you Accounting offers essential skills that for roles across all business sectors. are valued in careers in many fields and Year 2 modules This degree will help you develop a deep can enhance your career prospects when • M anagement and Strategy understanding of accounting practices combined with business management. • Performance Measurement in embedded within a broader business Our students have gone on to work for Organisations setting, providing you with the skillset globally renowned organisations such Optional modules: to give you a head start in your career. as PwC, Vauxhall, Marks and Spencer, • Business Intelligence Using Excel This course does not give significant News UK, PepsiCo and BP. • Business Taxation exemptions from professional • Corporate Finance accounting body exams. If you wish to gain these, you should study our Year 3 modules Accounting and Finance BA (Hons). • Contemporary Business Issues Optional modules: • We are a Gold Status ACCA Learning • C risis and Business Partner and are accredited by CIMA • Continuity Management • T ake advantage of one of the largest • Global Strategic Management university Bloomberg Trading Rooms SNEHA VEKARIA • Strategy and Management in the UK. Comprising 21 terminals, PLACEMENT Dissertation students can benefit from access to Finance Intern, Walt Disney financial, company and economic data widely used in industry GRADUATE ROLE Finance graduate scheme, Vodafone Learning and teaching You will be taught through a "My placement year prepared me for the workplace as I was able to communicate combination of lectures, tutorials, with employees from around the world, seminars, group work and self-directed pick up new languages and enhance my study. You will typically have up to 14 organisational skills." contact hours of teaching most weeks. Assessments will include coursework, presentations, essays, reports and, normally, an exam. Benefit from one of the largest university Bloomberg trading rooms in the UK

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: NN14 Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points.

Duration: Three years full-time, or four years English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with a full-time with a placement year (optional) minimum of 5.5 in each component, or equivalent. Further information and details of other Entry and admissions criteria: accepted qualifications are available on • Normally 104 UCAS points from at least our online course page. two A-levels or • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma You may also be interested in: Accounting at DMM and Economics BA (Hons), Accounting and Finance BA (Hons), Economics and Finance Plus five GCSEs at grades A*-C (9-4) BSc (Hons), Global Finance BSc (Hons) including English Language and Maths. Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/business 104 Business and Management

Accounting and Economics BA (Hons) This course explores the nature, role and processes of accounting and examines the ways in which political choices, processes and ideas shape UK EU WORLD government and public life.

About this course Student opportunities Year 1 modules The Accounting modules will give you a You will have the opportunity to • Introduction to Accounting solid grounding in key business concepts, undertake a fully-paid placement year • Introduction to Law ideas and methodologies, while the offering real value-adding experience • In troduction to Macroeconomics Economics modules will teach you how with employers such as IBM, Audi, VW, • In troduction to Microeconomics to analyse and measure real economic HSBC, Siemens and Ernest Young. • Q uantitative Methods issues based on your knowledge of Year 2 modules economic theory. Graduate careers You will be prepared for a career in • In termediate Micro and • We are a Gold Status ACCA Learning business in the public or private sectors. Macroeconomics Partner and are accredited by CIMA Our students have gone on to work for • P erformance Management in • Our close links with employers and globally renowned organisations such Organisations professional accounting bodies as PwC, Lloyds Banking Group, IBM, Optional modules: provide opportunities for your KPMG and Barclays. Our dedicated • B usiness Intelligence Using Excel career development Careers Team is available to help you • E uropean Economic Issues • G lobal Issues in Strategic Financial • Take advantage of one of the largest with writing your CV, cover letters, and interview skills. Planning university Bloomberg Trading Rooms • N ew Directions in Economics in the UK. Comprising of 21 terminals, students can benefit from access to Year 3 modules financial, company and economic data • O pen Economy Macroeconomics widely used in industry OR Developments in Advanced Microeconomics Learning and teaching Optional modules: Lectures, tutorials and seminars, group • A dvanced Corporate Finance work and self-directed study are used • A udit and Assurance for teaching and learning. You will • P olitical Economy typically have up to 14 contact hours • D evelopment Economics of teaching most weeks. Assessment • F inancial Markets and the will include coursework, presentations, Central Bank essays, reports, and normally an exam. • F orensic Accounting

Benefit from one of the largest university Bloomberg trading rooms in the UK

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: NL41 Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points.

Duration: Three years full-time, or four years English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with a full-time with a placement year (optional) minimum of 5.5 in each component, or equivalent. Further information and details of other Entry and admissions criteria: accepted qualifications are available on our • Normally 112 UCAS points from at least two online course page. A-levels or • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma You may also be interested in: at DMM Accounting and Finance BA (Hons) Economics and Finance BSc (Hons) Plus five GCSEs at grades A*-C (9-4) including English Language and Maths. Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/business 105 Accounting and Finance BA (Hons) A degree based upon sound theoretical study which will develop your skills in application, analysis and problem solving. UK EU WORLD

About this course Learning and teaching This course is ideal if you are interested Lectures, tutorials and seminars, group Year 1 modules in a professional career in accounting work and self-directed study are used • F inancial Accounting and want to maximise the number of for teaching and learning. You will • Global Financial Issues exemptions you receive from typically have up to 14 contact hours • Introduction to Law professional body exams, helping you of teaching most weeks. Assessment • Management Accounting to get a head-start in your career. will include coursework, presentations, • Professional Communications The number of exemptions awarded essays, reports and normally an exam. • Quantitative Methods are dependent on the modules selected. Student opportunities Year 2 modules • We are a Gold Status ACCA Learning You will have the opportunity to • A ccounting Standards and Theory Partner and are accredited by CIMA undertake a fully-paid placement year • Company Law • Qualify for exemptions from: offering real value-adding experience • Decision Management - the Association of Chartered with employers such as Deloitte, • Financial Reporting Certified Accountants (ACCA) Lloyds Banking Group, Walt Disney, • Management and Strategy GE and the NHS. - the Institute of Chartered Year 3 modules Accountants in England and Graduate careers • A dvanced Decision Management Wales (ICAEW) A degree in accounting and finance • Advanced Financial Reporting - the Chartered Institute of opens up a variety of career • Audit and Assurance Management Accountants (CIMA) opportunities and provides financial management skills highly sought-after - the Chartered Institute of Public by employers in all sectors. Our students Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA) have gone on to work for globally - the Certified Practicing Accountants renowned organisations such as Australia (CPA) HSBC, Lloyds Banking Group, - the Association of International PwC, Vauxhall and BP. Accountants (AIA) • Take advantage of one of the largest university Bloomberg Trading Rooms in the UK. Comprising of 21 terminals, students can benefit from access to financial, company and economic data widely used in industry YASMIN WILSON "It's a challenging and exciting course which Placement opportunities with helps me to think more critically. It's supplying local, national and global me with the right skills and knowledge for companies such as Deloitte, my career." Lloyds Banking Group, Walt Disney, GE and the NHS

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: N420 Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points.

Duration: Three years full-time, or four years English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with a full-time with a placement year (optional) minimum of 5.5 in each component, or equivalent.

Entry and admissions criteria: Further information and details of other accepted • Normally 112 UCAS points from at least two qualifications are available on our online A-levels or course page. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma You may also be interested in: Accounting at DDM and Business Management BA (Hons), Plus five GCSEs at grades A*-C (9-4) including Economics and Finance BSc (Hons) English Language and Maths. Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/business 106 Business and Management Advertising and Marketing Communications BA (Hons) This course focuses on advertising and communications theory and practice.

UK EU WORLD

About this course Graduate careers This course explores this exciting This degree opens up a whole range of Year 1 modules discipline within the wider subject area career opportunities in communications • Employability, Professionalism and of marketing and examines all areas of agencies or company marketing Academic Study Skills traditional and digital communications. departments. Recent graduates are now • F inancial Decision Making You will be taught by a team of industry working for companies including IBM, • Introduction to Entrepreneurship professionals with a wealth of practical, Warner Bros, Mattel, Publicis, Avon, and Enterprise real-world experience and leading BT and Honda. • Introduction to Work and academics involved in key Organisations communications research. • M arketing Information and Decision Making DMU offers students the opportunity • M arketing Essentials to gain professional qualifications from: • T he Digital and Social Media • The Chartered Institute of Context of Business Marketing (CIM) Year 2 modules • The Institute of Direct and Digital GORDON FARQUHAR • Advertising and Promotion Marketing (IDM) PLACEMENT: • B rand Management Learning and teaching Product Marketing Intern, Microsoft (Xbox) • C onsumer Behaviour • D irect and Digital Marketing Teaching includes lecturers, tutorials, GRADUATE ROLE: Optional modules: workshops, e-learning packages and Marketing Manager, Microsoft (Xbox) self-directed study. You will typically • International Marketing have up to 14 contact hours of teaching "The placement at Microsoft has helped • S ports Marketing me to get on to my chosen career ladder. most weeks. Assessments will include It inspired me to go into game publishing." Year 3 modules creating complete advertising • Campaign Planning campaigns, developing conceptual new • C ontemporary Issues in Advertising products and carrying out your own and PR market research. You will work on real • C ommunications Project or projects with advertising and marketing The Brand Portfolio communications agencies, exposing you Optional modules: to the fast-paced world of advertising. • E-Marketing • G lobal Marketing Strategies Student opportunities • Marketing Analytics’ Optional paid placement year offers experience with employers such as Walt Disney, Hewlett-Packard, Warner Bros, Chartered Institute of Porsche, Mattel and Waitrose. Marketing (CIM) Accredited Study Centre and an Institute of Direct Marketing (IDM) Key Educational Partner

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: N561 Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points.

Duration: Three years full-time, or four years English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with a full-time with a placement year (optional) minimum of 5.5 in each component, or equivalent.

Entry and admissions criteria: Further information and details of other accepted • Normally 112 UCAS points from at least two qualifications are available on our online course page. A-levels or You may also be interested in: Business and • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma Marketing BA (Hons), International Marketing and at DMM Business BA (Hons), Marketing BA (Hons) Plus five GCSEs at grades A*-C (9-4) including English Language and Maths. Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/business 107 KATHARINE PL ACEMENT: Volkswagen Financial Services "Business and Management is such a practical course, everything you learn can be directly applied to the work place. Doing a placement helped me develop both professionally and personally. I learnt so many transferable skills, made great connections and came back to final year much stronger."

108 Business and Management

Business and Management BA (Hons) You will develop a broad understanding of key business principles including management, finance and marketing. UK EU WORLD

About this course • Our lecturers draw on their extensive This is a highly practical course specifically experience; many of them are involved Year 1 modules designed to put you in pole position in in consultancy and training with large • Understanding Business the job market when you graduate. organisations in both the private and • Financial Decision Making You can either study a general pathway, public sectors. As a result, you will be • Global Business Issues giving you the skills you need to taught the latest developments in • Introduction to Entrepreneurship understand all elements of what makes business practice and Enterprise a business work, or specialise in business Learning and teaching • Introduction to Work and Organisations strategy, accounting and finance, human You will be exposed to leading-edge • Principles of Marketing resource management or marketing. activities that will provide you with the You choose how to structure your opportunities to network, collaborate Year 2 modules course to best reflect your own interests and engage with leading academics, • Contemporary Management* and career ambitions. The broad-based industry professionals and your fellow • Business and Sustainability* nature of this degree will enhance your students. You will typically have up to Optional modules: employability across a wide section of 14 contact hours of teaching most • International Marketing business disciplines. weeks. Assessment will include • Business Law • All students who have successfully coursework, presentations, essays, • Business and Finance Essentials reports and normally an exam. completed the required modules Year 3 modules will also be awarded the Chartered Student opportunities • Global Strategic Management* Management Institute (CMI) Level 5 Optional paid placement year offers • Global Contemporary Certificate in Management and experience with employers such as IBM, Business Issues* Leadership at no additional cost upon Nickelodeon, Warner Bros, Volkswagen, Optional modules: completing their degree. The CMI are TNT and Bosch. • Creative Management an esteemed professional body, widely and Marketing recognised by employers and their Graduate careers • Managing Change and Innovation qualifications are designed for students The course is focused on enhancing your who aspire to senior management employability and you will be prepared and Chartered Manager status for a career in business in the public or private sectors. Our students have gone • Take part in our annual Fox’s Lair!® on to work for globally renowned competition for first-year students organisations such as BMW, John Lewis, where you will get the opportunity Deloitte, Next, PepsiCo and Red Bull. to pitch a business idea to real-life entrepreneurs • Our innovative assessments are designed to build your confidence and Opportunities for enhance your creative, organisational placements at companies and communication skills; all highly * Essential modules for the CMI Level 5 Certificate including Rolls-Royce, sought after skills by employers in Management and Leadership Pfizer and Hewlett-Packard

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: NN12 Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points.

Duration: Three years full-time, or four years English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with a full-time with a placement year (optional) minimum of 5.5 in each component, or equivalent. Further information and details of other Entry and admissions criteria: accepted qualifications are available on • Normally 112 UCAS points from at least two our online course page. A-levels or • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma You may also be interested in: Business at DMM Entrepreneurship and Innovation BA (Hons), Business Management and Economics BA Plus five GCSEs at grades A*-C (9-4) including (Hons), Global Leadership and Management English Language and Maths. Please note: Course information was correct at the BSc (Hons) time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/business 109 Business and Marketing BA (Hons) This course provides a foundation in the key principles of business and marketing and develops your entrepreneurial skills. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities Year 1 modules This course provides a thorough Optional paid placement year offers • Employability, Professionalism & foundation in the key principles of experience with employers such as Academic Study Skills business and marketing and the Canon, Experian, Walt Disney, FedEx, • Financial Decision Making opportunity to develop your Red Bull and Vodafone. • Global Business Issues entrepreneurial skills. As all marketing • Introduction to Entrepreneurship and advertising courses share a Graduate careers and Enterprise common first year, there is some Our students have gone on to work for • Marketing Information and Decision flexibility to change programmes. globally renowned organisations such Making as Hewlett-Packard, BT, Honda, • Marketing Essentials • We are a Chartered Institute of EE and Marks and Spencer. Marketing (CIM) Accredited Study Year 2 modules Centre, and an Institute of Direct and • Brand Management Digital Marketing (IDM) Key • Contemporary Management Educational Partner Optional modules: • Business Law Learning and teaching • Direct and Digital Marketing You will learn through lectures, tutorials and seminars, group work and Year 3 modules self-directed study. You will typically MARZIA MUCHHALA • Global Consumer Cultures: Critical Perspectives have up to 14 contact hours of teaching PLACEMENT: • Marketing Planning and most weeks. Barratt, Developments PLC Management Assessments will include: GRADUATE ROLE: Optional modules: • Working on live projects with Marketing Executive, David Wilson Homes • Perspectives on Creative real companies "DMU and my placement allowed me to Leadership • Creating your own company prepare for my graduate role, as my writing • Strategy and Management Dissertation • De veloping excellent verbal and skills improved massively after working in written communication skills marketing and regularly writing assignments." A number of modules use active assessments, role-plays and simulations. This course prepares creative individuals for the challenges of the business world. Placement opportunities with local, national and global companies including Canon, Experian, Virgin Holidays, Walt Disney, Nike and Telefonica

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: NN15 Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points.

Duration: Three years full-time, or four years English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with a full-time with a placement year (optional) minimum of 5.5 in each component, or equivalent.

Entry and admissions criteria: Further information and details of other accepted • Normally 112 UCAS points from at least two qualifications are available on our online A-levels or course page. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma at DMM You may also be interested in: Advertising Plus five GCSEs at grades A*-C (9-4) including and Marketing Communications BA (Hons), English Language and Maths. International Marketing and Business BA (Hons), Marketing BA (Hons) Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/business 110 Business and Management Business Entrepreneurship and Innovation BA (Hons)

This course will develop your entrepreneurial and creative skills and will allow you to apply them in real-life situations. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities This programme immerses you in the Optional paid placement year offers Year 1 modules world of creative business thinking and experience with employers such as IBM, • Business Communications and Creativity therefore prepares you for entering into Nickelodeon, Warner Bros, Volkswagen, • Digital and Social Media Context employment after university. TNT and Bosch. of Business • Financial Decision Making • Many of our lecturers have worked Graduate careers • Global Business Issues in industry and bring real-world Our students have gone on to work for experience into the classroom • Introduction to Entrepreneurship globally renowned organisations such and Enterprise • Guest lecturers from business are as BMW, John Lewis, News UK, Next, • Marketing Essentials invited into the classroom to enhance PepsiCo and Red Bull. the student experience Year 2 modules • You will participate in a range of • Contemporary Management creative and innovative assessments • Consultancy Live Optional modules: • Take part in our annual Fox’s Lair!® • Buyer Behaviour competition for first-year students • The Creative Art of Selling where you will get the opportunity and Negotiation to pitch a business idea to real-life • Progressive Franchising entrepreneurs VIKESH MISTRY Year 3 modules • Our Consultancy Live Study PLACEMENT: • Perspectives on Creative Leadership Assessment gives you the experience FedEx • Developing Business of working with real companies as "I had a phenomenal placement at FedEx Optional modules: consultants. Teams visit the client Express experiencing life in a global • Customer Management and then present their solutions organisation – I got to work on multi-million dollar international marketing campaigns, • Creative Management and Marketing Learning and teaching take part in the FedEx global brand • Social Enterprise and Innovation Teaching will be through lectures, photoshoot and attend corporate • Enterprise Dissertation tutorials and seminars, group work and hospitality events." self-directed study. You will typically have up to 14 contact hours of teaching most weeks. Assessment will include coursework, presentations, essays, reports, trade exhibitions and exams.

Gain experience, working with real life companies

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: NN21 Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points.

Duration: Three years full-time, or four years English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with a full-time with a placement year (optional) minimum of 5.5 in each component, or equivalent.

Entry and admissions criteria: Further information and details of other accepted • Normally 104 UCAS points from at least two qualifications are available on our online A-levels or course page. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma You may also be interested in: at DMM Business and Management BA (Hons) Plus five GCSEs at grades A*-C (9-4) including English Language and Maths. Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/business 111 Business Management and Economics BA (Hons)

A flexible course which will enhance your knowledge of key business and economics principles. UK EU WORLD

About this course Assessment will include coursework, Year 1 modules This course offers you an opportunity presentations, essays, reports and • Employability, Professionalism and to study the complementary disciplines normally an exam. Academic Study Skills • Financial Decision Making of business management and Student opportunities economics. It allows you to develop • Introduction to Macroeconomics An optional paid placement year offers rigorous and highly desirable skills in • Introduction to Microeconomics experience with employers such as IBM, these subject areas, that will equip you • Marketing Information and Decision HM Treasury, Department for Work and with an exceedingly valued degree and Making Pensions, Volkswagen, Warner Bros strong transferable skills. • Marketing Essentials and TNT. A key attraction of the course is the Year 2 modules flexibility offered by the wide range Graduate careers • Contemporary Management of optional modules on offer. This allows Our students have gone on to work for • Intermediate Micro and Macro you to develop the skills and knowledge globally renowned organisations such Economics you need to achieve your future as HSBC, Pfizer, PKF Cooper Parry, Optional modules: career ambitions. IBM, 3M, NHS and Royal Mail. • Brand Management The Business Management side of the • Business Finance Essentials course will equip you with cutting-edge • Buyer Behaviour academic knowledge that can readily be Year 3 modules applied across the full range of business • D evelopments in Advanced and organisational activity. Microeconomics The Economics side of this course • Global Strategic Management will deepen your analytical and critical • O pen Economy Macroeconomics evaluation skills. The course will also AMARJIT BAINS Optional modules: develop your understanding of internal PLACEMENT: • Customer Management decision making together with Consulting & Execution Industrial • International Trade understanding how economic policy is Trainee, Pfizer • Retail Marketing formulated in a macroeconomic context. GRADUATE ROLE: Graduate Scheme, UNUM Learning and teaching "DMU offers the complete experience. You will be exposed to activities that They really look after you while you are will provide you with opportunities at university and also make sure that you to network, collaborate and engage succeed once you leave. The lecturers are with leading academics, industry really good, always exploring new topics. professionals and your fellow students. My placement was absolutely phenomenal. You will typically have up to 14 contact It gave me confidence in my ability and also Benefit from one of the hours of teaching most weeks. in communicating with people." largest university Bloomberg trading rooms in the UK

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: NL21 Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points.

Duration: Three years full-time, or four years English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with full-time with a placement year (optional) 5.5 in each band, or equivalent. Further information and details of other Entry and admissions criteria: accepted qualifications are available on • Normally 104 UCAS points from at least two our online course page. A-levels or • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma You may also be interested in: at DMM Business and Management BA (Hons) Economics BA (Hons) Plus five GCSEs at grades A*-C (9-4) including Economics and Finance BSc (Hons) English Language and Maths. Please note: Course information was correct at the Economics and Politics BA (Hons) time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/business 112 Business and Management

Business Management and Finance BA (Hons) This course will develop your commercial awareness and give you the ability to interpret financial data used in industry. UK EU WORLD

About this course Learning and teaching This is a career-focused practical course You will be exposed to leading-edge, Year 1 modules that develops the skills graduate employers class-based activities, that will provide • Employability, Professionalism are looking for, such as commercial you with opportunities to network, and Academic Study Skills awareness, an understanding of collaborate and engage with leading • F inancial Accounting organisational behaviour and structure, academics, industry professionals and • M athematics for Finance critical thinking and the ability to your fellow students. You will typically • M arketing Essentials interpret and use financial data. have up to 14 contact hours of teaching • S tatistics and Probability Theory The Business Management modules most weeks. Assessment will include for Finance give you a broad understanding of coursework, presentations, essays, • U nderstanding Business reports and normally an exam. business concepts, models and Year 2 modules methods, with an increased focus on Student opportunities • Corporate Finance strategic management as you progress An optional paid placement year offers • Econometrics through the course. The Finance experience with employers such as IBM, • E quity and Fixed Income Valuation modules develop your analytical and Bosch, Nickelodeon, Volkswagen, • M anagement and Strategy problem solving skills in areas such as Warner Bros and TNT. Optional modules: investments, corporate finance and • E uropean Business Issues financial markets. Graduate careers • F inancial Markets and Institutions • Many of our lecturers have worked Our students have gone on to work for • R isk Management in business and bring real-world globally renowned organisations such Year 3 modules experience into the classroom as Vauxhall, BP, 3M, ASDA, BMW, PepsiCo and Royal Mail. • A dvanced Corporate Finance • O ur innovative assessments are • C ontemporary Business Issues designed to build your confidence and • F inancial Derivatives enhance your creative, organisational • F inancial Econometrics and communication skills; all highly • In vestments and portfolio Management sought after skills by employers Optional modules: • Develop commercial awareness • C risis and Business Continuity and the skills to start effectively Management contributing to your chosen employer • S trategy and Management HANNAH TIPPING Dissertation • Access to our Bloomberg Trading Room. This 21 terminal room PLACEMENT: IBM provides software used in industry to analyse share price and company "The experience of the lecturers is excellent, performance, giving you a genuine as they have backgrounds from within the field they now teach, which means they insight into markets and trading Opportunities for can share real-life examples and corporate insights." placements at companies including Nissan, Pfizer and Ernst & Young

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: NN31 Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points.

Duration: Three years full-time, or four years English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with a full-time with a placement year (optional) minimum of 5.5 in each component, or equivalent.

Entry and admissions criteria: Further information and details of other • Normally 112 UCAS points from at least two accepted qualifications are available on A-levels to include Maths, Physics or Statistics or our online course page. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma at You may also be interested in: DDM to include Maths, Physics or Statistics Accounting and Finance BA (Hons) Plus five GCSEs at grades A*-C (9-4) including Economics and Finance BSc (Hons) English Language and Maths at grade B (6). Global Finance BSc (Hons) Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/business 113 Business Management and Human Resource Management BA (Hons)

You will gain a foundation in core business concepts with a specialised focus in Human Resource Management. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities Year 1 modules You can combine study in areas as An optional paid placement year offers • Employability, Professionalism diverse as marketing, finance and experience with employers such as and Academic Study Skills strategy, while also specialising in HR Walt Disney, Hilton Hotels & Resorts, • Financial Decision Making subjects such as Employment Relations, Rolls-Royce, IBM, Panasonic and Next • Global Business Issues Organisational Behaviour, HRM in the Group PLC. • Introduction to HRM workplace, Critical HRM and • Politics in Business Globalisation and International. Graduate careers • Understanding Organising Our students have gone on to work for • We are a Chartered Institute of globally renowned organisations such Year 2 modules Personnel and Development (CIPD) as Allianz Insurance, DHL, Jaguar Land • Contemporary Management Approved Centre, ensuring that Rover and Thomas Cook. • HRM in the workplace developments and practices from Optional modules: industry inform our teaching • Employment Relations • You become an Associate member • Organisational Behaviour of the CIPD (AssocCIPD) when you Year 3 modules graduate, giving you a clear advantage • Critical HRM in the jobs market (subject to • Global Contemporary Business modules studied) Issues • Many of our lecturers have worked RAVEENA PURI • Service Operations Management in industry and bring real-world Optional modules: "I gained invaluable graduate employability experience into the classroom • Managing Equality and Diversity skills and HR knowledge. My tutors are • Organisational Development and approachable and always willing to help." Learning and teaching Consulting You will be exposed to modern and class-based activities, that will provide you with the opportunities to network, collaborate and engage with leading academics, industry professionals and your fellow students. You will typically have up to 14 contact hours of teaching most weeks. Assessment will include coursework, presentations, essays, reports and occasionally an exam. We are a Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD) approved center

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: NN61 Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points.

Duration: Three years full-time, or four years English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with a full-time with a placement year (optional) minimum of 5.5 in each component, or equivalent.

Entry and admissions criteria: Further information and details of other accepted • Normally 112 UCAS points from at least two qualifications are available on our online course page. A-levels or You may also be interested in: • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma Business and Management BA (Hons) at DMM Human Resource Management BA (Hons) Plus five GCSEs at grades A*-C (9-4) including English Language and Maths. Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/business 114 Business and Management

Economics BA (Hons) This course will develop your knowledge in the core disciplines of macro and microeconomics in a global context. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities You will learn to analyse and measure An optional paid placement year offers Year 1 modules real economic issues based on a experience with employers such as IBM, • Applied Techniques for Economists knowledge of economic theory, develop HM Treasury, Department for Work and • Employability, Professionalism and an understanding of how economic Pensions, Volkswagen, Warner Bros Academic Study Skills policy is formulated, and gain the and TNT. • Financial Decision Making analytical and critical evaluation skills • Introduction to Macroeconomics Graduate careers to recognise how national and global • Introduction to Microeconomics Our students have gone on to work for issues affect the performance of • Principles of Marketing a business. globally renowned organisations such as HSBC, Pfizer, PKF Cooper Parry, Year 2 modules • Access our Bloomberg Trading Room. IBM, 3M, NHS and Royal Mail. • Economic Decision Making The 21 terminal room brings the real • Intermediate Micro and world of finance and business into the Macroeconomics classroom, giving you access to the • New Directions in Economics same information platform used by Optional modules: leading decision makers in finance, • European Economic Issues business and government to give you • Financial Markets and Institutions a real insight into markets and trading Year 3 modules • Many of our lecturers have worked in RAJVEET KANG • Developments in Advanced business and bring real-world Microeconomics PLACEMENT: experience into the classroom • Open Economy Macroeconomics BMW Mini Learning and teaching Optional modules: Teaching includes lectures, tutorials and "There was never a dull moment during my • Financial Econometrics seminars, group work and self-directed placement. I was given real responsibilities • Financial Markets and the study. You will typically have up to 14 to deal with key issues and the scope to Central Bank develop and implement new strategies." contact hours of teaching most weeks. • Political Economy Assessment will include coursework, presentations, essays and reports, and normally an exam or test.

Access our Bloomberg Trading Room - the same information platform used by leading decision makers in finance, business and government

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: L100 Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points.

Duration: Three years full-time, or four years English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with a full-time with a placement year (optional) minimum of 5.5 in each component, or equivalent.

Entry and admissions criteria: Further information and details of other accepted • Normally 112 UCAS points from at least two qualifications are available on our online A-levels or course page. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma You may also be interested in: at DDM Accounting and Economics BA (Hons) Plus five GCSEs at grades A*-C (9-4) including Economics and Finance BSc (Hons) English Language and Maths. Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/business 115 Economics BSc (Hons) You will build strong transferable skills in relevant quantitative methods and statistical techniques. UK EU WORLD

About this course Learning and teaching Year 1 modules This course will allow you to develop the Teaching includes lectures, tutorials and • In troduction to Macroeconomics subject specific skills of quantification, seminars, group work and self-directed • Introduction to Microeconomics evaluation and design to an advanced study. You will typically have up to 14 • Maths for Finance level. The study of economics will be contact hours of teaching most weeks. • Statistics and Probability Theory supported by modules that provide Assessment will include coursework, for Finance students with understanding to deal presentations, essays and reports, • Financial Decision Making with and organise data in a and normally an exam or test. • Principles of Marketing comprehensive way. Student opportunities Year 2 modules Access to our Bloomberg Trading An optional paid placement year offers • In termediate Micro and Room brings the real world of finance experience with employers such as IBM, Macroeconomics and business into the classroom, HM Treasury, Department for Work and • Economic Decision Making giving you access to the same Pensions, Volkswagen, Warner Bros and • New Directions in Economics information platform used by leading the Government Economic Service. • Game Theory decision makers in finance, business • Econometrics and government to give you a real Graduate careers Optional modules: insight into markets and trading. Our students have gone on to work for • Financial Markets and Institutions Develop proficiency in the core globally renowned organisations such • Business Intelligence using Excel disciplines of macroeconomics and as HSBC, Pfizer, PKF Cooper Parry, IBM, 3M, NHS and Royal Mail. Year 3 modules microeconomics supported by a strong • D evelopments in Advanced competency in analytical skills in use Microeconomics and manipulation of numerical data. • Open Economy Macroeconomics Develop transferable skills valued by • Applied Econometrics employers, required in many professions • Dissertation – Applied that economists join, including well Econometrics evidenced empirical analysis and the Optional modules: ability to communicate economic ideas • International Trade in reports and public audits. • Financial Markets and the Central Bank • Economics Development

Benefit from one of the largest university Bloomberg trading rooms in the UK

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: L102 Or, International Baccalaureate: 28+ points.

Duration: Three years full-time, or four years English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with a full-time with a placement year (optional) minimum of 5.5 in each component, or equivalent. Further information and details of other Entry and admissions criteria: accepted qualifications are available on • Normally 120 UCAS points from at least two our online course page. A-levels to include Maths, Physics or Statistics or • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma at You may also be interested in: DDM to include Maths, Physics or Statistics Economics BA (Hons) Accounting and Economics BA (Hons) Plus five GCSEs at grades A*-C (9-4) including Economics and Finance BSc (Hons) English Language and Maths at grade B (6) Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/business 116 Business and Management

Economics and International Relations BA (Hons) Gain a broad grounding in economics and an understanding of the ways international political developments affect and are affected by the world economy. UK EU WORLD

About this course Learning and teaching Studying Economics and International You will be taught through a Year 1 modules Relations together develops skills combination of lectures, tutorials, • Introduction to Contemporary employers look for – commercial seminars, group work and self-directed • In ternational Relations awareness, communication, team study. You will typically have up to 14 • Introduction to Globalisation working, independent research and contact hours of teaching most weeks. • In troduction to Macroeconomics critical analysis. Emphasis is placed on Assessment is through coursework • In troduction to Microeconomics applying theories to real-world problems (presentations, essays and reports) through case studies and simulations. and usually an exam or test. Year 2 modules • In termediate Micro and Macro • Many of our lecturers have worked Student opportunities Economics in business and bring real-world An optional paid placement year offers • T hemes and Debates in experience into the classroom experience with employers such as HM • In ternational Relations Theory • Y ou will have the chance to get Treasury, the Department for Work and Optional modules: involved in current politics with Pensions, IBM, Pfizer and DHL. • E conomic History regular events such as Q&A sessions • E uropean Economic Issues with former members of the US Graduate careers Year 3 modules Congress and former Members Our students have gone on to work for • D evelopment in Advanced of the European Parliament globally renowned organisations such as the Labour Party, Vodafone, HSBC, • Microeconomics • DMU is recognised as a Jean Monnet PKF Cooper Parry and Nationwide. • O pen Economy Economics Centre of Excellence as a result of Optional modules: research and teaching excellence in • E conomic Development European studies • International Trade

Placement opportunities with employers such as HM Treasury, Department for Work and Pensions, IBM, Pfizer and DHL

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: L101 Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points.

Duration: Three years full-time, or four years English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with a full-time with a placement year (optional) minimum of 5.5 in each component, or equivalent.

Entry and admissions criteria: Further information and details of other accepted • Normally 112 UCAS points from at least two qualifications are available on our online course page. A-levels You may also be interested in: • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma Business Management and Economics BA (Hons) at DMM Economics BA (Hons) Plus five GCSEs at grades A*-C (9-4) including International Relations BA (Hons) English Language and Maths. Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/business 117 Economics and Finance BSc (Hons) You will learn key economic and finance theory and understand how economic policy is formulated. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities Year 1 modules The course begins by focusing on a An optional paid placement year offers • F inancial Accounting basic mathematical and statistical experience with employers such as IBM, • Introduction to Macroeconomics theory for finance, complemented by the HM Treasury, Department for Work and • Introduction to Microeconomics theoretical study of economics, practical Pensions, Lloyds Banking Group, • Mathematics for Finance computer applications and business Volkswagen and TNT. • Statistics and Probability Theory skills for economists. for Finance Graduate careers • Studying Economics and Finance Our students have gone on to work for Year 2 modules together will develop your commercial globally renowned organisations such • Corporate Finance awareness and the flexibility to move as HSBC, Pfizer, PKF Cooper Parry, • Econometrics into numerous careers PwC, 3M, the NHS and Vauxhall. • Equity and Fixed Income Valuation • Access to our Bloomberg Trading • Intermediate Micro and Room brings the real world of finance Macroeconomics and business into the classroom, Year 3 modules giving you access to the same • A dvanced Corporate Finance information platform used by leading • Developments in Advanced decision makers in finance, business Microeconomics and government to give you a real • Financial Derivatives insight into markets and trading • Financial Econometrics SHEHAAN MULLA • Many of our lecturers have worked • Investments and Portfolio PLACEMENT: in business and bring real-world Management Economic Analyst, Department • Open Economy Macroeconomics experience into the classroom for Work and Pensions Learning and teaching GRADUATE ROLE: Data Scientist, IBM Teaching includes lectures, tutorials and "I believe I’m now a polished, well-rounded seminars, group work and self-directed individual. I can understand complex topics study. You will typically have up to 14 quicker and communicate myself more contact hours of teaching most weeks. effectively and concisely. This helps in Assessment is covered by coursework, application forms, online psychometric presentations, essays and reports, and tests and assessment centres." normally an exam or test.

Benefit from one of the largest university Bloomberg trading rooms in the UK

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: LN13 Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points.

Duration: Three years full-time, or four years English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with a full-time with a placement year (optional) minimum of 5.5 in each component, or equivalent.

Entry and admissions criteria: Further information and details of other • Normally 112 UCAS points from at least two accepted qualifications are available on A-levels to include Maths, Physics or Statistics or our online course page. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma at You may also be interested in: DDM to include Maths, Physics or Statistics Accounting and Finance BA (Hons) Plus five GCSEs at grades A*-C (9-4) including Business Management and Economics BA (Hons) English Language and Maths. Global Finance BSc (Hons) Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/business 118 Business and Management

Economics and Politics BA (Hons) This course explores how economic policy is formulated and how political ideas and processes shape government and public life. UK EU WORLD

About this course Learning and teaching Studying Economics and Politics Teaching includes lectures, tutorials and Year 1 modules together develops skills employers look seminars, group work and self-directed • B ritish Government and Politics for such as commercial awareness, study. You will typically have up to 14 • In troduction to Macroeconomics communication, team working, contact hours of teaching most weeks. • In troduction to Microeconomics independent research and critical Assessments cover coursework, • Introduction to Politics analysis. The wide variety of optional presentations, essays and reports, Year 2 modules modules will allow you to tailor your and normally an exam or test. course depending on your particular • In termediate Micro and Macro Economics areas of interests. Student opportunities • P olitical Thought • Many of our lecturers have worked An optional paid placement year offers in business and bring real-world experience with employers such as HM Year 3 modules experience into the classroom Treasury, the Department for Work and • D evelopments in Advanced Pensions, IBM, Pfizer and DHL. Microeconomics • Experience a unique learning Graduate careers • O pen Economy Macroeconomics environment where you will have Politics optional modules: Our dedicated Careers Team is available the opportunity to get involved in • P olitical Dissertation real debates, attend conferences, to help you with writing your CV, cover • A merican Presidency letters, and interview skills. Our students work in groups, and learn from guest Economics optional modules: speakers which have included have gone on to work for globally • F inancial Markets and Central Bank prominent political figures such as renowned organisations such as the • P olitical Economy the House of Commons Speaker, Labour Party, Vodafone, HSBC, PKF Rt Hon Cooper Parry and Nationwide. • You will have the chance to get involved in current politics with regular events such as Q&A sessions with former members of the US Congress and former Members of the European Parliament

Placement opportunities with employers such as HM Treasury, Department for Work and Pensions, IBM, Pfizer and DHL

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: LL12 Plus five GCSEs at grades A*-C (9-4) including You may also be interested in: English Language and Maths. Business Management and Economics BA (Hons) Duration: Three years full-time, or four years Economics BA (Hons), Politics BA (Hons) full-time with a placement year (optional) Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points.

Entry and admissions criteria: English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with a • Normally 112 UCAS points from at least two minimum of 5.5 in each component, or equivalent A-levels or Further information and details of other accepted • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma qualifications are available on our online at DMM course page.

Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/business 119 Global Finance BSc (Hons) This course encourages an analytical approach to global finance, while preparing you for a career as a modern financial specialist. UK EU WORLD

About this course • Opportunity to gain industry The Global Finance BSc at Leicester experience with a national or Year 1 modules Castle Business School focuses on international organisation • Financial Accounting modern global finance techniques, • Opportunity to attend talks by • Introduction to Law interpretative practices and issues and inspiring business figures • Management Accounting the development of theoretical and • Networking and peer support • Mathematics for Finance technical foundations in finance. • Introduction to Microeconomics • Me ntoring and 1:1 academic support On this programme you will develop • Statistics and Probability the skills you need for a future in global Learning and teaching • Theory for Finance financial industries such as investment, You will be taught through a Year 2 modules banking, insurance and pensions and combination of lectures, tutorials, • Business Taxation treasury management. seminars, group work and self-directed • Corporate Finance • Accredited by the CFA Society of study. You will typically have up to 14 • Econometrics the UK, this course provides solid contact hours of teaching most weeks. • Equity and Fixed Income Valuation knowledge for students aiming to Assessment is through coursework • Financial Reporting gain the Investment Management (presentations, essays and reports) • International Financial Markets and Certificate (IMC). The IMC is the and usually an exam or test. Institutions most widely-recognised qualification Graduate careers Year 3 modules of its kind in the UK and considered Our students have gone on to work for • Advanced Corporate Finance the profession’s benchmark globally renowned organisations such • Advanced Financial Reporting entry-level qualification as HSBC, Lloyds Banking Group, PwC, • Financial Econometrics • Ga in exemptions for professional Vauxhall and BP. • International Financial Derivatives qualifications from professional • International Financial Management associations including ACCA • Investments and Portfolio and CIMA Management • Access to our Bloomberg Trading Room brings the real world of finance and business into the classroom, giving you access to the same information platform used by leading decision makers in finance, business and government to give you a real insight into markets and trading

Accredited by the Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) Society

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: N3GF Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points.

Duration: Three years full-time, or four years English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with a full-time with a placement year (optional) minimum of 5.5 in each component, or equivalent. Further information and details of other accepted Entry and admissions criteria: qualifications are available on our online • Normally 112 UCAS points from at least two course page. A-levels to include Maths, Physics or Statistics or • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma at You may also be interested in: DDM to include Maths, Physics or Statistics Accounting and Business Management BA (Hons) Accounting and Finance BA (Hons) Plus five GCSEs at grades A*-C (9-4) including Economics and Finance BSc (Hons) English Language and Maths at grade B (6). Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/business 120 Business and Management

Global Leadership and Management BSc (Hons) This course focuses on leadership, people management, financial decision making and the global issues affecting businesses. UK EU WORLD

About this course • Me ntoring and 1:1 academic support Year 1 modules The Global Leadership and • Emphasis on the development of • Communication and Employability Management BSc at Leicester Castle business-relevant cultural awareness, (short course) Business School provides you with an including optional language study • Financial Decision Making enhanced focus on the nature, role and • Global Business Issues processes of contemporary leadership, Learning and teaching • Introduction to Contemporary international relations and the global You will be taught through a International Relations issues affecting businesses. combination of lectures, tutorials, • Introduction to Work and seminars, group work and self-directed Organisations You will develop the skills required for study. You will typically have up to 14 • Principles of Economics a career in managerial positions across contact hours of teaching most weeks. a range of international sectors and Year 2 modules Assessment is through coursework businesses, and the global focus of this • Business Research Issues and (presentations, essays and reports) degree will help you stand out in today’s Analysis and usually an exam or test. increasingly competitive job market, • Global Leadership and Practice where knowledge of global issues is • Performance Measurement in becoming ever more important. Organisations • Gain a professional accreditation from Year 3 modules the Chartered Management Institute • Global Business Dissertation* (CMI) upon successful completion of • Global Strategic Management your degree • Leadership for Change – including • CMI Affiliate membership during your #DMUglobal opportunity studies with access to exclusive * Students must have taken the networking events Business Research Issues and • Opportunity to gain industry DANIEL CZYZAK Analysis module and achieved a experience with a national or "My experience at Leicester Castle minimum 50 per cent average in the international organisation Business School has been exciting and second year unique. My modules cover a wide range of • Opportunity to attend talks real-world issues that will equip me with by inspiring business figures essential skills for my dream career." • Networking and peer support

Accredited by the Chartered Management Institute (CMI)

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: N200 Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points.

Duration: Three years full-time, or four years English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with a full-time with a placement year (optional) minimum of 5.5 in each component, or equivalent.

Entry and admissions criteria: Further information and details of other • Normally 112 UCAS points from at least two accepted qualifications are available on A-levels or our online course page. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma You may also be interested in: at DDM Business and Management BA (Hons) Plus five GCSEs at grades A*-C (9-4) including Business and Globalisation BA (Hons) English Language and Maths. Global Finance BSc (Hons) Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/business 121 Human Resource Management BA (Hons) The course equips you for a career as a manager, capable of reflecting critically on your own practice and that of an organisation. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities Managing people has always been An optional paid placement year offers Year 1 modules one of the most challenging and crucial experience with employers such as • Employability, Professionalism aspects of business. This course Walt Disney, Hilton Hotels & Resorts, and Academic Study Skills introduces you to employment issues Rolls-Royce, IBM, Panasonic and • Global Business Issues and develops key business skills. Next Group PLC. • Introduction to HRM You will study issues including the • Introduction to Work and Graduate careers impact of Human Resource Management Organisations Our students have gone on to work for (HRM) practices on firms’ performance, • Politics in Business globally renowned organisations such managing change, business law, • Understanding Business employment relations, organisational as E.ON, Allianz Insurance, DHL, Year 2 modules culture, motivation and leadership. Kaplan Professional, Thomas Cook and Telegraph Media Group. • Employment Relations • We are a Chartered Institute of • HRM in the Workplace Personnel and Development (CIPD) • Organisational Behaviour Approved Centre, ensuring that • Research Methods in HRM developments and practices from • Resolving Individual Disputes industry inform our teaching within the Workplace • You become an Associate member Year 3 modules of the CIPD (AssocCIPD) when you • Critical HRM graduate, giving you a clear advantage Optional modules: in the jobs market (subject to ELLIE PEMBERTON • Organisational Development modules studied) PLACEMENT: and Consulting • Many of our lecturers have worked HR Support, IBM • Employment Law in business and bring real-world GRADUATE ROLE: • Globalisation and International HRM experience into the classroom HR Operations Analyst, Michael Kors • Managing Equality and Diversity Learning and teaching "My placement at IBM was a great Teaching includes lectures, tutorials and opportunity to expand my knowledge of seminars, group work and self-directed HR in a practical environment and gain study. You will typically have up to 14 the all-important experience I needed contact hours of teaching most weeks. to be able to progress my career." Assessment involves coursework, presentations, essays and reports, and the occasional exam. Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD) Approved Centre

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: N600 Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points.

Duration: Three years full-time, or four years English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with a full-time with a placement year (optional) minimum of 5.5 in each component, or equivalent. Further information and details of other accepted Entry and admissions criteria: qualifications are available on our online course page. • Normally 112 UCAS points from at least two A-levels or You may also be interested in: Business and • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma Management BA (Hons), Business Management at DDM and Economics BA (Hons) Plus five GCSEs at grades A*-C (9-4) including English Language and Maths. Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/business 122 Business and Management

International Business BA (Hons) Study a variety of business functions in an international context and learn about the complexities involved in conducting business overseas. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities Year 1 modules This course will appeal to those with an An optional paid placement year offers • Employability, Professionalism and interest in understanding and exploring experience with employers such as VW, Academic Study Skills how organisations compete and Microsoft, Bosch, IBM, Pfizer, HSBC • Financial Decision Making co-operate around the world. The course and Siemens. • Global Business Issues focuses on organisational activity and • Introduction to Entrepreneurship the supporting regulatory, legislative, Graduate careers and Enterprise and political environments that help Our dedicated Careers Team is available • Introduction to Work and facilitate trade between companies to help you with writing your CV, cover Organisations and across international boundaries. letters, and interview skills. Our students • Marketing Essentials have gone on to work for globally • You will gain a truly global perspective renowned organisations such as BMW, Year 2 modules on business and its activities across John Lewis, News UK, Next, PepsiCo • Contemporary Management the world and Red Bull. • European Business Issues • Develop a new business concept on • The Politics of the European Union our Fox’s Lair!® and receive feedback Optional modules: from real-life entrepreneurs who will • Brand Management help you develop the skills employers • Consumer Behaviour look for – teamwork, project • International Marketing management, communication and Year 3 modules problem solving • Global Strategic Management • Many of our lecturers have worked Optional modules: in business and bring real-world • Global Contemporary experience into the classroom Business Issues • Globalisation and Democracy Learning and teaching • Managing the Environment You will be exposed to activities that will provide you with the opportunities to network, collaborate and engage with academics, industry professionals and your fellow students. You will typically have up to 14 contact hours of teaching most weeks. Assessment will include coursework, presentations, essays, reports and normally an exam. Opportunities for placements at companies including Nissan, Pfizer and Ernst & Young

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: N578 Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points.

Duration: Three years full-time, or four years English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with a full-time with a placement year (optional) minimum of 5.5 in each component, or equivalent

Entry and admissions criteria: Further information and details of other accepted • Normally 112 UCAS points from at least two qualifications are available on our online A-levels or course page. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma You may also be interested in: at DDM Business and Globalisation BA (Hons) Plus five GCSEs at grades A*-C (9-4) including International Marketing and Business BA (Hons) English Language and Maths. Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/business 123 International Marketing and Business BA (Hons) Studying International Marketing and Business gives you the flexibility to pursue careers in a worldwide marketplace with leading multinational corporations. UK EU WORLD

About this course languages at school or who dropped The International Marketing and them early. Modules will take up to two Year 1 modules Business BA at DMU links international hours of language classes and one hour • D igital and Social Media Context of marketing and business theories with of cultural studies per week, learning Business the realities of operating as a marketer about the country and its people. We • Employability, Professionalism and in the commercial world and keeping currently offer the following languages: Academic Study pace with the continuous challenges • with French (at beginner or • Financial Decision Making of operating in a global economy. post‑GCSE level) • Global Business Issues • Introduction to Work and • A Chartered Institute of Marketing • with Mandarin Chinese (at beginner Organisations (CIM) Accredited Study Centre and level only) an Institute of Direct and Digital • Marketing Essentials Marketing (IDM) Key Educational Graduate careers • Marketing Information and Decision Partner This course develops highly employable Making graduates sought after by companies • Plus foreign language option • Students have the opportunity to who need a global understanding of gain professional qualifications for Year 2 modules business. Recent graduates can be The Chartered Institute of Marketing • Consumer Behaviour found in companies including HP, (CIM) and The Institute of Direct and • Continuation of Foreign Ricoh, L’Oreal, IBM and Warner Bros. Digital Marketing (IDM) Language Option • E uropean Business Issues Learning and teaching • International Marketing Lectures, tutorials and seminars, group • Marketing Research work and self-directed study are used for teaching and learning. You will Year 3 modules typically have up to 14 contact hours • Global Consumer Cultures of teaching most weeks. Assessment • Global Marketing Strategies will include coursework, presentations, • Marketing Planning Management essays, reports and normally an exam. • Continuation of Foreign BRENNAN CROSS Language Option Student opportunities International Marketing and Business Optional paid placement year offers PLACEMENT: experience with employers such as Walt AOL Disney, Hewlett-Packard, Warner Bros, Porsche, Mattel and Waitrose. "Going out into industry is daunting, it is important to ask lots of questions as it is With languages a steep learning curve. AOL made me feel This programme offers students the relaxed and welcome in an intense work Opportunities for chance to learn a language alongside environment. It was great to see the tasks placements at I was doing had a positive impact on their degree. Courses start at beginner companies including AOL the business." or intermediate level, making them ideal and Bosch Worcester for students who have not studied

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: NNM1 Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points.

Duration: Three years full-time, or four years English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with a full-time with a placement year (optional) minimum of 5.5 in each component, or equivalent.

Entry and admissions criteria: Further information and details of other accepted • Normally 112 UCAS points from at least two qualifications are available on our online A-levels or course page. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma You may also be interested in: at DMM Advertising and Marketing Communications Plus five GCSEs at grades A*-C (9-4) including BA (Hons), Business and Marketing BA (Hons), English Language and Maths. Marketing BA (Hons) Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/business 124 Business and Management

Marketing BA (Hons) This course covers both traditional and digital marketing principles and teaches you how to apply them to real-world situations. UK EU WORLD

About this course Learning and teaching Year 1 modules This course offers an excellent Lectures, tutorials and seminars, group • A n Introduction to Entrepreneurship preparation for a career in all areas of work and self-directed study are used and Enterprise business and marketing. With a wide for teaching and learning. You will • E mployability, Professionalism and choice of modules incorporating the typically have up to 14 contact hours Academic Study Skills latest digital practices, you can tailor of teaching most weeks. Assessment • F inancial Decision Making your course to your chosen specialism will include coursework, presentations, • Introduction to Work and or career path. In the first year you will essays, reports and normally an exam. Organisations study key marketing topics that have a • M arketing Essentials major impact on all areas of business Student opportunities • M arketing Information and Decision activity. In years two and three you will Optional paid placement year offers Making select from a wide variety of more experience with employers such as Walt • T he Digital and Social Media specialised modules such as digital Disney, Hewlett-Packard, Warner Bros, Context of Business Porsche, Mattel and Waitrose. marketing, international marketing, Year 2 modules brand management and advertising Graduate careers • Advertising and Promotion and promotion. Our students have gone on to work • B rand Management • Achieve professional qualifications for globally renowned organisations • C onsumer Behaviour alongside your degree with a course such as Microsoft, IBM, Boots, Argos, • M arketing Research Homebase and The National Lottery. that is accredited by the Chartered Year 3 modules Institute of Marketing (CIM) for a Dual • Marketing Planning and Award and the IDM Certificate in Management Direct and Digital Marketing • M arketing Project or The Brand • Develop a new business concept Portfolio on our Fox’s Lair!® assessment, similar to Dragon’s Den, and receive feedback from real-life entrepreneurs who will help you develop the skills employers look for – teamwork, GEORGE HEDLEY project management, communication PLACEMENT: Volkswagen and problem solving GRADUATE ROLE: Marketing Manager BT • Produce coursework and participate in live projects which will prepare you "Staff have been excellent. Most have for industry worked in industry so are able to link degree Chartered Institute of content to real-life context. My placement helped me manage my time better and also Marketing (CIM) Accredited helped my grades, which jumped by 10 per Study Centre and an Institute cent in some areas." of Direct Marketing (IDM) Key Educational Partner

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: N500 Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points.

Duration: Three years full-time, or four years English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with a full-time with a placement year (optional) minimum of 5.5 in each component, or equivalent.

Entry and admissions criteria: Further information and details of other accepted • Normally 112 UCAS points from at least two qualifications are available on our online A-levels or course page. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma at DDM You may also be interested in: Advertising Plus five GCSEs at grades A*-C (9-4) including and Marketing Communications BA (Hons), English Language and Maths. Business and Marketing BA (Hons), International Marketing and Business BA (Hons) Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/business 125 C O M P U T E R S C I E N C E S A N D MATHEMATICS De Montfort University has a long history in the development of computing, with more than 50 years’ experience of teaching and research within the subject area.

HOW TO APPLY See page 40 or visit dmu.ac.uk/international/apply Fees and scholarships: see page 36 or visit dmu.ac.uk/internationalfees

126 Business Information Systems BSc (Hons) 130 Computer Games Programming BSc (Hons) 131 Computer Science BSc (Hons) 132 Cyber Security BSc (Hons) 133 Computing BSc (Hons) 134 Computing for Business BSc (Hons) 135 Digital Forensics BSc (Hons) 137 Foundation Year in Computing 139 Information and Communication Technology BSc (Hons) 140 Intelligent Systems BSc/MComp (Hons) 141 Mathematics BSc (Hons) 142 Software Engineering BSc (Hons) 143

dmu.ac.uk 127 DERRY HOLT COMPUTER GAMES PROGRAMMING BSc (HONS)

"The facilities available to me on my course were what truly drew me to De Montfort University. I had a fantastic year on placement. Working for a very successful company in Oxford and Malta and I am extremely grateful to the university for giving me such an enormous opportunity to advance my skills."

HOW TO APPLY See page 40 or visit dmu.ac.uk/international/apply Fees and scholarships: see page 36 or visit dmu.ac.uk/internationalfees

128 S T U D Y I N G COMPUTER S C I E N C E S A N D MATHEMATICS AT DMU

Benefit from partnerships and accreditations with world-leading organisations such as Hewlett-Packard, SAS and the BCS – The Chartered Institute for IT, ensuring you have all the knowledge you need to forge a successful career.

Industry links Discover high-quality research which directly Graduate careers: informs teaching to ensure all of our courses As a computing graduate, you will have a broad are at the cutting edge of new developments; range of career paths to follow, including: from our collaborative work with space agencies, software and hardware development, to cyber security and intelligent systems. information architecture, security programming and game development, to name just a few. Facilities: Our graduates have launched their own Access newly developed and specialist facilities businesses and worked for companies including including over 20 computing laboratories Hewlett-Packard (HP), Microsoft, PepsiCo, equipped with machines ranging from HP Rockstar North, Intel, Ubisoft, Codemasters, dual-boot, all-in-one computers in the Santander, HSBC Bank and more. Computer Science Laboratories to specialist Mathematics graduates are in high demand gaming machines in the Games Development and will have a wide range of career paths to Studios, and customised facilities in the Cyber choose from. Security Centre. Student work is stored and backed up on dedicated high-performance, Student opportunities: network file servers. All full-time degree students have the A wide range of industry-standard, general opportunity to undertake a 12-month work purpose and specialist software is available placement. Our dedicated Placements Team to support teaching. Many software packages provides support to all of our students looking are freely available to students via open to integrate a placement within their university source and similar licensing (for example career, and can help you with your CV, Linux and Java) and all students have access interview skills and placement application. to Microsoft Office. Students have undertaken work placements Students on business computing courses at a number of local and national companies, also have access to Digital Simulations; including: HP, Intel, Microsoft, E.ON UK plc, single-player, online experiences that can GlaxoSmithKline, Caterpillar, Airbus Group, be used to educate, based around complex Syngenta, Jagew Ltd, Pepsi Co, ESSO and scenarios. The HPE IT Service Management Honda Racing. Taking part in a placement (ITSM) Simulation has been designed to show will give you exposure to roles you might not participants how process, technology and previously have been aware of and help you communication can work together to improve to decide which graduate field is right for you. the delivery of IT to the business.

Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information. dmu.ac.uk 129 Business Information Systems BSc (Hons) This course, run in partnership with Hewlett-Packard (HP), helps you gain industry-relevant skills and qualifications. UK EU WORLD

About this course more business oriented topics, including Business Information Systems BSc (Hons) Systems Building Methods and Year 1 modules is specifically tailored to meet the Management and Computing Ethics. • Information Systems Development computing needs of commerce and Student opportunities • Visual Web Development industry, teaching you the theoretical Students have taken part in work • Devices and Networks knowledge and practical skills you experience placements at a vast • Mathematics and Business need to participate in the development, Management number of local, national and implementation and management of • Introduction to ICT international companies including: business computing projects. HP, Intel Corporation (UK) Ltd, Year 2 modules Our ground-breaking partnership with Thomson Reuters, E.ON UK plc, • ITIL IT Service Management (HP) Hewlett-Packard allows you to benefit GlaxoSmithKline, TNT Express, • OO Systems Analysis and Design from our world-class academic research, AstraZeneca and JP Morgan. • Agile Methods and Development leading-edge information technology • Database Design Facilities facilities and industry-standard • Systems Thinking You will have access to dedicated professionalism exemplified by HP’s • Introduction to Research and Ethics renowned business solutions and computing laboratories and specialist services. HP provides 13 per cent of software including Digital Simulations. Year 3 modules the teaching input, whilst also offering Please see page 129 for more information. • Project Management PRINCE 2 a personal mentoring scheme, • Systems Building: Methods and Graduate careers Management preferred placement opportunities and Recent graduates are now working as professional qualifications, to include • Computing Project systems developers, software analysts, • Computing Ethics PRINCE2 Project Management IT account managers, IT consultants, accreditation and ITIL Foundation IT development managers, software (IT Service Management), which are developers and CRM database recognised by employers. executives for companies including: Learning and teaching HP, VRL Financial News, T2 Logistics, A variety of learning and teaching PepsiCo, IFC Fleet Outsourcing methods are used, including lectures, and Debenhams. tutorials, computer laboratory sessions and independent study. You will normally attend around 12–16 hours of timetabled taught sessions each week, and can expect to undertake at least 24 further hours of directed independent study. The final year of the course includes an individual project and a range of modules from technical subjects to Run in partnership with Hewlett Packard

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: IN21 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including You may also be interested in: Information English Language or Literature and Maths at and Communication Technology BSc (Hons), Duration: Three years full-time, or four years grade C (4) or above. Computing for Business BSc (Hons), Computer full-time with a placement year (optional) Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points. Science BSc (Hons) Entry and admissions criteria: • Normally 104 UCAS points from at least two English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 A-levels or in each band, or equivalent. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma Further information and details of other accepted at DMM qualifications are available on our online course page.

Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/bis 130 Computer Sciences and Mathematics

Computer Games Programming BSc (Hons) This course is designed for those who want to pursue a technical career in the creative games and entertainment industry. UK EU WORLD

About this course Accenture, Tours Ltd and Exel Computer Games Programming BSc (Hons) Computer Systems plc. Year 1 modules is an innovative course dedicated to You could also join the Games Society • C++ Programming games and entertainment computing. or eSports Society which will enable you • Game Architecture, Recent developments in computer and to build on what you learn on the course, Design and Development network technology have given rise to and be part of a community of • Elements of Computing significant advances in the interactive like-minded individuals playing games, • Law, Ethics and Cybersecurity entertainment industry, in areas such as taking trips to professional games, and Management robotics, online, video and mobile gaming. competing in tournaments. Our Games Year 2 modules In addition to specialist experience Development Society gives you the • Mechanics and Artificial Intelligence relevant to the games industry, the course chance to work alongside Game Art for Simulation provides a solid background in computer students to build games in Games Jams. • Object Oriented Design and science expertise and is accredited by Facilities Development with C++ the BCS – the Chartered Institute for IT. The Game Development Studios • Introduction to Computer Graphics and Interactive 3D Modelling Learning and teaching feature some of the latest technologies • Mobile Games Programming Teaching is through a combination for playing and developing games on a of lectures, tutorials and practical range of platforms. They are equipped Year 3 modules laboratory work. You will normally attend with a mixture of high specification gaming • Computing Project around 12–16 hours of timetabled PCs. We have high specification consoles • Advanced Games Programming taught sessions each week, and can with game development software. You expect to undertake at least 24 further will have access to industry-standard hours of directed independent study and development software, some of which assignments as required. Continuous can be used at home. The studios are evaluation forms the major part of the continually updated to ensure our assessment process and there are many facilities are in line with the emerging opportunities for practical development. technologies and games industry. In the National Student Survey 2017 our Graduate careers final year students scored this course Graduates can pursue careers 95 per cent for the IT resources and as games programmers, artificial facilities provided supporting their intelligence programmers, graphics learning well. programmers, 3D modellers and web Student opportunities systems developers. Recent graduates Students have taken part in work are now working as programmers both experience placements at a number in and out of the games industry and of companies including: IBM (UK) Ltd, also as mobile or web developers. Microsoft, Jagex Games Studios, Intel, PayPoint Ltd, Netready Ltd, Proactive, Accredited by the BCS - the Chartered Institute for IT

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: G624 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including You may also be interested in: English Language or Literature and Maths at Computer Science BSc (Hons) Duration: Three years full-time, or four years grade C (4) or above. Software Engineering BSc (Hons) full-time with a placement year (optional) Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points. Intelligent Systems BSc/MComp (Hons) Entry and admissions criteria: • Normally 104 UCAS points from at least two English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 A-levels or in each band, or equivalent. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma Further information and details of other accepted at DMM qualifications are available on our online course page.

Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/cgp 131 Computer Science BSc (Hons) This course is a traditional computing programme with a successful history dating back more than 50 years. UK EU WORLD

About this course The final year’s software development Computer Science BSc (Hons) is a project forms a major part of the Year 1 modules traditional course accredited by the BCS practical assessment. • Law, Ethics and Cyber Security – The Chartered Institute for IT*, and has Student opportunities Management been successfully providing students with a • Elements of Computing Recent placements have been at local, foundation in the major themes of technical • Computational Modelling national and international companies computing for more than 25 years. • Computer Programming including: Syngenta, Jagex Ltd, PepsiCo The course gives students a solid UK and Ireland, MMT Digital, Esso Year 2 modules foundation in the major themes of Petroleum Company Ltd, Honda Racing • Organisations, Project Management technical computing, including software and Avis Europe plc. Please see page and Research development, database design and web 129 for more information. • Object Oriented Software Design technologies, theoretical and practical Once you have graduated and begun to and Development foundations, computer security and an work as an IT professional you can apply • Multi-tier Web Applications awareness of professional practice and to become a full member of the BCS • Data Structures and Algorithms social responsibility. and, as your career develops, gain the Year 3 modules The course combines core theoretical status of Chartered IT Professional • Computing Project computing principles with relevant practical (CITP), giving you a recognised • Software Development Methods experience, teaching the concepts and industry-relevant qualification. techniques you need to pursue a career We also have several specialist student in this rapidly developing field. societies for you to develop your interests Learning and teaching and skills outside of teaching time, such In the first year, you will normally attend as the Games Society and eSport Society. around 13–15 hours of timetabled Facilities taught sessions a week, split across Please see page 129 for details of the lectures, small group activities and dedicated computing facilities. practical laboratory work. There are a variety of assessment methods, Graduate careers including short tests and formal exams, Recent graduates are now working as which are held at the end of each computer engineers, systems engineers, academic year. database managers and software developers In the second year, the emphasis moves for companies including HSBC Bank towards more substantive practical plc, RR Donnelley and Serck Controls. assignments as modern software development techniques are practised and research and presentation skills Accredited by the BCS - the are assessed. Chartered Institute for IT

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: G400 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including You may also be interested in: English Language or Literature and Maths at Cyber Security BSc (Hons), Digital Forensics Duration: Three years full-time, or four years grade C (4) or above. BSc (Hons), Intelligent Systems BSc/MComp (Hons), full-time with a placement year (optional) Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points. Software Engineering BSc (Hons) Entry and admissions criteria: • Normally 112 UCAS points from at least two English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 A-levels or in each band, or equivalent. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma Further information and details of other accepted at DMM qualifications are available on our online course page.

Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information. *Subject to a standard re-accreditation process due to take place in early 2018. For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/computer-science 132 Subject to validation Computer Sciences and Mathematics

Cyber Security BSc (Hons) This newly developed course has been designed in response to the requirement for specially qualified graduates in industry. UK EU WORLD

About this course specialist optional modules assessed Cyber Security BSc (Hons) is a specialist by exams. Year 1 modules* undergraduate programme bringing Student opportunities • Programming in C (1 and 2) together two strands of study: Cyber • Computer Ethics You will be encouraged to spend your third Security and Digital Forensics. Cyber year on work placement. Students have • Computer Law and Cyber Security Security is about appropriate protection Management taken part in work experience placements and access to digital assets within • Operating Systems at many local and national companies in organisations; Digital Forensics is • Computer Networks recent years, including: Airbus, GCHQ, concerned with identifying and responding • Mathematics for Computing Vauxhall Motors, CY4OR Ltd, Syngenta to security breaches and reporting them • Database Design and and Capgemini UK. Please see page to relevant authorities. Studying this Implementation 129 for more information. course you will gain a holistic experience Year 2 modules* of technical and professional aspects Facilities • Research Methods and specialise in your field after the first Faculty computing laboratories use • Web Application Development year of study. a range of virtualisation environments, • Windows Forensics so you can experiment with both Learning and teaching • Linux Security straightforward and complex systems. The course is part of DMU’s Cyber • Cryptography You will also use specialist forensic and Security Centre, which influences the • Cyber Threat Intelligence and security laboratories with customised government and corporations in their Incident Response PCs configured with multiple operating approach to cyber security. This shapes • Penetration Testing systems, virtualisation and removable hard the curriculum so that you learn what is drives, as well as specialised servers, Year 3 modules* important. It also grants you privileged wired and wireless networking equipment • Final Year Project access to career opportunities. In the first and a wide variety of other hardware • Professionalism in Forensics year, you will normally attend around and software components. Standard and Security 13–15 hours of timetabled taught sessions investigative software is used to support • Emergent Topics in Security; each week, split across a variety of the forensic analysis of digital devices. • Malware Analysis lectures, small group activities and practical laboratory work. Graduate careers Assessment is made up of roughly 25 This programme has been developed for per cent end-of-year examination and students that want to pursue a career in 75 per cent coursework in each year. industry, government or law enforcement The coursework takes a variety of forms, as a security analyst, penetration tester, with frequent laboratory-based phase tests forensic investigator, or cyber security providing early feedback on progress. engineer. Previous graduates from our cyber security programmes went on to In the second year, more substantial work for organisations such as Deloitte, Our students have undertaken assignments are set, including a research GCHQ, Airbus and Rolls-Royce. placements with organisations study. In the final year, assessment is such as GCHQ, Airbus and typically by coursework with some Capgemini UK

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: G550 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including You may also be interested in: English Language or Literature and Maths at Computer Science BSc (Hons) Duration: Three years full-time, or four years grade C (4) or above. Digital Forensics BSc (Hons) full-time with a placement year (optional) Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points. Software Engineering BSc (Hons) Entry and admissions criteria: • Normally 112 UCAS points from at least two English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 A-levels or in each band, or equivalent. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma Further information and details of other accepted at DMM qualifications are available on our online course page.

Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information. *Modules studied depend on chosen pathway For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/computer-security 133 Computing BSc (Hons) This course allows you to develop technical and practical skills in a range of computing subjects. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities Computing BSc (Hons) gives you an You will be encouraged to spend your Year 1 modules opportunity to develop skills in a range third year on work placement. You will • Visual Web Development of areas including computer technology, be supported by our dedicated • Information Systems Development database design, internet technology, Placements Team who will help you with • Database Management and programming, multimedia, interactive your CV, interview skills and placement Reporting systems design and systems development. applications. Please see page 129 for • Devices and Networks In the final year you will select modules more information. We also have several • The Global Web from a range of options, tailoring the specialist student societies for you to Year 2 modules course to your interests, and also complete develop your interests and skills outside • Project Management and a computing project. The modules have of teaching time, such as the Games Development been very carefully designed to provide Society and eSport Society where you • Advanced Programming a fully integrated course of study. can meet like-minded students and • Multimedia Development Key skills in English and Mathematics, develop your skills. • Interactive System Design business skills including report writing, and Evaluation group work, planning projects and making Facilities • Business Intelligence presentations are fully contextualised Teaching will be delivered in dedicated • Intro to Research and Ethics within the academic subject content. learning spaces equipped with modern PCs and AV equipment. Please see Year 3 modules Learning and teaching page 129 for more information. • Privacy and Data Protection This course uses a variety of teaching • Plus a range of optional modules methods including lectures, tutorials, Graduate careers computer laboratory sessions, Recent graduates are now working collaborative learning and self-directed as computer engineers, systems study. A number of modules are engineers, database managers, assessed by coursework only and software developers, development involve group work. and support officers and in teaching in Computing and ICT. Please see Assessment in each module is designed page 129 for more information. to meet its specified learning outcomes. Methods of assessment will include time constrained phase tests, portfolios of work, laboratory exercises, exams, reports and presentations. You will normally attend around 12–16 hours of timetabled taught sessions More than 50 years of each week, and can expect to history of teaching undertake at least 24 further hours computing subjects and of directed independent study and expert academics to assignments as required. support your learning

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: I100 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including You may also be interested in: English Language or Literature and Maths at Business Information Systems BSc (Hons), Duration: Three years full-time, or four years grade C (4) or above. Information and Communication Technology BSc full-time with a placement year (optional) Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points. (Hons), Computing for Business BSc (Hons), Entry and admissions criteria: Computer Science BSc (Hons) • Normally 104 UCAS points from at least two English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 A-levels or in each band, or equivalent. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma Further information and details of other accepted at DMM qualifications are available on our online course page.

Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/computing 134 Computer Sciences and Mathematics

Computing for Business BSc (Hons) This course will give you the skills necessary to manage and interpret data from business information technology systems. UK EU WORLD

About this course a range of modules from technical Computing for Business BSc (Hons) subjects to more business oriented Year 1 modules will develop your practical IT expertise topics, including Advanced Management • Mathematics and Business and teach you to create and extract Decision Making and Data Mining. Management information from systems in business, Student opportunities • Information Systems Development government and society. You will learn • Introduction to ICT Students have taken part in work to expertly develop models and uncover • Visual Web Development (C#) experience placements at a vast previously unknown trends and patterns • Devices and Networks number of companies including; to support decision making. You will Hewlett-Packard, Intel Corporation (UK) Year 2 modules become experienced in the use of Ltd, Thomson Reuters, E.ON UK plc, • Management Decision Making industry-standard business analytics GlaxoSmithKline, TNT Express, • Data Management and business intelligence software, AstraZeneca and Caterpillar. • Systems Thinking helping you to positively contribute • Database Design and lead companies in improving Please see page 129 for their business intelligence. Students more information. • Introduction to Research and Ethics • ITIL IT Service Management have access to Management Scientist Facilities software and SAS (the leader You will have access to dedicated Year 3 modules in business analytics software), computing laboratories and specialist • Advanced Management Decision giving you experience which is software including Digital Simulations. Making directly relevant to industry. Please see page 129 for more information. • Data Mining • Database Management Learning and teaching Graduate careers • Computing Project Course modules are informed by There is an increasing demand in • Computer Ethics current industrial practice and our own industry for skilled specialists who • Privacy and Data Protection cutting-edge research, ensuring that can manage and interpret data from • Research Methods you are at the forefront of the latest business information technology developments. You will be taught systems. The combination of computing through a variety of methods skills and business knowledge taught including formal lectures, tutorials, on the course enables you to enter a computer laboratory sessions and diverse range of careers in areas self-directed study. such as business analyst, analytics You will normally attend around 12-16 consultant, statistical programmer, hours of timetabled taught sessions statistical analyst, SAS programmer, each week, and can expect to data management analyst and undertake at least 24 further hours research analyst. Learn to manage and of directed independent study. The final interpret data from business year includes an individual project and information systems

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: G521 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including You may also be interested in: English Language or Literature and Maths at Business Information Systems BSc (Hons), Duration: Three years full-time, or four years grade C (4) or above. Information and Communication Technology full-time with a placement year (optional) Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points. BSc (Hons), Computer Science BSc (Hons) Entry and admissions criteria: • Normally 104 UCAS points from at least two English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 A-levels or in each band, or equivalent. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma Further information and details of other accepted at DMM qualifications are available on our online course page.

Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/computing-for-business 135 136 Subject to validation Computer Sciences and Mathematics

Digital Forensics BSc (Hons) This newly developed course area will help you to understand precisely how digital evidence can be investigated in a forensically sound manner. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities Digital Forensics BSc (Hons) is a pathway You will be encouraged to spend your Year 1 modules in our specialist Cyber Security BSc third year on work placement, supported • P rogramming in C (1 + 2); (Hons) programme. Digital Forensics is by our Placements Team. Please see • C omputer Ethics; concerned with identifying and responding page 129 for more information. We also • C omputer Law and Cyber Security to security breaches and reporting them have several specialist student societies Management; to relevant authorities. In our laboratories for you to develop your interests and • O perating Systems; you have access to equipment and skills outside of teaching time, such as • C omputer Networks; software that is widely used by forensic the Hacking Society and eSport Society. • M athematics for Computing; investigators in law enforcement and Database Design & Implementation e-discovery. You will learn how to acquire, Facilities Year 2 modules analyse and report digital evidence and You will use specialist forensic and • S oftware and Security Management gain the technical skills to discover security laboratories equipped with • R esearch Methods electronic traces of cyber crime. customised PCs that are configured with multiple operating systems, • W eb Application Development Learning and teaching virtualisation and removable hard drives, • W indows Forensics The course is part of DMU’s Cyber as well as specialised servers, wired and • L inux Security Security Centre, which has a national wireless networking equipment and a • Cryptography and international reputation in digital wide variety of other hardware and • Issues in Criminal Justice forensics and digital security, and software components. Standard Year 3 modules influences the government and investigative software supports the • Final Year Project corporations in their approach to digital forensic analysis of various digital • P rofessionalism in Forensics forensics and security. This shapes devices. and Security the curriculum so that what you learn Graduate careers • Digital Investigations is relevant to current practice. It also • Network Forensics grants you privileged access to Graduates could pursue careers career opportunities. as digital forensics specialists for government agencies, security Digital Forensics BSc (Hons) shares a consultancies and commercial IT common first year with Cyber Security departments. Recent graduates from BSc (Hons) before you choose your our cyber security courses are working specialist pathway to continue your studies for companies including Santander and in. In the first year, you will have timetabled CCL Forensics Ltd. taught sessions for approximately 13–15 hours each week, split across a variety of lectures, small group activities and practical laboratory work. Benefit from academic Assessment is made up of roughly 25 expertise within the Cyber per cent end-of-year examination and Technology Institute (CTI) 75 per cent coursework in each year.

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: FG45 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including You may also be interested in: English Language or Literature and Maths at Cyber Security BSc (Hons) Duration: Three years full-time, or four years grade C (4) or above. Computer Science BSc (Hons) full-time with a placement year (optional) Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points. Software Engineering BSc (Hons) Entry and admissions criteria: • Normally 112 UCAS points from at least two English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 A-levels or in each band, or equivalent. • BTEC National Diploma/ Extended Diploma Further information and details of other accepted at DMM qualifications are available on our online course page.

Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: leicestercollege.ac.uk 137 138 Computer Sciences and Mathematics

Foundation Year in Computing This course gives you the necessary skills and experience required to study an undergraduate computing degree. UK EU WORLD

About this course Assessments take place at set intervals The Foundation Year in Computing is across the duration of the course and Modules the first year in an integrated four-year assessed coursework will have to be • Problem Solving and Programming programme of study, which includes an completed by a set deadline. • C reative Computing and Technology undergraduate degree upon successful You will normally attend around 12–16 • C omputing Skills and Research completion of the foundation year. hours of timetabled taught sessions • E -commerce Computing It provides an introduction to computing each week, and can expect to and information technology (IT). undertake at least 24 further hours The course introduces a wide range of of directed independent study and IT, communication and study skills that assignments as required. will prepare you for a degree in Subject to meeting the required grades computing, enabling you to progress during the foundation year, you will onto more advanced study. progress onto one of our undergraduate The course covers the basics of IT courses. Alternatively it is possible to topics, such as computer animation, as exit at this point if you want to. well as more familiar office applications, Facilities such as spreadsheets and presentations. You will study in a dedicated computer Staff and students work together in a laboratory, equipped with high specification friendly and supportive workshop PCs and professional-standard software. environment. All the machines are connected via the Learning and teaching faculty network to a dedicated, The course is taught by staff with high-performance file server for storage experience of dealing with students and backup of students’ work. Please who need additional help and support. see page 129 for more information. You will work together with staff in a Graduate careers friendly and supportive environment The natural route upon successful in small groups of up to 20 students. completion of the course is to progress There are four modules on the course to the first year of one of our that are taught using a mixture of undergraduate degrees. Those who practical’s and lectures or seminars. perform exceptionally well will have Assessments across the four modules access to the more specialist degrees are typically time constrained at the discretion of the course leader. assignments, phase tests, demonstrations or presentations. They are undertaken either individually or in small groups. More than 50 years of history of teaching computing subjects and expert academics to support your learning

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: G403 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including You may also be interested in: English Language or Literature and Maths at Computer Science BSc (Hons) Duration: Four-year integrated undergraduate grade C (4) or above. Software Engineering BSc (Hons) degree Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points. Entry and admissions criteria: • Normally 56 UCAS points from at least one English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 A-level or in each band, or equivalent. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma Further information and details of other accepted at MPP qualifications are available on our online course page.

Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/foundationcomputing 139 Information and Communication Technology BSc (Hons) This course provides you with the knowledge and technical skills necessary to create coherent information and communication technology solutions and services. UK EU WORLD

About this course Learning and teaching Information and Communication You will be taught by staff who are Year 1 modules Technology BSc (Hons) (ICT) draws experienced in the areas of ICT • Introduction to ICT on a wide range of academic disciplines, professionalism, services and software • Devices and Networks with a focus on understanding practice. Teaching takes place through • Information Systems Development organisational, technical and business sessions in computing laboratories, • Visual Web Development (C#) problems and searching for appropriate tutorials, lectures and self-directed • Mathematics and Business solutions in a global ICT environment. study using worksheets. Management This course will also give you leading You will normally attend around 12–16 Year 2 modules project management qualifications in hours of timetabled taught sessions • Management of ICT ITIL Foundation (IT Service Management) each week, and can expect to • ITIL IT Service Management and PRINCE2 Project Management. undertake at least 24 further hours • Project Management and The course concentrates on developing of directed independent study. Development your ability to understand a client’s • Database Design needs for information, systems and Student opportunities Students have recently taken part in • Systems Thinking services, analysing their business, • Introduction to Research and Ethics services and technology requirements work experience placements at a and assembling the hardware, number of local and national companies, Year 3 modules software and human resources including: TNT, Caterpillar and • Information Systems Strategy and to respond appropriately. GlaxoSmithKline. Please see page Services 129 for more information. • Computing Project Technically, the emphasis is on the Facilities • Systems Building Methods and overall design of information systems, Management You will have access to dedicated the creation of tailored web frontends • Project Management (PRINCE 2) computing laboratories and specialist for systems and the linking of systems • Advanced Database Management software including Digital Simulations. and resources together to create • Data Mining Please see page 129 for more information. coherent ICT solutions and services. • Computing Ethics There is also a focus on the continuous Graduate careers • Research Methods delivery of quality ICT services within You will graduate with the knowledge the organisation from a management and expertise to pursue a variety of ICT point of view. roles. Examples of suitable roles include IT project manager, IT services manager, project analyst, IT infrastructure manager, project coordinator and operations manager. Includes the opportunity to undertake an optional work placement

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: HG64 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including You may also be interested in: English Language or Literature and Maths at Business Information Systems BSc (Hons) Duration: Three years full-time, or four years grade C (4) or above. Computing for Business BSc (Hons) full-time with a placement year (optional) Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points. Computer Science BSc (Hons) Entry and admissions criteria: • Normally 104 UCAS points from at least two English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 A-levels or in each band, or equivalent. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma Further information and details of other accepted at DMM qualifications are available on our online course page.

Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/ict 140 Computer Sciences and Mathematics

Intelligent Systems BSc/MComp (Hons) This course is designed for those who want to study a mixture of robotics, computer science and artificial intelligence. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities Intelligent Systems BSc/MComp (Hons) You will have the option to undertake a Year 1 modules will help you develop the theoretical 12-month work placement; please see • Law, Ethics and Cybersecurity knowledge and practical skills to provide page 129 for more information. Management intelligent solutions for commerce and You can join Robot Club and instruct • Programming C++ industry. This course can be studied as school children on how to construct the • Elements of Computing a three-year BSc (Hons) programme, or robots, with the opportunity for the best • Computational Modelling as four-year integrated master’s MComp robots to go to Vienna to compete in an Year 2 modules (Hons). The MComp provides you with international competition. Students are • Object Oriented Design and the opportunity to study at a higher level also encouraged to attend the Jyväskylä Development with C++ of specialist expertise, and enhance Summer School in Finland, to further • Mechanics and Artificial your career options further. develop their knowledge of the most Intelligence for Simulation You will learn to develop basic hardware recent advances in science and • Introduction to Artificial and software models and programs, computing through their courses. Intelligence and Mobile Robotics whilst developing artificial intelligence code that allows you to accomplish Facilities Year 3 modules various tasks, including controlling The university has its own Advanced • Fuzzy Logic and Knowledge Based advanced mobile robots in our Mobile Robotics and Intelligent Agents Systems purpose-built laboratory. Laboratory which contains a variety of • Mobile Robotics mobile robots ranging from the Lego • Computing Project Learning and teaching Mindstorm™ to the Wheelbarrow robot Year 4 modules Taught by experienced staff from our for bomb disposal. Please see page • Research Methods internationally recognised Centre for 129 for more information. • Plus five specialist optional modules Computational Intelligence (CCI) teaching methods include lectures, Graduate careers tutorials and laboratory work. You will There are employment opportunities in also experience collaborative and artificial intelligence in both the public group-based learning, supervised and private sectors in areas such as project work and independent study. market intelligence, imaging techniques, You will normally attend around 12–16 data mining and in the medical and hours of timetabled taught sessions pharmaceutical industries. Graduates each week, and can expect to wishing to specialise in robotics are well undertake at least 24 further hours placed to pursue careers in mobile of directed independent study. communications, gaming systems and more traditional IT positions. Assessment could include timed tests, portfolios of work, laboratory exercises, Access facilities including written and oral examinations, individual our Advanced Mobile and group work, project work, reports Robotics and Intelligent and presentations. Agents Laboratory

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma You may also be interested in: BSc I270 at DMM Computer Science BSc (Hons) MComp I562 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including Software Engineering BSc (Hons) English Language or Literature and Maths at Duration: grade C (4) or above. BSc: Three years full-time, or four years full-time with a placement year (optional) Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points. MComp: Four years full-time, five years full-time English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 with a placement year (optional) in each band, or equivalent. Entry and admissions criteria: Further information and details of other accepted • Normally 104 UCAS points from at least two qualifications are available on our online course page. Please note: Course information was correct at the A-levels or time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/intelligent-systems 141 Mathematics BSc (Hons) This practical course, with a theoretical underpinning, develops your analytical knowledge and technical skills, allowing you to apply mathematics to solve UK EU WORLD real-life problems.

About this course Learning and teaching Year 1 modules Mathematics BSc (Hons) emphasises The course is taught using a variety of • Algebra mathematical concepts and analytical teaching and learning methods including • Calculus techniques, providing you with a solid formal lectures, informal tutorials and • Statistics and Operational Research I theoretical background to further computer-based laboratory sessions. • Mathematical Modelling Using Computers develop your mathematical knowledge Assessment may typically consist of a and enhance your professional skills. combination of individual assignments, Year 2 modules This course is professionally accredited by time-constrained phase tests, a portfolio • Applied Mathematics the IMA and meets the requirements of of tutorial and laboratory work, reports, • Linear Algebra and Discrete the Chartered Mathematician designation, presentations and exams. You will normally Mathematics awarded by the Institute of Mathematics attend 12–15 hours of timetabled taught • Advanced Calculus and its Applications, when it is followed sessions (lectures and tutorials) each • Statistics and Operational Research II by subsequent training and experience week, but additionally are expected to Year 3 modules in employment to obtain equivalent undertake at least 24 further hours of • Final year project competences to those specified by the independent study. • Plus three choices from a range of Quality Assurance Agency for taught optional mathematics modules Masters Degrees. Student opportunities You can choose to take an optional In this undergraduate course you will be work experience placement as part taught to use software such as Minitab, of your course. Please see page 129 SAS and Matlab and you will work on for more information. real-life examples allowing you to develop your mathematical knowledge and Facilities professional skills via written reports, You will have access to dedicated laboratory assessments, verbal computing laboratories, which are presentation and phase tests. available to use outside of teaching The first year includes core modules in time, please see page 129 for details pure mathematics, statistics, operational of the extensive computing facilities. research and mathematical modelling Graduate careers using computers. In the second and final Mathematics graduates may work in a years, pure and applied mathematics, range of fields such as mathematical statistics and the operational research modelling, financial management, content is further developed. pensions and investment, operational research, logistics, teaching, research and a wide variety of analytical roles: data scientist, data miner, statistician This course is professionally and customer relationship management. accredited by the Institute of Mathematics (IMA)

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: G100 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including You may also be interested in: English Language or Literature and Maths at Computing for Business BSc (Hons) Duration: Three years full-time, or four years grade C (4) or above. full-time with a placement year (optional) Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points Entry and admissions criteria: with 6 higher level points in Mathematics. • Normally 112 UCAS points from at least two A-levels with Mathematics at B or above or English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 in each band, or equivalent. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma in Applied Science at DMM (must include Further information and details of other accepted relevant modules) qualifications are available on our online course page. Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/maths 142 Computer Sciences and Mathematics

Software Engineering BSc (Hons) This course helps you to draw together established theories and modern design techniques to develop high-quality software. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities Software Engineering BSc (Hons) is During the course, you will have an Year 1 modules accredited by the BCS – the Chartered opportunity to take a year-long work • Law, Ethics and Cyber Security Institute for IT*, and has been successfully experience placement. Recent Management providing students with a foundation in placements include Syngenta, PepsiCO • Computer Ethics and Law the major themes of technical computing and Thomson Reuters. Please see page • Elements of Computing for more than 25 years. 129 for more information. • Computational Modelling You will learn about software development, Once you have begun to work as an IT • Computer Programming database design and web technologies, professional you can apply to become Year 2 modules gaining an awareness of professional a full member of the BCS and, as your • Organisations, Project Management practice and social responsibility. career develops, gain the status of and Research The course aligns with Computer Chartered IT Professional (CITP). • Object Oriented Software Design Science BSc (Hons) for the first two We also have several specialist student and Development years, providing you with the flexibility societies for you to develop your • Multi-tier Web Applications to transfer between courses. interests and skills outside of teaching • Data Structures and Algorithms time, such as the Games Society and Year 3 modules Learning and teaching eSport Society. In the first year, you will have timetabled • Computing Project taught sessions for approximately Facilities • Software Development Methods 13–15 hours each week, split across a You will have access to professional • Rigorous Systems variety of lectures, small group activities standard computing laboratories, which and practical laboratory work. are available to use outside of teaching Your written and academic reading time, until midnight during the week skills will be developed in the ethics and office hours at the weekends. and law topics. Please see page 129 for details of In the second year, the emphasis moves the extensive computing facilities. towards more substantive practical Graduate careers assignments and you will practise modern Recent graduates are working as software development techniques. business intelligence analysts, In the final year, the individual software international business analysts, development project forms a major part software application developers and of the practical assessment. software engineers for companies including Lorien, Royal Bank of Scotland, LHA ASRA Group and MISCO.

Accredited by the BCS - the Chartered Institute for IT

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: G600 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including You may also be interested in: English Language or Literature and Maths at Computer Science BSc (Hons) Duration: Three years full-time, or four years grade C (4) or above. Computer Games Programming BSc (Hons) full-time with a placement year (optional) Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points. Cyber Security BSc (Hons) Entry and admissions criteria: Digital Forensics BSc (Hons) Intelligent Systems BSc/MComp (Hons) • Normally 112 UCAS points from at least two English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 A-levels or in each band, or equivalent. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma Further information and details of other accepted at DMM qualifications are available on our online course page.

Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may *Subject to a standard re-accreditation process due to take place in early 2018. vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/software 143 C R E AT I V E TECHNOLOGIES AND MEDIA Benefit from our strong links and industrial partnerships which give you the opportunity for hands-on work experience and placements including the Phoenix in Leicester and Leicester City Football Club. Leading-edge facilities within our multi-million pound Creative Technology Studios, including: film making, staging and editing equipment, industry-standard music and radio production suites, television studios, dedicated newsrooms, and photographic and sound workspaces, to equip you with the skills to give your career a flying start.

HOW TO APPLY See page 40 or visit dmu.ac.uk/international/apply Fees and scholarships: see page 36 or visit dmu.ac.uk/internationalfees

144 Broadcast Journalism BA (Hons) 148 Communication Arts BA (Hons) 149 Film Studies BA (Hons) (Single Honours/With Languages) 150 Film Studies BA (Hons) (Joint Honours) 151 Journalism BA (Hons) 152 Journalism BA (Hons) (Joint Honours) 153 Media and Communication BA (Hons) (Single Honours/With Languages) 154 Media and Communication BA (Hons) (Joint Honours) 155 Media Foundation 156 Media Production BSc (Hons) 157 Visual Effects (VFX) BSc (Hons) 159

dmu.ac.uk 145 ALICE BRISLAND FILM STUDIES BA (HONS)

"I chose DMU because it offered to study in a cinema for my course – and because the campus is perfectly located in the city. The lecturers were incredible and the #DMUglobal trips which were on offer really pulled me in; the fact that the university gives you funding to experience different places around the world to benefit your learning, is outstanding."

HOW TO APPLY See page 40 or visit dmu.ac.uk/international/apply Fees and scholarships: see page 36 or visit dmu.ac.uk/internationalfees

146 STUDYING CREATIVE TECHNOLOGIES AND MEDIA AT DMU

Benefit from industry-level facilities like our Creative Technology Studios and get involved with our award-winning student media group, Demon Media. Further enhance your studies with #DMUglobal, where Leicester Media School students have visited locations such as Prague, Tokyo and New York. Courses accredited by During your studies, you will have the chance to Creative Technology Studios, which include contribute to a number of active student societies editing suites, high-tech TV and radio studios, including Demon Media’s multi-media platforms: dark rooms, blue and green screen studios and The Demon Magazine, Demon FM community video production laboratories. Our television radio station, Demon TV and The Demon studios include a full lighting set-up and gallery, website. Our single honours journalism course and in this setting you will learn to replicate a is accredited by the National Council for the newsroom, shopping channels and chat show Training of Journalists (NCTJ), this is recognised environments. You can also use these facilities by employers as an indicator of the standard for extra-curricular activities with Demon Media. of skills you will gain during your studies. Students on Journalism and Broadcast Take a year in industry as part of your studies Journalism can make use of newly refurbished with the support of our Placements Team. All newsrooms, computing laboratories, the Creative students have the opportunity to apply for Technology Studios and our extensive AV loans placements which will give you a strong service, so that they can go out and capture practical skill set and will help your CV to their stories. stand out when you graduate. Students from across our media subjects Student opportunities: have taken part in our #DMUglobal initiative, Our dedicated Placements Team will support going behind the scenes at TV studios and you to find placements and work experience the New York Times printing press, and visiting opportunities in a range of film, media and studios all over Europe to see their subjects journalism related fields. You may benefit from coming to life in a professional setting. placement opportunities through our close links with Leicester City Football Club, BBC Radio Facilities: Leicester, the Leicester Mercury, community Our Film Studies students have access to media organisations and Leicester’s independent facilities at Leicester’s Phoenix Cinema, where arts and cinema complex, Phoenix Cinema, they are taught in a real cinema environment, along with employers in the media industries and have the opportunity to organise and manage in the UK and abroad. Students have recently an annual film festival as part of the course. taken part in work experience placements at several local, national and international Students on production courses and creative companies, including the BBC, and worked media modules have full access to a range of on creating television programmes for ITV. facilities in the university’s multi-million pound

Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information. dmu.ac.uk 147 Broadcast Journalism BA (Hons) Building on our expertise in video, radio and online journalism, this programme develops skills and knowledge of multiplatform digital journalism. UK EU WORLD

About this course through a combination of lectures, Broadcast Journalism BA (Hons) is a laboratory sessions, workshops, Year 1 modules specialist course that allows you to learn tutorials, seminars, group work and • Image Capture and Processing the core skills required in the world of self-directed study. Assessment is • Audio Capture and Processing digital journalism. You will learn how to primarily through coursework comprising • Multi-platform News Writing make video features for television, online of presentations, short films, audio • Journalism and Society and social media, as well as stories for content, essays and reports. Year 2 modules radio, and you will develop skills in all Student opportunities areas of visual media production; • Television Production Journalism students have participated in from filming and editing, to pitching, • Professional Practice a range of work experience storytelling and presenting. This course • Radio Journalism opportunities, including #DMUglobal has been designed for students who are • Issues in Journalism trips to Prague, New York, Berlin and keen to learn to use professional beyond, please see page 147 for more Year 3 modules recording equipment and use software information. Trips to radio and television • L ive Production to edit digitally; whilst our established studios and recordings will also be on • Entrepreneurial Journalism Journalism BA (Hons) is more suited to offer throughout the year to enhance • Dissertation those who want to pursue careers in your learning experience. • Plus a choice from a range of magazines, press and online journalism. specialist modules Broadcast Journalism has a practical Facilities focus and will help you gain the skills You will have access to excellent facilities, to work as a broadcast journalist in the including our computer suites within the digital age. You will also learn about the Leicester Centre for Journalism and context of journalism and understand newsrooms, to enhance your practical its history. and professional skills further. Workshops Learning and teaching take place in our multi-million pound Creative Technology Studios, including You will be taught by experienced industry-standard radio production and journalists. The highly experienced television suites. Please see page 147 journalists running the course are for more information. supplemented by leading guest lecturers from across the industry. You will Graduate careers normally attend around 10–14 hours of Broadcast Journalism graduates are timetabled taught sessions (lectures, likely to pursue careers in television, workshops and seminars) each week, online and radio journalism as producers, and you can expect to undertake at least reporters, researchers, video journalists, 24 further hours of independent study social media producers and more. to practical journalism coursework, You will have access to our project work and research. You will learn dedicated Leicester Center for Journalism

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: P501 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including You may also be interested in: English Language or Literature at grade C (4) Journalism BA (Hons) Duration: Three years full-time, or four years or above. Journalism BA (Hons) (Joint Honours) full-time with a placement year (optional) Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points. Media and Communication BA (Hons) Entry and admissions criteria: Media Production BSc (Hons) • Normally 104 UCAS points from at least two English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 A-levels or in each band, or equivalent. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma Further information and details of other accepted at DMM qualifications are available on our online course page.

Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/broadcast 148 Creative Technologies and Media

Communication Arts BA (Hons) This course explores the theory and practice of community media in relation to technology and creativity. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities Communication Arts BA (Hons) prepares You could benefit from our links with local Year 1 modules you for a variety of roles within the media and national businesses such as Leicester • Communication Practice 1 and cultural sectors by providing you with City Football Club, the Highcross • Introduction to Community Media maximum flexibility in community contexts. Shopping Centre, Leicester City Council • C ore Concepts in Media and The course stands out by offering a and get involved with the community Communication community media specialism that creates through DMU Square Mile. You will have • Media Capture and Processing the opportunity to work with a range of a strong public sector element where you Year 2 modules student societies in line with your interests, will have the opportunity to apply for • Communication Practice 2 like the award-winning student-led placements with local organisations. • Community Media Production Demon Media or the Music Society You could gain theoretical and practical Plus a choice of optional modules skills in media and cultural subjects such as where you can perform, work with other social media, film, radio, journalism, public musicians and meet people with similar Year 3 modules relations and music. These areas are interests, or the Music Recording Society • Technology Project explored with a focus on their relationships where you can practice and improve • Community Media Leadership with new technology and creativity. your recording and mixing skills. Plus a choice of optional modules Learning and teaching Facilities Teaching consists of a combination of Teaching takes place in lecture and lectures, tutorials, group work, practical seminar rooms equipped with HD laboratory sessions and self-directed projection screens. Practical workshops study, taught by established academics are taught using the latest technology in and creative industry practitioners. You our media laboratories, equipped with will also undertake live projects with the latest software for Apple iMac and PC external clients and competition briefs. computers with cinema or dual screens. You will also develop of a number of Graduate careers media skills through inter-disciplinary Many career opportunities exist in the group work. Your precise timetable will creative industries for graduates with good depend on the optional modules you communication and technical skills. choose to take; however, you will Potential areas of work include the community normally attend around 15 hours of media sector and the digital sector where timetabled taught sessions (lectures their ability to communicate effectively on and tutorials) each week, and can a variety of platforms is valued. Graduates expect to undertake at least 15 further are likely to pursue careers in both the hours of independent study to complete public and private sector and go on to project work and research. work in independent media, journalism, Choose from a wide range of community and charity communications, media-related subjects and film, music, public relations, audio and tailor your course to your video production and advertising. career interests

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: 845F Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including You may also be interested in: English Language or Literature at grade C (4) Media and Communication BA (Hons) Duration: Three years full-time, or four years or above. Film Studies BA (Hons), Journalism BA (Hons) full-time with a placement year (optional) Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points. Media Production BSc (Hons) Entry and admissions criteria: • Normally 104 UCAS points from at least two English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 A-levels or in each band, or equivalent. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma Further information and details of other accepted at DMM qualifications are available on our online course page.

Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/communicationarts 149 Film Studies BA (Hons) Single Honours/With Languages This course combines detailed academic knowledge of film with a cross-section of practical film-related experience. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities Our distinctive Film Studies BA (Hons) Our teaching team has close Year 1 modules combines the academic study of cinema connections with film directors, writers, • Introduction to Film Studies with industry understanding and distributors and journalists who give • Introduction to Global Film History experience and the development of guest lectures. Our close affiliation with • Media Capture and Processing skills suited to a variety of careers in the Phoenix Cinema also provides you with • Writing, Reviewing and Film Criticism creative industries and beyond. the opportunity to develop your practical • Film and New Media and commercial experience of the film This course allows you to learn about Year 2 modules the history of cinema as an art-form and industry. Please see page 147 for more information. Film Studies students have • The New Hollywood as an economic institution, while you • Script to Screen also develop your skills as a professional had the opportunity to get involved in trips to Hong Kong, Berlin, Paris, and • Professional Practice, Film Festivals filmmaker, writer, critic, event organiser • Media, Gender and Identity or industrial analyst. The course is Los Angeles and attend international film festivals through #DMUglobal. • Film and TV Genres unique in combining detailed academic • Disney knowledge of film with a very broad Facilities • Contemporary British Cinema cross-section of practical, film-related You will benefit from dedicated film • World Cinema experience. You can also study the screenings at Phoenix Cinema. Please Year 3 modules Single Honours Film Studies in see page 147 for more information • Film Studies Dissertation or Major combination with French or Mandarin about other facilities. Chinese. Please see the website for Filmmaking Project more information. Graduate careers • Cult Film The course provides a broad grounding • Filmmakers Learning and teaching in film history, criticism, practice and • Writing for the Screen Film Studies at DMU is taught by our industry skills. On graduation, you may • Audiences and Fandom experienced academic team based in use the skills you have gained to pursue • Film Exhibition and Consumption our prestigious Cinema and Television a variety of careers in the film and • The Past on Screen History (CATH) Research Centre. The cultural industries or beyond, or go on to • Film Data teaching team is made up of widely- study or research at postgraduate level. published academics and industry professionals. You will normally attend around 14–16 hours of timetabled taught sessions each week, and can expect to undertake at least 24 further hours of directed independent study. Assessment methods include essays, research reports, presentations, creative work, film reviews, edited collections Combine academic and other group projects. knowledge and practical film experience

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including You may also be interested in: Film Studies P303 English Language or Literature at grade C (4) Film Studies BA (Hons) (Joint Honours) Film Studies with French P3R9 or above. Communication Arts BA (Hons) Film Studies with Mandarin P3T1 Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points. Media and Communication BA (Hons)

Duration: Three years full-time, or four years English language: IELTS 6.5 overall with 5.5 full-time with a placement year (optional) in each band or equivalent. Entry and admissions criteria: Further information and details of other accepted • Normally 104 UCAS points from at least two qualifications are available on our online course page. A-levels or

• BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma Please note: Course information was correct at the at DMM time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/film 150 Creative Technologies and Media

Film Studies BA (Hons) Joint Honours This course combines the study of film with another, specialist subject, allowing you to expand your professional expertise. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities Our distinctive Film Studies (Joint Honours) Our teaching team has close Year 1 modules degree at DMU offers you the chance connections with film directors, writers, • Introduction to Film Studies to go beyond the viewing experience to distributors and journalists who give • Introduction to Global Film History explore film as an art form, as a social guest lectures. Our students have institution, and as a business. benefited from trips to the Warner Bros Year 2 modules Studios, museums and to see IMAX • The New Hollywood Film Studies can be studied in • Disney combination with another subject as a releases. Please see page 147 for more information. • Film and TV Genres joint honours, which will diversify your • British Cinema skillset and give you a broader range Film Studies students have had the • Media, Gender and Identity of career options. You will be taught by opportunity to get involved in trips to established experts from your chosen Hong Kong, Berlin, Paris, and Los Year 3 modules joint subject. Angeles and attend international film • Film Studies Dissertation festivals through #DMUglobal. • Cult Film Learning and teaching • The Past on Screen Film Studies at DMU is taught by our Facilities • Hollywood Now experienced academic team based Film screenings at Phoenix Cinema are • Filmmakers in our prestigious Cinema and Television shown in the latest digital high-definition History (CATH) Research Centre. formats and Xpand 3D. Please see The teaching team is made up of page 147 for more information about widely-published academic experts. other facilities. You will normally attend around 14–16 Graduate careers hours of timetabled taught sessions In recent years, graduates from our joint (lectures and tutorials) each week, and honours courses have gone on to work you can expect to undertake at least 24 for employers such as BBC Films, further hours of independent study to BBC Sport and Odeon Entertainment. complete project work and research. They work in roles such as film and Assessment methods include essays, television production staff and research reports, presentations, creative researchers, writers for film news media, work, film reviews, edited collections public relations writers and executives, and other group projects. film journalists in print and online, independent filmmakers and camera- people and commercial managers.

Study Film Studies with Creative Writing, English, Journalism or Media

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma Further information and details of other accepted Film Studies and: at DMM qualifications are available on our online course page. Creative Writing WP83 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including English WQ63 You may also be interested in: English Language or Literature at grade C (4) Media and Communication BA (Hons) Journalism PP35 or above. Media P390 Film Studies BA (Hons) (Single Honours) Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points. Communication Arts BA (Hons) Duration: Three years full-time, or four years full-time with a placement year (optional) English language: IELTS 6.5 overall with 5.5 in each band, or equivalent. Entry and admissions criteria: Please note: Some joint honours combinations • Normally 104 UCAS points from at least two may have specific entry requirements. A-levels or Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/film-joint 151 Journalism BA (Hons) This NCTJ accredited course has a strong practical focus and is taught by a range of experienced and respected journalists and academic experts. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities Journalism BA (Hons) is an exciting and All students are encouraged to Year 1 modules challenging degree which is accredited undertake a placement in industry, • R eporting 1 by the National Council for the Training and Journalism students have previously • Journalism Skills of Journalists (NCTJ) and prepares benefited from placements with the • Media Law students for employment in professional Leicester Tigers, Leicester City Football • Inside Journalism 1 journalism. You will learn how to become Club, NME, ITN, the BBC, The Observer, an effective, professionally qualified, Four Four Two and many others. Year 2 modules multi-platform journalist, while also Students have visited the New York • Practical Journalism 2 learning about the fascinating practice Times printing press with #DMUglobal. • News-writing and theory of journalism. Video and You can also gain work experience by • Political Reporting photography will be integrated contributing to The Demon magazine, • Inside Journalism 2 throughout the course and taught our student-led publication. Please see Year 3 modules alongside the traditional principles of page 147 for more information. • J ournalism Dissertation journalism. You could also contribute to Facilities • Practical Journalism 3 Demon Media student magazine, radio • S ub-editing and Design You will have access to five computer and TV stations and student news website. • Plus a choice of optional modules suites within the Leicester Centre for Learning and teaching Journalism and a dedicated newsroom, Journalism at DMU is extremely as well as industry-standard recording practical and is taught by a range of and editing equipment in our multi-million respected and award-winning journalists pound Creative Technology Studios. and academic experts, who are active in Please see page 147 for more information. newspaper, radio, magazine and digital journalism. Journalism lecturers have Graduate careers won four university-wide awards for Journalism graduates go on to work for teaching excellence. They are also some of the UK’s biggest media companies, supplemented by a range of top guest including major newspaper groups, lecturers from across the industry. You magazines, PR companies and the will normally attend around 12–16 hours wider communications and digital media of timetabled taught sessions (lectures industries. Our students increasingly and tutorials) each week, and can find employment in the digital economy, expect to undertake at least 24 further where their ability to communicate hours of independent study to complete effectively on a variety of platforms project work and research. Assessment gives them a significant advantage. is through coursework, news reports, features, presentations and essays and usually an exam or test. Professionally accredited by the National Council for the Training of Journalists (NCTJ)

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: P500 Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points. You may also be interested in: Broadcast Journalism BA (Hons), Journalism BA (Hons) Duration: Three years full-time, or four years English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.0 (Joint Honours), Media and Communication full-time with a placement year (optional) in each band, or equivalent. BA (Hons), Communication Arts BA (Hons) Entry and admissions criteria: Further information and details of other accepted • Normally 104 UCAS points from at least two qualifications are available on our online course page. A-levels or Other requirements: Interview and test • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma at DMM Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including English Language or Literature at grade C (4) Please note: Course information was correct at the or above. time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/journalism 152 Creative Technologies and Media

Journalism BA (Hons) Joint Honours This course combines detailed practical and academic knowledge of Journalism with a cross section of content from another area. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities Journalism BA (Joint Honours) is an You will be able to participate in a vast Year 1 modules exciting course which allows you to learn range of work experience opportunities, • Practical Journalism 1 about the fascinating world of journalism, ranging from local newspapers, through to • J ournalism and Society whilst diversifying your skillset to give local, regional and national broadcasters you a broader range of career options. and a wide variety of magazines. Journalism Year 2 modules • Practical Journalism 2 You will develop valuable practical students have previously benefited from placements with the Leicester Tigers, • Issues in Journalism journalism skills and have the opportunity • C ritical Perspectives on Journalism to contribute to Demon Media’s student Leicester City Football Club and the magazine, radio station, TV station and Leicester Mercury along with ITN, the Year 3 modules a news website throughout your studies. BBC and The Observer. You could also • Practical Journalism 3 get involved in a wide range of fantastic • J ournalism Dissertation The course is available to study alongside opportunities with #DMUglobal. Please Creative Writing, English, English see page 147 for more information. Language, Film Studies, History, International Relations, Politics and Media. Facilities You will have access to five computer Learning and teaching suites within the Leicester Centre for Journalism at DMU has a strong practical Journalism to enhance your practical focus and is taught by a range of respected and professional skills further. Please and award-winning professionals and see page 147 for more information academic experts, including former about other facilities. newspaper editors. Lecturers are active in newspaper, radio, magazine and digital Graduate careers journalism. Staff are active as journalists Journalism graduates go on to work with national titles, as writers and for some of the UK’s biggest media as researchers. companies, including major newspaper You will normally attend around 12–16 groups, PR companies and the wider hours of timetabled taught sessions communications industries. Increasingly each week, and can expect to our students are finding employment in undertake at least 24 further hours of the digital sector, where their ability to independent study to complete project communicate effectively on a variety of work and research. A wide variety of platforms gives them a substantial assessment methods are used, especially advantage. practicals, including: news and features, presentations, group work and portfolios. You will also learn from a range of experienced guest lecturers from Our students have benefited across the industry. from placements with ITN, the BBC and The Observer

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: Entry and admissions criteria: Please note: Some joint honours combinations Journalism and: • N ormally 104 UCAS points from at least two may have specific entry requirements. Creative Writing WP85 A-levels or Further information and details of other accepted English PQ53 • B TEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma qualifications are available on our online course page. English Language QP35 at DMM Film Studies PP35 You may also be interested in: History PV51 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including Broadcast Journalism BA (Hons), Media and International Relations LP25 English Language or Literature at grade C (4) Communication BA (Hons), Journalism BA (Hons), Media PPH5 or above. Communication Arts BA (Hons) Politics LPF5 Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points.

Duration: Three years full-time, or four years English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.0 Please note: Course information was correct at the full-time with a placement year (optional) in each band, or equivalent. time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/journalismjoint 153 Media and Communication BA (Hons) Single Honours/With Languages This dynamic and forward-looking course provides you with practical research skills and informed critical perspectives. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities Media and Communication BA (Hons) You will have the opportunity to Year 1 modules brings together experienced academic undertake a work experience placement • Core Concepts in Media and researchers in Media, Television and as part of your course. You could also Communication Cultural Studies, with experienced get involved with #DMUglobal trips, • Media Cultures and Everyday Life practitioners in the fields of public students from this course have visited • Media Industries: National and relations and new media. The teaching New York and Berlin to apply their Global Perspectives team’s essential skills and insights knowledge to real world scenarios and • Introduction to Photography make our students aware of the media develop their understanding of concepts and Video environment and the employment from the classroom. Please see page Year 2 modules opportunities it provides, as well as 147 for more information. • Researching Media and giving them the opportunity to explore Communication new dimensions of theory and research. Facilities Teaching takes place in lecture and • Plus a choice of optional modules Established for over twenty seminar rooms equipped with HD Year 3 modules years, this dynamic subject has projection screens. Students on creative a reputation for applied research • Media and Communication media modules have full access to a Dissertation and outstanding teaching. range of facilities within our multi-million • Plus a choice of optional modules You can study single honours Media pound Creative Technology Studios, and Communication in combination with including editing suites, TV studios, specialist language pathways; French radio studios, dark rooms, blue and or Mandarin Chinese. Please see the green screen studios and video website for more information. production laboratories. Please see page 147 for more information about Learning and teaching other facilities. The course is taught by established academics and creative industry Graduate careers practitioners. Full-time students taking Recent graduates have gone on to four 30 credit modules would normally work for leading companies such attend at least eight hours of timetabled as Mentorn Media (Question Time), taught sessions each week and can Independent Media News, AKQA and expect to undertake at least 32 hours Universal Pictures. Graduates have also of directed independent study and pursued careers in both the public and assignments as required. There are private sector and have gone on to work also regular visiting lecturers from both in advertising, SEO, sales, TV production, industry and academic research fields. journalism, independent media, film, Taught by established Assessment includes essays, analytical teaching and public relations agencies. academics and creative portfolios, scripts, news articles, online industry practitioners work, mini research tasks, presentations and practical projects.

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: Entry and admissions criteria: English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.0 Media and Communication P300 • Normally 104 UCAS points from at least two in each band, or equivalent. Media and Communication with French P3RX A-levels or Further information and details of other accepted Media and Communication with Mandarin • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma qualifications are available on our online course page. Chinese P37C at DMM You may also be interested in: Film Studies Duration: Three years full-time, or four years Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including BA (Hons), Broadcast Journalism BA (Hons), full-time with a placement year (optional) English Language or Literature at grade C (4) Journalism BA (Hons), Media and Communication or above. BA (Hons) (Joint Honours), Communication Arts Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points. BA (Hons)

Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/media 154 Creative Technologies and Media

Media and Communication BA (Hons) Joint Honours This course allows you to create a degree that reflects your interests and ambitions by combining media and another subject. UK EU WORLD

About this course Assessed work includes essays, Media and Communication BA (Hons) analytical portfolios, scripts, news articles, Year 1 modules (Joint Honours) brings together online work, mini research tasks, • Core Concepts in Media and world-leading researchers in Media, presentations and practical projects. Communication Television and Cultural Studies, with Student opportunities • Media Cultures and Everyday Life experienced practitioners in the fields You will have the opportunity to Year 2 modules of public relations and new media. undertake a work experience placement • You will pick from a range of module The teaching team’s essential skills as part of your course. You could also choices; please visit our website for and insights make our students not only get involved with #DMUglobal trips, more information aware of the media environment and the students from this course have visited employment opportunities it provides, but Year 3 modules New York, to study media in an also give them the opportunity to explore • You will pick from a range of module international context. Please see new dimensions of theory and research. choices; please visit our website for page 147 for more information. more information The course is available to study as a joint honours degree with Drama, Facilities English, English Language, Film Studies Teaching takes place in lecture and or Journalism. Studying a joint honours seminar rooms equipped with HD course will diversify your skillset and give projection screens. you a broader range of career options. Practical workshops are taught using Learning and teaching the latest technology in our media laboratories, equipped with the latest The course is taught by established Apple iMac computers with cinema academics and creative industry screens. Please see page 147 for more practitioners. information about other facilities. Your precise timetable will depend on the optional modules you choose to Graduate careers take, however, you will normally attend Our recent graduates have gone on to around 12–16 hours of timetabled work for Mentorn Media (Question Time), taught sessions (lectures and tutorials) Independent Media News, Hewlett- each week, and can expect to undertake Packard, AKQA and The World at least 24 further hours of independent Anti-Doping Agency. study to complete project work and Graduates have also pursued careers research. You will be taught through in both the public and private sector and a series of one or two-hour lectures, have gone on to work in advertising, SEO, seminars, screenings and two-hour tutor TV production, journalism, independent By combining the study of supported workshops. There are also media, film, teaching and public relations. media and another specialist regular visiting lecturers from both subject you will expand our industry and academic research fields. knowledge and gain a wider range of skills

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: Entry and admissions criteria: Please note: Some joint honours combinations Media and: • Normally 104 UCAS points from at least two may have specific entry requirements. Drama PWH4 A-levels or Further information and details of other accepted English PQ33 • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma qualifications are available on our online course page. English Language QP33 at DMM Film Studies P390 You may also be interested in: Film Studies Journalism PPH5 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including BA (Hons), Journalism BA (Hons), Media and English Language or Literature at grade C (4) Communication BA (Hons) (Single Honours), Duration: Three years full-time, or four years or above. Communication Arts BA (Hons) full-time with a placement year (optional) Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points.

English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.0 Please note: Course information was correct at the in each band, or equivalent. time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/mediajoints 155 Subject to validation

Media Foundation The foundation year will give you a sound understanding of the key areas of media production and theory. UK EU WORLD

About this course portfolio which can be used as part of This newly-developed course offers the entry criteria for continuing education Modules students an introduction to the production or in employment. Assessments will • Media Research and Development and critique of Media, Film and include regular pitches and presentations • Image Analysis and Production Journalism content. It is the first year in of your work for peer and tutor review. • Film Theory and Practice an integrated four-year programme of You will produce your own showreel of • Audio News and Audiences study, which includes an undergraduate professional standard work, ready for • Content Creation and degree upon successful completion of the progression onto an undergraduate Management Online foundation year. You will be encouraged degree or entry to the industry. • Creative Portfolio to develop your creative and technical Student opportunities skills across a number of disciplines relative Our dedicated Placements Teams can to the creative sector. These include help you by providing access to hundreds video and audio production, digital of opportunities, giving one-to-one CV photography, media research and the advice and interview preparation, and creation of news packages for conventional offering training sessions and support broadcast and online environments. from a dedicated tutor. You will also learn how to analyse media You will also have the chance to and news content in relation to how contribute to Demon Media’s Demon these products are conceived, how they Magazine, Demon FM, Demon TV and are formed, and their relevance to key The Demon website. Please see page audiences and consumers. This course 147 for more information. is designed to prepare you for progression on to a media or media-related Facilities undergraduate degree at DMU. Our multi-million pound Creative Learning and teaching Technology Studios feature a host of industry standard video, audio and radio Our creative culture encourages you to production suites and two fully equipped achieve your full potential. You will be recording studios. Please see page 147 taught through practical sessions, with for further information. access to subject specialists and pastoral tuition. Practical classes will provide you Graduate careers with hands-on experience of creating rich The natural progression from this course media content, which is supported with is on to one of our undergraduate degrees. underpinning theories of media production, DMU media graduates are working in audiences, and research techniques. a wide range of careers in companies The course will be studied in modules, such as Endemol, Ideal World TV, Lime and is based on continual assessment Pictures, The Guardian, The Telegraph, You will experience a BBC Films, BBC Sport, FilmFour and with no exams. The course culminates wide range of specialist Odeon Entertainment. with the creation of a professional media subjects

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: P301 We welcome applications from mature students Applicants who are not in possession of the with non-standard qualifications and recognise all minimum entry requirements but are able to Duration: One year other equivalent and international qualifications demonstrate aptitude, enthusiasm and motivation Entry and admissions criteria: will be considered on an individual basis and may English language: IELTS 5.5 overall with 5.5 be admitted subject to satisfactory interview and/ • Normally 48 UCAS tariff points from: in each band, or equivalent. or portfolio. Please contact us for further details. • A-levels Further information and details of other accepted • BTEC Extended Diploma at PPP or BTEC qualifications are available on our online course page. Diploma at MP or equivalent.

Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/mediafoundation 156 Creative Technologies and Media

Media Production BSc (Hons) This course gives you knowledge about the latest tools and techniques for making and distributing media products. UK EU WORLD

About this course expect to undertake at least 20–25 Media Production BSc (Hons) is an further hours of directed independent Year 1 modules industry-focused course which provides study and assignments as required. • Image Capture and Processing you with the technical foundations and Student opportunities • Audio Capture and Processing practical skills needed to gain a leading You will have the opportunity to • Social Media and Technology role in digital broadcast or social undertake a work experience placement • Multimedia 1 media production. as part of your course. Students have Year 2 modules A technical approach to media taken part in live filming on campus • Television Production production is increasingly important and for Channel 4 and work experience • Video and Imaging Techniques this course makes sure you enter the placements at several companies, • Plus a choice of optional modules workplace with the essential knowledge including the BBC, and worked on and practical skills in producing media creating television programmes for ITV. Year 3 modules content. Flexible access to our regularly • Technology project You will also have the chance to updated facilities gives you valuable • Plus a choice of optional modules contribute to Demon Media’s Demon experience of using state-of-the-art Magazine, Demon FM, Demon TV and equipment in a professional environment. The Demon website. Please see page Employability and career development 147 for more information. are embedded throughout this course, ensuring students are in a strong Facilities position to enter the media industry Our multi-million pound Creative with a wide range of transferable skills. Technology Studios include high- definition video production laboratories, Learning and teaching broadcast-standard radio production Teaching consists of a combination of studios and various other production lectures, tutorials, group work, practical suites. Our television studios include a laboratory sessions and self-directed full lighting set-up and gallery. Please study. The television production see page 147 for further information. modules are taught with external partners from the broadcast industry, Graduate careers covering topics including television Our graduates are working as camera systems and workflow, studio practice, operators, producers, photographers, and the television gallery, cameras, broadcast engineers, video editors and sound and lighting. producers, independent video company directors, television presenters and web In the final year, you will work on a designers. Companies include Endemol, practice-based project enabling you to Ideal World TV, Lime Pictures, The capitalise on your skills and experience. Guardian, The Telegraph and the BBC. You will normally attend 12–16 hours of An industry focused timetabled sessions each week, and can course providing you with practical skills

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: P310 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including You may also be interested in: English Language or Literature at grade C (4) Audio and Recording Technology BSc (Hons) Duration: Three years full-time, or four years or above. Media and Communication BA (Hons) full-time with a placement year (optional) Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points. Music Technology BSc (Hons) Entry and admissions criteria: Communication Arts BA (Hons) Broadcast Journalism BA (Hons) • Normally 104 UCAS points from at least two English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 A-levels or in each band, or equivalent. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma Further information and details of other accepted in Art and Design at DMM qualifications are available on our online course page.

Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/media-production 157 158 Creative Technologies and Media

Visual Effects (VFX) BSc (Hons) This industry-focused course provides you with the skills needed to begin a career in special effects for video and film. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities Visual Effects (VFX) BSc (Hons) will give The faculty has a dedicated Placements Year 1 modules you experience of creating and recording Team which provides support to • Image Capture and Processing your own content for use in post-production, students looking to integrate a • F oundation 3D and teach you how to design 3D assets placement within their university career. • C ompositing Basics for use in film and television projects. Students on this course can gain • C ritical Studies 1 You will gain technical and practical valuable, industry-relevant experience skills in a number of key production Year 2 modules by contributing to our award-winning • V ideo and Imaging Techniques areas to gain an understanding of Demon Media group, particularly Demon different work pipelines and roles. • 3 D Modelling and Animation TV. We also offer all students the • T racking Rigging and Compositing Graduates from this course are likely to aim opportunity to take part in a #DMUglobal • C ritical Studies 2 to work at internationally recognised studios experience, which can enrich your studies such as Framestore and Double Negative. and expand your cultural horizons. Year 3 modules Previous trips have included visits to • T echnology Project Learning and teaching the Korda Filmpark in Hungary to see • M atch Moving and Mocap Teaching consists of a combination the set of Hellboy 2, and The Martian. • P ost-production for Video and Film of lectures, tutorials, group projects, • A dvanced 3D Modelling and practical workshops and self-directed Facilities Animation study. Guest lectures from specialists Our multi-million pound Creative working within the creative sector are Technology Studios feature a host organised throughout the year, and it is of video, audio and radio production advisable that you attend as many of suites and two fully-equipped recording these sessions as possible. Critical studios featuring analogue and digital sessions are delivered by a cross-faculty recording systems and surround team of academic researchers in VFX, sound monitoring. The studios provide film, animation and the arts so you will facilities for the acquisition, editing and benefit from a cross-section of expertise distribution of computer-generated specific to the area which is being imagery, and files can be shared studied in each module. throughout the studios via a fast You will normally attend 13–17 hours of computer network, enabling a timetabled sessions each week, and are seamless mixed media workflow. expected to undertake at least 20–25 Graduate careers further hours per week of directed Graduates from this course could go on independent study and assignments to roles such as compositors and matte as required. painters, as well as wider media-based During the final year most students will roles such as colourists and finishers. Access industry standard begin to specialise, some examples of Students will also have the opportunity software such as 3ds Max, this are in motion capture, set design, to apply for one of our specialist Maya, Nuke, After Effects lighting and grading. postgraduate courses. and Da Vinci Resolve

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: W614 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C including English You may also be interested in: Language or Literature at grade C or above. Animation (VFX) BA (Hons) Duration: Three years full-time, or four years Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points. Game Art BA (Hons) full-time with a placement year (optional) Graphic Design BA (Hons) Entry and admissions criteria: English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with Graphic Design (Illustration) BA (Hons) Graphic Design (Interactive) BA (Hons) • Normally 104 UCAS points from at least two 5.5 in each band, or equivalent. A-levels or Further information and details of other • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma accepted qualifications are available on in Art and Design at DMM our online course page.

Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/vfx 159 ENGINEERING Our engineering courses focus on exploring innovative new developments in the field and we work with organisations at the forefront of research including space agencies and international manufacturing businesses. Benefit from our involvement with Formula Student, an Institute of Mechanical Engineers’ initiative that challenges universities from across the world to design, build and race a single-seat racing car in one year. DMU have successfully entered a petrol car for several years, and are in the process of developing an electric car entry. This gives you the chance to develop your skills and explore real-world engineering problems.

HOW TO APPLY See page 40 or visit dmu.ac.uk/international/apply Fees and scholarships: see page 36 or visit dmu.ac.uk/internationalfees

160 Electrical and Electronic Engineering BEng/MEng (Hons) 165 Energy Engineering BEng (Hons) 166 Engineering Year Zero 167 Mechanical Engineering BEng/Meng (Hons) 168 Mechatronics BEng/MEng (Hons) 169

dmu.ac.uk 161 RHIANNON WILLIAMS MECHANICAL ENGINEERING BEng (HONS)

"Thanks to DMU I am living my dream and working on real life engineering projects."

HOW TO APPLY See page 40 or visit dmu.ac.uk/international/apply Fees and scholarships: see page 36 or visit dmu.ac.uk/internationalfees

162 S T U D Y I N G ENGINEERING AT DMU

Our relationships with world-leading organisations such as Vaillant, Emerson Process Automation, Rohde and Schwarz, Caterpillar and Siemens ensure you have the specialist knowledge and skills required to forge a successful career.

Courses accredited by Engineering students have been all over world We can produce in-house Printed Circuit with #DMUglobal to take part in relevant trips Boards ranging from simple through-hole, and experiences, which have enhanced their single or double sided to complicated surface learning on their return to campus. Some mount boards. We also have an Engine Test Cell, examples include using engineering solutions which is a purpose-built facility, instrumented to to change the lives of children at a school in measure engine performance and emissions. India, getting a behind the scenes look at a huge subway project in New York, and touring Student opportunities: automotive factories in Berlin. All full-time degree students have the Students also have the opportunity to be opportunity to undertake a 12-month work involved in the Engineers without Borders placement. We have a dedicated Placement Society to explore issues of engineering Team to help you with your CV, interview skills and sustainable development. and placement applications. Students have Many of our courses are accredited by the undertaken placements at a range of Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)* organisations, from small businesses through and the Institution of Engineering and Technology to multinational companies across the world. (IET). IMechE has accredited the BEng (Hons) These include Airbus UK, BMW, Cummins programmes to IEng level. Generator Technologies Ltd and Siemens. These accreditations assure you of the quality of Placements can enhance your career the course content, which is continually reviewed prospects and give you the chance to use in light of the changing demands of industry. theory from the classroom in a real-world scenario before you have graduated, adding Facilities: value to your final year of studies. We place a strong emphasis on practical skills Graduate careers: and project-based learning. The facilities for engineering include dedicated laboratories Increasingly, employers are looking for ranging from the study of thermo-fluids, solids graduates with a range of transferable skills, and dynamics, through an optics laboratory combined with the ability to work competently and an energy laboratory to power electronics in electronics, mechanics and solve practical and communications systems. Mechanical problems. There are a broad range of careers construction work may be undertaken in our and industries you could enter including workshops with its machine tools, including aerospace, defence and energy; as well as CNC. The Rohde and Schwarz Embedded the manufacturing of industrial and domestic Systems laboratory is a comprehensive facility products, pharmaceuticals, furniture and for testing and modifying electronic circuits. foods. You will also have the ability to work in areas of design, research, development, marketing, sales, production management and quality.

*subject to a standard re-accreditation Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and process due to take place in early 2018. is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information. dmu.ac.uk 163 164 Subject to validation Engineering Electrical and Electronic Engineering BEng/MEng (Hons) This course puts you at the forefront of advanced systems, with a focus on specialist areas of electrical and electronic engineering. UK EU WORLD

About this course timetabled taught sessions (lectures Electrical and Electronic Engineering and tutorials) each week, and can Year 1 modules BEng/MEng (Hons) is a specialist expect to undertake at least 24 further • Engineering Mathematics programme of study, which has been hours of independent study to complete • Principles of Design and Manufacture created in direct response to a need in project work and research. You could • Fundamentals of Electronic Engineering industry for qualified engineers who also benefit from guest speakers • Electronic Circuits, Systems have particular skills in the fields this from industry who will give talks and and Communications course focuses on, and designed in laboratory sessions to help further your • Electronics CAD and Programming close consultation with industry. understanding of the subject area. Fundamentals This course is accredited by the Student opportunities Year 2 modules Institution of Engineering and You will have the opportunity to • Advanced Engineering Mathematics Technology (IET), please see page 163 undertake a year-long industrial • Control and Instrumentation for more information. The course allows placement. You could also benefit from • Electromagnetism you to choose an area to specialise in joining the Electronics Club. Engineering • Applied Electronics when you are in the final year. This students have been on trips with • Project Management course can be studied as a three-year #DMUglobal to Berlin and New York to • Embedded Systems and Drives BEng (Hons) programme, or as explore their subject areas in context. four-year integrated master’s MEng Year 3 modules (Hons). This additional year of study Facilities • Individual Project allows you to further develop expert You will have access to a wide range of • Advanced Digital Design skills in your area of interest. specialist facilities, please see page 163 • You will also study a range of This course provides a solid foundation for more information. modules within your chosen stream. in the science of electrical and Graduate careers Year 4 modules electronic engineering in the first two Electronic engineering links into many • Group Project years. After an optional placement year, industries, such as power distribution and • Business Management, Society, you can choose specialist optional generation, power electronics, electronic Accounting and Ethics modules aligned to your career interests. product design, signal processing, Learning and teaching electrical power transmission and Our courses are taught by experienced distribution and more. staff who will help you gain a sound foundation in electrical and electronic engineering principles along with personal skills that will enable you to embark on a rewarding career. You will normally attend around 12–16 hours of Accredited by the Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma in Further information and details of other accepted BEng H600 Engineering or Physics at DMM (DDM for MEng) qualifications are available on our online course page. MEng H601 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including You may also be interested in: Mechanical English Language or Literature and Maths at Duration: Engineering BEng/ MEng (Hons), Mechatronics grade C (4) or above. BEng: Three years full-time, or four years full-time BEng/ MEng (Hons), Engineering Year Zero with a placement year (optional) Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points MEng: Four years full-time (30+ points for MEng) with higher level points in Mathematics or Physics. Entry and admissions criteria: • Normally 112 UCAS points (120 for MEng) English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 from at least two A-levels with Mathematics in each band, or equivalent. or Physics at grade C or above or Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information. For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/electrical 165 Subject to Validation

Energy Engineering BEng (Hons) This newly-developed contemporary course will give you specialist knowledge of the efficient use of conventional and renewable energies for power UK EU WORLD generation and modern energy storage solutions.

About this course with easy access to lecture notes, Year 1 modules This course is strongly underpinned by recorded lectures and additional online • E ngineering Mathematics traditional engineering principles, but learning materials. You will normally • Electrical and Electronic Principles will give you specialist knowledge of attend approximately 12–16 hours of • Mechanical Principles the production and utilisation of energy; timetabled taught sessions each week, • Principles of Design and which has been a key global issue for and are expected to undertake around Manufacture many decades. Recently the outlook 20 further hours of directed independent • CAE and programming study and assignments as required. towards energy usage has changed, Year 2 modules governments and industries have Assessment usually consists of exams • T heory of Machines and realised that energy production and and coursework, but may vary between Thermodynamics utilisation have to be balanced by being modules. Coursework assessment may • Strength of Materials more environmentally conscious and include practical laboratory work, • Product Design and Development energy efficient. This course will reports, essays or verbal presentations. • Low Carbon Energy Technology address theoretical and practical Student opportunities • Energy Policies and Project aspects of energy production, storage Management and utilisation, preparing you for a As an engineering student you will have career in a variety of specialist areas the opportunity to join our Electronics Year 3 modules of energy engineering. The course Club and DMU Racing, both of which • In dividual Project addresses the global energy issue allow you to use the skills taught • Plant Analysis and Sustainability and the shortage of proficient skills on your course to work on real • T ransport Fuels and Energy in the energy sector using an engineering projects. Conversion and Storage Systems engineering approach. • Advanced Power Systems and Facilities Green Technology Learning and teaching You will have access to excellent • E nergy Economics You will be taught by a team of expert engineering facilities to support your staff with an excellent track record in studies including the newly developed teaching and in energy related research. energy laboratory and you will also be You will be supported to gain a sound exposed to a number of industry-standard understanding of the principles of software packages. Please see page energy engineering, along with the 163 for more information about facilities. development of design, problem solving Graduate careers and personal skills that will enable you Graduate careers exist in the conventional to study successfully and embark on and renewable energy sectors and a rewarding career. automotive and other industries, You will attend lectures, tutorials, government and environment agencies. Enhance your skills in case studies and laboratory classes. Universal Design for Learning (UDL) will our newly developed be implemented to support your learning energy laboratory

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: H100 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including You may also be interested in: English Language or Literature and Maths at Electrical and Electronic Engineering BEng/ Duration: Three years full-time, or four years grade C (4) or above. MEng (Hons), Energy Engineering Beng (Hons), full-time with a placement year (optional) Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points with Mechanical Engineering BEng/ MEng (Hons), Entry and admissions criteria: higher level points in Mathematics or Physics. Mechatronics BEng/MEng (Hons) • Normally 112 UCAS points from at least two We welcome applications from mature students A-levels or equivalent, including one of the with non-standard qualifications and recognise all following subjects: Mathematics or Physics other equivalent and international qualifications at grade C or • Engineering or Physics BTEC National Diploma/ English language: IELTS 6.0 with 5.5 in each component or equivalent Extended Diploma at DMM or Please note: Course information was correct at the Further information and details of other accepted time of going to print and is subject to review, so may qualifications are available on our online course page. vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/energy 166 Engineering

Engineering Year Zero This course gives you the core skills in science, mathematics, design and IT, required to study engineering at undergraduate level. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities Engineering Year Zero is the first year As an engineering student you will have Modules of an integrated four-year programme of the opportunity to join our Electronics • Quantitative Methods study, which includes an undergraduate Club and DMU Racing, both of which allow • Engineering Applications degree. It is ideal if you want to become you to use the skills taught on your course • ICT and Business Practice a professional engineer, but do not have to work on real engineering projects. • Design and Technology the relevant subject grades to study engineering at degree level. Facilities You will have access to excellent On successful completion of the engineering facilities to support your Engineering Year Zero course, you will study. Please see page 163 for more progress to one of our undergraduate information about facilities. courses. The emphasis of this course is to give you a solid understanding of the Career opportunities area and an ability to use mathematical After successful completion of Engineering and scientific skills that are needed in Year Zero you will progress to the first the first year of your engineering year of our undergraduate degrees; degree programme. Electrical and Electronic Engineering – Learning and teaching provides a solid foundation in the science A variety of teaching techniques are of electrical and electronic engineering used, including lectures, tutorials and and offers you specialist pathways. laboratory classes. The course is taught Energy Engineering – this course by expert staff with many years’ specialises in the utilisation and efficient experience in teaching students who use of conventional and renewable may find maths and physics difficult. energies for power generation and Help and support is always available modern energy storage solutions, and there will be plenty of opportunities with elements of energy economics. to ask questions and learn new Mechanical Engineering – this course concepts. Continuous assessment has a unique balance of key theoretical forms a major part of the course. knowledge and practical skills for work You will normally attend around 12–16 in industry. hours of timetabled taught sessions each Mechatronics – gives you professional week and can expect to undertake around knowledge of mechanical and electronic 20 further hours of directed independent principles, embedded systems, dynamics study and assignments as required. This and control and systems integration. time can be used to complete assignments After completion of this and to review the material you have course you could progress been taught in classes. to the first year of one of our engineering courses

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: H108 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including You may also be interested in: Electrical English Language or Literature and Maths at and Electronic Engineering BEng/MEng (Hons), Duration: Four years integrated undergraduate grade C (4) or above. Energy Engineering BEng (Hons), Mechanical degree Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points. Engineering BEng/ MEng (Hons), Mechatronics Entry and admissions criteria: BEng/MEng (Hons) • Normally 56 UCAS points from at least one English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 A-level or in each band, or equivalent. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma Further information and details of other accepted at PPP qualifications are available on our online course page.

Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/foundationengineering 167 Mechanical Engineering BEng/MEng (Hons) This course has a unique balance of key analytical subjects and professional skills, which are necessary to succeed in industry. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities Mechanical engineering is vital to all Engineering students have the option to Year 1 modules aspects of our everyday lives, incorporating take part in a year-long placement which • Engineering Mathematics the design, development, installation, gives you the opportunity to use your • Electrical and Electronic Principles operation and maintenance of just about skills in a real-world environment. • Mechanical Principles anything that has movable parts. This Please see page 163 for more information. • Principles of Design and course can be studied as a three-year Students can also join DMU Racing to Manufacture BEng (Hons) programme, or as four-year design a race car to take part in Formula • CAE and programming integrated master’s MEng (Hons). Student. It is one of Europe’s most Year 2 modules Mechanical Engineering BEng (Hons) has established educational engineering • Theory of Machines and dual accreditation from the Institution of competitions organised by the Institution Thermodynamics Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)* and the of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE). • Strength of Materials Institution of Engineering and Technology Students design, manufacture and test • Product Design and Development (IET). The BEng (Hons) programme is their car for an annual competition held • Advanced Engineering Mathematics CEng accredited by the IET and fulfill at Silverstone race circuit, and the DMU • Project Management the educational requirements for team have improved their performance Chartered Engineer when presented every year. Year 3 modules with an accredited MSc. • Individual project Facilities • Solid Mechanics Learning and teaching The main mechanical laboratory is a • Plant Analysis and Sustainability This course has a unique balance of large open-plan space designed to • Dynamics and Control key analytical subjects and professional accommodate the study of thermos- skills, ensuring that you graduate with fluids, solid mechanics and dynamics. Meng year modules the confidence to face challenging This is complemented by various • Group Project engineering situations in industry. specialist laboratories and an engine • Engineering Business Environment The management skills necessary to test cell. Please see page 163 for and Energy Studies operate successfully in modern industry more information about facilities. • Green Business are promoted and developed at all • Advanced Solid Mechanics stages of the course. Awareness of Graduate careers • Advanced Thermodynamics and environmental sustainability is also The range of specialist modules studied Heat Transfer prompted in this programme. on this course is reflected by the diversity You will normally attend around 12–16 of careers achievable. You could go into hours of timetabled taught sessions industries including aerospace, defence each week, and can expect to undertake and energy as well as the manufacturing around 20 further hours of directed of industrial and domestic products. independent study. You will have the ability to work in areas of design, research and development, Accredited by the Institution marketing, sales, production of Mechanical Engineers* management and quality control. and the Institution of

*Subject to review and approval Engineering and Technology

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: Engineering or Physics at DMM (DDM for MEng) or Energy Engineering BEng (Hons), BEng H301 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including Mechatronics BEng/MEng (Hons), MEng H747 English Language or Literature and Maths at Electrical and Electronic Engineering BEng/ grade C (4) or above. MEng (Hons), Engineering Year Zero Duration: BEng: Three years full-time, or four years full-time Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points with a placement year (optional) (30+ points for MEng) with higher level points MEng: Four years full-time in Mathematics or Physics.

Entry and admissions criteria: English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 • Normally 112 UCAS points (120 for MEng) from in each band, or equivalent. at least two A-levels with a Mathematics or Further information and details of other accepted Please note: Course information was correct at the Physics subject at grade C or above or qualifications are available on our online course page. time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma in You may also be interested in:

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/mechanical 168 Engineering

Mechatronics BEng/MEng (Hons) This course provides a balance between mechanical and electronic engineering allowing you to become a multidisciplinary engineer. UK EU WORLD

About this course around 12–16 hours of timetabled taught Mechatronics gives you the opportunity sessions each week, and can expect to Year 1 modules to become a professional engineer with undertake around 20 further hours of • Engineering Mathematics good theoretical and practical knowledge directed independent study and • Mechanical Principles of mechanical and electronic principles, assignments as required. • Electrical and Electronic Principles embedded systems, dynamics and control Student opportunities • Principles of Design and Manufacture and systems integration. These will be Engineering students have the opportunity • CAE and Programming complemented by management skills to take part in a year-long placement necessary to work as a multidisciplinary Year 2 modules which gives you the opportunity to use engineer in modern industry. This course • Applied Electronics your skills in a real-world environment. can be studied as a three-year BEng • Embedded Systems and Drives Please see page 163 for more information. (Hons) programme, or as four-year • Theory of Machines and Thermodynamics integrated master’s MEng (Hons). Students can also join DMU Racing to design a race car to take part in Formula • Electromagnetics The Mechatronics BEng (Hons) has dual Student. The Electronics Club is another • Project Management accreditation from the Institution of opportunity for you to develop your skills • Advanced Engineering Mathematics Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)* and the and knowledge. Institution of Engineering and Technology Year 3 modules (IET) and fulfills the educational Facilities • Individual Project requirements for Chartered Engineer You will learn in a range of specialist • Power Electronics when presented with an accredited MSc. laboratories and we will be utilising an • Systems Integration • Dynamics and Control Learning and teaching industry-leading collaborative robot (Cobot) to teach advanced mechatronics Taught by knowledgeable, experienced Meng year modules concepts. Please see page 163 for staff, this course has a unique balance of • Group Project more information. key analytical subjects and professional • Engineering Business Environment skills, ensuring that you graduate with the Graduate careers and Energy Studies • Green Business confidence to face challenging engineering Multidisciplinary engineers are valued situations in industry. The technical and within industry and can expect significantly management skills necessary to operate enhanced job prospects worldwide. successfully in modern industry are Graduates from Mechatronics enjoy good promoted and developed at all stages career options with versatile opportunities of the course. A variety of teaching and are increasingly needed in a variety techniques are used throughout the of industries including aerospace, course with an emphasis on lectures, defence and energy as well as in large supporting tutorials and laboratory manufacturing industries and domestic/ classes. You will normally attend consumer product industries. Accredited by the Institution of Mechanical Engineers* and the Institution of Engineering

*Subject to review and approval and Technology

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma in You may also be interested in: Electrical and BEng HH36 Engineering or Physics at DMM (DDM for MEng) or Electronic Engineering BEng/MEng (Hons), MEng H675 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including Energy Engineering BEng (Hons), English Language or Literature and Maths at Mechanical Engineering BEng/MEng (Hons), Duration: grade C (4) or above. Engineering Year Zero BEng: Three years full-time, or four years full-time with a placement year (optional) Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points MEng: Four years full-time (30+ points for MEng) with higher level points in Mathematics or Physics. Entry and admissions criteria: • Normally 112 UCAS points (120 for MEng) from English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 in each band, or equivalent. at least two A-levels with a Mathematics or Please note: Course information was correct at the Physics subject at grade C or above or Further information and details of other accepted time of going to print and is subject to review, so may qualifications are available on our online course page. vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/mechatronics 169 KIERAN PATHAK-MOULD TEXTILE DESIGN BA (HONS), GRADUATE

FASHION A N D TEXTILES Become one of our award-winning students by entering national and international competitions, such as the BDC New Designer of the Year Award, ASBCI Award, Drapers Footwear Award and New York SURTEX Exhibition Design Competition.

HOW TO APPLY See page 40 or visit dmu.ac.uk/international/apply Fees and scholarships: see page 36 or visit dmu.ac.uk/internationalfees

170 Contour Fashion BA (Hons) 174 Contour Fashion (Communication) BA (Hons) 175 Fashion Buying with Design BA (Hons) /Fashion Buying with Garment Technology BA (Hons) 176 Fashion Buying with Marketing BA (Hons) /Fashion Buying with Merchandising BA (Hons) 177 Fashion Communication and Styling BA (Hons) 178 Fashion Design BA (Hons) 179 Fashion Textile Design BA (Hons) 180 Footwear Design BA (Hons) 182 Textile Design BA (Hons) 183

dmu.ac.uk 171 CHARLOTTE COX FASHION DESIGN BA (HONS) , GRADUATE

URBAN SURVIVAL: FINAL COLLECTION Inspired by street style, youth culture and emerging trends, Charlotte’s final collection in based on her own twist on urban identity.

HOW TO APPLY See page 40 or visit dmu.ac.uk/international/apply Fees and scholarships: see page 36 or visit dmu.ac.uk/internationalfees

172 Award-winning students Our award-winning students have secured prizes at the S T U D Y I N G following industry awards and competitions: New Designer of the Year Triumph Inspiration Award (TIA) FASHION British Fashion Council Illustration Award The Clothes Show Live Designer of the Year Award, British Textile A N D T E X T I L E S Design Award and Made in Britain Award Fashion Awareness Direct Competition AT DMU ASBCI New Look National Design Competition British Fashion Council ‘Warehouse’ Design Competition We are acknowledged world leaders in intimate apparel and corsetry MODA Footwear ‘History in the design, with a history of over 70 years, and industry backing which Making’ Award gives you the ability to work with and learn from some of the best The Worshipful Company of Cordwainers Catwalk Award designers in the industry. The Worshipful Company of Pattenmakers Award The creativity and quality of our fashion and Facilities: The Worshipful Company of textiles courses is recognised by fashion Framework Knitters Bursary Award You will benefit from using our extensive icons Lady Gaga and Beyoncé, who have range of specialist facilities including The Worshipful Company of Glovers all worn clothes designed by DMU graduates. Design Competition professionally equipped studio space with Gola Footwear Design Competition Our graduates now work for companies and extensive pattern tables, print rooms, CAD designers including Burberry, Kurt Geiger, suites, textiles testing labs, shoemaking, John Foster of England Award Bradford Society of Textiles French Connection, Abercrombie & Fitch, weaving, sewing and knitting workshops. Speedo, Tommy Hilfiger, H&M, Agent M&S Design for Innovation Awards Provocateur, Coco de Mer, Triumph International, Vijay Patel Building: Lingerie MODA Competition Jack Wills, Next, New Look, Gossard, Berlei, The award-winning Vijay Patel Building brings Lingerie Designer of the Year Nike, Per Una, Giles, Daniella Scutt, Topshop, our fashion and design courses together Courtaulds Game Change Felder Felder, The Pentland Group, into a beautiful, striking building. It has been Competition Mothercare, Marks and Spencer, ASOS, designed to provide the space and facilities ASBCI Fancy dress competition Selfridges, COS, River Island, Gap, Aubade, where ideas can develop and flourish. Leathersellers Award Courtaulds, Seafolly and George at Asda. Aubade Lingerie The building defines DMU’s commitment to creative education, where we hope to give you H&M Design Competition Student opportunities: the best experience possible and provide you Berlei Design Competitions Increase your employability by undertaking with all the tools you could need to realise and Projects work placements with our close industry your true potential for any career in fashion. Warehouse Design Competition contacts, which have recently included GAP, Golden Shears Tailoring Award Abercrombie & Fitch, and Marks and Spencer. Gap Global Internship Programme Opportunities to showcase your work at major Warehouse Design Award events such as the DMU Art and Design Degree Show, MODA, New Designers, Next Fashion Buying Competition Graduate Fashion Week, Indigo Paris, Fashion Lab Fashion The Discerning Eye, and Interfiliere Paris. Buying Competition Sophie Halette Design Challenge

Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information. dmu.ac.uk 173 Contour Fashion BA (Hons) Established in 1947 by the British corset industry, Contour Fashion at DMU is the original and the premier intimate apparel course in the world. UK EU WORLD

About this course suitable for catwalk selection whilst the Contour Fashion BA (Hons) at DMU is the technical route supports commercially- Year 1 modules only degree course dedicated to global focused or inquiry-based experimenting • C omplete Contour Fashion Studies intimate apparel design which combines and extending the application of • Integrated Contour Studies heritage, innovation and technical technology and process. Students on excellence and successfully nurtures both routes complete their work with a Year 2 modules innovative graduates to realise their full presentation to an industry panel and • Progressive Contour Studies potential in the wider fashion industry. the completion of a portfolio. • C ontour Design and Technology • A pplied Contour Design You will gain an introduction to the Student opportunities Year 3 modules academic, professional, industrial We encourage students to undertake • A dvanced Contour Studies and commercial challenges of design as much relevant work experience as • Major Project practice, with opportunities to specialise possible throughout their studies. At the in lingerie, bodywear, swimwear, end of the second year, an optional loungewear, nightwear, corsetry, placement year has been introduced menswear and sportswear. supported by the Placement Team. You will have the opportunity to work This offers you the opportunity to acquire with companies on live projects, work experience working within industry, and placements and competitions with will enhance your future career. There international brands and designers, are opportunities to take part in overseas and develop skills in design, pattern trips with #DMUglobal and exhibit your cutting, grading and fit methodologies. work at major fashion shows. Learning and teaching Facilities Teaching includes formal lectures, group You will work in studios with full-size seminars, tutorials, presentations, pattern cutting tables, Lectra Modaris practical workshops and studio-based pattern generation system, Macpi activities. In your first year you will Moulding machine, Hashima Heat Press, normally attend around 14 hours of a visualiser, the latest computerised timetabled taught sessions and will lockstitch sewing machines and undertake at least 25 further hours specialist intimate apparel mannequins. of independent study each week. Graduate careers Assessment is usually at the end of The course produces highly employable each term with verbal evaluations at graduates, acclaimed for their technical appropriate times throughout the year skills and design excellence. DMU and occasional formal presentations graduates work for national and This course allows you to to external clients. The final year is a international brands such as Calvin Klein, specialise in lingerie, self-negotiated selection of an aesthetic Heidi Klein, H&M, Clover, Bravissimo, bodywear, corsetry, or a technical route. Through the Stretchline and Harvey Nichols. loungewear, nightwear, aesthetic route you will create six outfits sportswear and swimwear

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: W235 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including Other requirements: Interview, yes, if UK based English Language or Literature at grade C (4) or Duration: Three years full-time, or four years above. We also accept the BTEC First Diploma You may also be interested in: Fashion full-time with a placement year (optional) plus two GCSEs including English at grade C (4) Buying (with Design/with Marketing/with or above. Garment Technology/with Merchandising) Entry and admissions criteria: BA (Hons), Fashion Design BA (Hons), A good portfolio and normally: Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points, Fashion Textile Design BA (Hons) including Art and Design. • Art and Design Foundation or • 112 UCAS points from at least two full A-levels English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 or equivalent, including a grade C or above in in each band, or equivalent. an Art and Design related subject or • BTEC Extended Diploma DMM in an Art Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may and Design related subject vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/contour 174 Fashion and Textiles

Contour Fashion (Communication) BA (Hons) Contour Fashion (Communication) is a diverse and multi-disciplined course offering career opportunities in varied roles within the intimate apparel industry. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities Contour Fashion (Communication) We encourage students to undertake Year 1 modules BA (Hons) is a unique, diverse and as much relevant work experience as • Visual Communication multi-disciplined degree programme possible throughout their studies. • D esign Cultures offering career opportunities in At the end of the second year, an optional • T rend and Product Development marketing, promotion, trend, product placement year has been introduced • Introduction to Fashion Business development and entrepreneurship, supported by the Placement Team. • C ontour Fashion Promotion within this specialised global industry. This offers you the opportunity to acquire Year 2 modules It has been designed to meet the experience working within industry, and will enhance your future career. There • V isual Communication 2 changing requirements of the intimate • D esign Cultures apparel industry. The course is centred are opportunities to take part in overseas trips with #DMUglobal and exhibit your • P rogressive Trend and Product on the need to develop graduates with Development 2 work at major fashion shows. a wider skillset, encompassing digital • F ashion Marketing 1 marketing strategies. Facilities • C ontour Fashion Entrepreneurship You will study aspects of concept You will have access to CAD labs, Year 3 modules inspiration, idea development, image, industry standard software, and the • Professional Practise trend, styling, enterprise and business, Kimberlin Library at DMU. • A dvanced Fashion Marketing industry and communication skills, • F inal Research Project social media applications and marketing. Graduate careers The School of Design produces You will have the opportunity to highly employable graduates, who are work with industry through projects, acclaimed for their technical skills competitions and work placements. and design excellence. They work for Learning and teaching national and international brands such The course is delivered by staff who as Calvin Klein New York, Heidi Klein, have considerable experience of LF Intimates, Ace Style, Tommy Hilfiger working within the global intimate Amsterdam, PD China, Edge O’ Beyond, apparel industry. Emreco and Quantum. Teaching includes formal lectures, group seminars, tutorials, presentations, practical workshops and studio-based activities. In your first year you will normally attend around 14 hours of timetabled taught sessions and will undertake at least 25 further hours Work with international of independent study each week. companies on live projects and work placements, through projects and competitions

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: W23C Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including Other requirements: Interview, yes, if UK based English Language or Literature at grade C (4) Duration: Three years full-time, or four years or above. You may also be interested in: Contour full-time with a placement year (optional) Fashion BA (Hons), Fashion Design BA (Hons) We also accept the BTEC First Diploma plus two Fashion Buying (with Design/with Marketing/ Entry and admissions criteria: GCSEs including English at grade C (4) or above. with Garment Technology/with Merchandising) A good portfolio and normally: Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points, BA (Hons) • Art and Design Foundation or including Art and Design.

• 112 UCAS points from at least two A-levels or English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with equivalent, including grade C or above in an 5.5 in each band, or equivalent. Art and Design related subject or • BTEC Extended Diploma DMM in an Art Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may and Design related subject vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/cfc 175 Fashion Buying with Design BA (Hons) Fashion Buying with Garment Technology BA (Hons) These courses have been created to meet the needs of the highly-dynamic, fast-moving and exciting design and garment technology sector. UK EU WORLD

About this course Wakeley, Arcadia, ASOS, George, Jenny Covering womenswear, childrenswear Packham, Victoria Beckham, Matalan, Year 1 modules and menswear you will develop excellent Marks & Spencer, Next, O’Neill, Tesco, Both pathways knowledge of materials, trends and Timberland and the British Fashion • Core Buying 1 commercial garment production, gain Council. Live projects with industry are • Textile Materials 1 skills in producing professional presentations a key element of the course across • Fashion-Communication (CAD) through CAD, and will be introduced to years two and three. Previous examples • Introduction to Fashion Design the roles and responsibilities in a typical are an industrial project on social Technology buying office. You will follow the design responsibility with George, range • Design Cultures route in year one, and then go on to reviews with Tesco F&F, a Marks & Year 2 modules specialise in Design or Garment Spencer menswear competition and Both pathways Technology in years two and three. a trend forecasting project with Next. • Core Buying 2 Learning and teaching Facilities • Textile Materials 2 Fashion Buying with Design BA (Hons) We have excellent facilities including • Design Cultures covers design studio practice, formal pattern cutting studios with a wide • Fashion Realisation lectures, group seminars, tutorials, lab range of industrial sewing machines, • L anguage Option work and practical workshops. Fashion wet and dry textile testing labs, knitting Design pathway Buying with Garment Technology machines, weaving looms, dyeing • Style and Colour BA (Hons) covers practical hands-on facilities, designated CAD labs and Garment Technology pathway assignments alongside written reports visual merchandising software. • Textile and Garment Technology and some practical and technical Graduate careers Year 3 modules content. In the final year there is the Most of our graduates progress to Both pathways option of a major project or a careers in fashion retail head offices as • Sourcing and Supply dissertation. There are around 10–15 trainee buyers, commercial designers, • L anguage Option hours of timetabled taught sessions and garment technologists, or merchandisers Design pathway at least 23 further hours of independent at companies such as ASOS, River • Collaboration with Industry study each week in your first year. Island, Arcadia Group, George, Matalan, • Major Project Teaching is split between studios, Marks & Spencer, Mothercare, Next, Garment Technology pathway textiles labs and CAD labs, lectures Ralph Lauren and Sainsbury’s Tu. • Advanced Textile and and workshops. Garment Technology Student opportunities • Dissertation/Project At the end of year two, there is an optional placement year where students can work in industry and practise what Graduates have gone on to they have learnt, as well as gaining a work for ASOS, George, more in-depth and hands-on experience. Matalan, Marks & Spencer, Previous placements include Amanda Mothercare, Next and Ralph Lauren

KEY FACTS

UCAS course codes: • BTEC Extended Diploma DMM (in an Art English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 in Fashion Buying with Design W224 and Design related subject) each band, or equivalent. Fashion Buying with Garment technology W23B Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including Other requirements: Interview, yes, if UK based English Language or Literature at grade C (4) Duration: Three years full-time, or four years or above. You may also be interested in: full-time with a placement year (optional) We also accept the BTEC First Diploma plus two Fashion Design BA (Hons), Fashion Buying Entry and admissions criteria: GCSEs including English at grade C (4) or above. (with Marketing/with Merchandising) BA (Hons) A good portfolio and normally: Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points • Art and Design Foundation or including Art and Design. • 112 UCAS points from at least two full A-levels or equivalent, including a grade C or above in Please note: Course information was correct at the an Art and Design related or time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/fashionbuyingdesign or: dmu.ac.uk/fbgt 176 Fashion and Textiles Fashion Buying with Marketing BA (Hons) Fashion Buying with Merchandising BA (Hons) These courses have been created to meet the needs of the highly-dynamic, fast-moving and exciting fashion buying and merchandising sector. UK EU WORLD

About this course Wakeley, Arcadia, ASOS, BHS, Victoria Covering womenswear, childrenswear Beckham, George, Jenny Packham, Year 1 modules and menswear you will develop excellent Matalan, Marks & Spencer, Next, O’Neill, Both pathways knowledge of materials, trends and Tesco, Timberland and the British • C ore Buying 1 commercial garment production, Fashion Council. Live projects with • T extile Materials 1 gain skills in producing professional industry are a key element of the course • F ashion-Communication (CAD) presentations though CAD, and will across years two and three. Previous • Introduction to Fashion Business be introduced to the roles and examples are an industrial project on • D esign Cultures responsibilities in a typical buying office. social responsibility with George, range You will follow the business route in year reviews with Tesco F&F, a Marks & Year 2 modules one, and then go on to specialise in Spencer menswear competition and Both pathways Marketing or Merchandising in years a trend forecasting project with Next. • C ore Buying 2 two and three. • T extile Materials 2 Facilities • D esign Cultures Learning and teaching We have excellent facilities, including • F ashion Business Fashion Buying with Marketing pattern cutting studios with a wide • L anguage Option BA (Hons) and Fashion Buying range of industrial sewing machines, Marketing pathway BA (Hons) with Merchandising are wet and dry textile testing labs, knitting • F ashion Marketing more theory-led. Teaching is based machines, weaving looms, dyeing Merchandising pathway on formal lectures, seminars, individual facilities, designated CAD labs and • F ashion Merchandising and group tutorials, lab work and group visual merchandising software. Year 3 modules work. Assignments tend to be written Graduate careers Both pathways reports with some practical and Most of our graduates progress on to • S ourcing and Supply technical content. In the final year, careers in fashion retail head offices as the major project is a dissertation. There • Dissertation/Project trainee buyers, commercial designers, are around 10–15 hours of timetabled • L anguage Option trainee garment technologists, marketing taught sessions and at least 23 further Marketing pathway assistants, or trainee merchandisers at hours of independent study each week • A dvanced Fashion Marketing companies such as ASOS, River Island, in your first year. Teaching is split Merchandising pathway Arcadia Group, George, Matalan, Marks between studios, textiles labs and • Ad vanced Fashion Merchandising & Spencer, Mothercare, Next, Ralph CAD labs, lectures and workshops. Lauren, Sainsbury’s Tu, Joules, Student opportunities Cath Kidston and Primark. At the end of year two, there is an optional placement year where students can work in industry and practise what Develop excellent knowledge they have learnt, as well as gaining a of materials, trends and more in-depth and hands-on experience. commercial garment Previous placements include Amanda production

KEY FACTS

UCAS course codes: Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 Fashion Buying with Marketing WN25 English Language or Literature at grade C (4) in each band, or equivalent. Fashion Buying with Merchandising W23A or above and Maths at grade C (4) or above for Merchandising pathway. We also accept the BTEC You may also be interested in: Duration: Three years full-time, or four years First Diploma plus two GCSEs including English at Fashion Design BA (Hons), Fashion Buying full-time with a placement year (optional) grade C (4) or above. (with Garment Technology) BA (Hons)

Entry and admissions criteria: Merchandising pathway: • Art and Design Foundation or GCSE English (Language or Literature) and • 112 UCAS points from at least two full A-levels Maths at grade C (4) or above. or equivalent or Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points • BTEC Extended Diploma DMM Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/fashionbuyingmarketing / dmu.ac.uk/fbmerch 177 Fashion Communication and Styling BA (Hons) Become a fashion stylist and communicator within the fast paced and dynamic world of fashion. UK EU WORLD

About this course Studio sessions will provide you with The course is a highly creative and feedback to support and guide your Year 1 modules practical programme that acknowledges development before carrying out future • F ashion Styling how fashion is as much about image, work. Assessment of work will take place • Communication Creation visual stories and styled environments, at the end of the module and is accompanied • Photography as it is about the garments and accessories. by written and verbal feedback. • Visuals and Illustration The course will expose you to the creative Student opportunities • Design Cultures 1 and vibrant diversity of opportunities within You will work as an individual, and the fashion industry, while developing Year 2 modules collaboratively with others. You will also communications awareness through • C oncept to Consumer become a consultant to external partners. analysis, investigation, practice and styled • Fashion Event Styling These collaborations and consultations communication production. As part of • Image and Moving Image can be with a range of audiences the fast paced and dynamic world • Design Cultures 2 including; peers, event organisations, of fashion, the fashion stylist and • Professional and Promotional fashion media and fashion brands. communicator manipulates visual Practice You will also have the opportunity to stories, employs technologies and • Optional Placement Year take part in national and international exploits promotional platforms. Year 3 modules competitions to give you exposure and • Fashion Communication Typical areas of study include visual experience of working to a client’s brief Consultancy research, illustration, storyboarding, and to further build your reputation with • Personal Employability and styling, photography, fashion film, industry before you even graduate. editorial development, event production, Portfolio Proposal computer aided design, freelance/ Facilities • Design Cultures 3 self-employment skills, and project The programme is based in the • Major Project: Communication management. You will learn the technical award-winning Vijay Patel Building at and Styling production of image, film, event styling DMU which has been designed and and production. You will also be encouraged built especially for art and design to work collaboratively with both peers subject environments. and various sectors of the industry to grow Graduate careers your network of future career opportunities. The fashion industry has an increasing To note: There is no designing and making need for talent in the wider areas of of fashion garments on the course. styling, concept and image. Successful Learning and teaching graduates of the course can be expected to go on to careers within the fashion New concepts and methodologies are styling and communication industries as introduced via lecture and seminar journalist contributors, media commentators, Transform fashion products discussion. Technical processes and promoters, editors, stylists, researchers, from just objects into skills are demonstrated and then show producers, curators and art directors. lifestyle must-have trends practically developed by you in workshops and media studios.

KEY FACTS

UCAS Course code: W234 plus five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including You may also be interested in: English Language or Literature at grade C (4) Fashion Design BA (Hons) Duration: Three years full-time or above. Fashion Textile Design BA (Hons) Entry and admissions criteria: Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points, Fashion Buying (with Design / with Marketing / with Garment Technology / with Mechanising) A good portfolio and normally: including Art and Design. Contour Fashion (Communication) BA (Hons) • Art and Design Foundation or English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 • 112 points from at least two A levels and including in each band, or equivalent. grade C in Art and Design or Other requirements: Applicants with relevant • BTEC Extended Diploma DMM in an Art and qualifications will be invited to send a digital Design related subject. We also accept the portfolio of work. BTEC First Diploma plus two GCSEs including Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may English at grade C (4) or above vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/fcs 178 Fashion and Textiles

Fashion Design BA (Hons) This creative and dynamic course allows you to experience and understand the constant flux and evolution of the fashion industry. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities Fashion Design BA (Hons) concentrates You will work on live project briefs set by Year 1 modules on the relationship between design and industry, allowing you to gain a diverse • Fashion Design Development technology. The aim of the programme range of relevant skills for your portfolio. • F ashion Illustration is to develop designers who are not Previous placement projects have been • P attern Cutting and Garment only technically accomplished, but who for companies such as Burberry, GAP, Manufacture are also visually literate and articulate. George, Harrods, Levi's, River Island • C AD for Fashion and Textiles You will foster creativity within a and Warehouse. • C reative Knitwear theoretical and philosophical framework Every year we showcase our graduates’ • C ontextual and Cultural Studies supported by technical skill, and blend talent at Graduate Fashion Week and Year 2 modules theory with practice. events evolved around London Fashion • D esign and 3D Development You will have the opportunity to specialise Week. More recently, we showcased a • L ive Project Work in projects for womenswear, menswear selection of graduates’ collections and • T extiles for Fashion and or fashion knitwear, gaining exhibited as part of Fashion weeks in • G roup Project Work specialist design and technical expertise Shanghai, Mumbai and Delhi. • E xperimental and Conventional relevant to a range of fashion activities. Facilities Pattern Cutting You will also have the chance to work The fashion department has its own • F ashion Knitwear on project briefs and enter prestigious dedicated studio space, with pattern • D irectional Outerwear/Tailoring competitions set by national and tables, tailored dummies, specialist • P ortfolio Creation international organisations such as industrial sewing machinery and Year 3 modules the British Fashion Council, Association domestic and industrial knitting • A dvanced Fashion Studies of Suppliers to the British Clothing machine workshop resources. • M ajor Project Industry, and Graduate Fashion Week. You will have access to our extensive Learning and teaching CAD suites and digital fabric printing Experienced practitioners, designers facilities for natural and manmade and artists such as Karen Millen OBE, fabrics, heat transfer and laser cutting. Craig Lawrence, Jo Cope and Martha Zmpounou support the course team, Graduate careers offering a diverse range of skills Graduates pursue work in a variety of and specialisms. areas within the fashion industry such as design through to technical roles, Teaching includes design studio as well as often launching their own practice, lectures, group seminars, businesses. Recent employers include tutorials, exhibition and store visits, Burberry, Gap New York, H&M in presentations and practical workshops. Sweden, River Island, J&M Davidson DMU is ranked in the top five You will have around 23 hours of and Vivienne Westwood. for fashion and textiles in the timetabled taught study, and 19 hours UK for 'Graduate prospects', of independent study each week. according to The Guardian University Guide 2018

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: W230 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including Other requirements: Interview, yes, if UK based English Language or Literature at grade C (4) or Duration: Three years full-time, or four years above. We also accept the BTEC First Diploma You may also be interested in: full-time with a placement year (optional) plus two GCSEs including English at grade C (4) Contour Fashion BA (Hons), Fashion Buying or above. (with Design/Marketing/Garment Technology/ Entry and admissions criteria: Merchandising) BA (Hons), A good portfolio and normally: Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points, Fashion Textile Design BA (Hons) including Art and Design. • Art and Design Foundation or • 112 UCAS points from at least two full A-levels English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 or equivalent, including a grade C or above in an in each band, or equivalent. Art and Design related subject or • BTEC Extended Diploma DMM in an Art and Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may Design related subject vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/fashiondesign 179 Fashion Textile Design BA (Hons) This is a creative and dynamic course, providing opportunities for students to develop in-depth textile design expertise for the fashion industry. UK EU WORLD

About this course 21 further hours of independent study to This is a specialist course, providing you complete project work and research. Year 1 modules with the opportunity to develop your Student opportunities • Explore in-depth textile design skills. You will • Enquire Material sourcing and research trips investigate and provide new creative are available to develop students • Construct directions for fashion forward, luxury information gathering skills, whilst also • Define and innovative design approaches for providing international and cultural • Design Cultures: 1 the material culture of fashion. We aim experiences. Previous trips have to produce versatile fashion specialists Year 2 modules included London, Paris (Premiere through the courses’ philosophy of • Develop Vision) and Florence (Pitti Filati). exploring and combining a broad range • Communicate of practical skills, across print, stitch, There are many opportunities for work • Principles embellishment and knit. experience, with an option to have a credit • Consolidate bearing placement year. Students have • Design Cultures 2 A strong emphasis is placed on nurturing taken part in industry placements at research, conceptual, creative and Year 3 modules companies such as Phoebe English, technical skills; coupled with the • Refine Helen Lawrence, Hussain Chalayan, development of essential fashion and • Resolve Adam Andrasick and G-Star. professional practice skills; such as • Promote pattern cutting, construction, fashion Facilities • Design Cultures 3 illustration, and digital/portfolio promotion. You will have full access to all the This course also prioritises the extensive range of faculty workshops. development of each student’s personal There is a broad range of equipment in visual language and their understanding the dedicated subject area workshops, of their place in the wider industry. covering screen and digital print, dyeing, Learning and teaching knit, stitch, and sewing/construction rooms. Access to our digital production Our expert course team covers a range facility and CAD suites will also allow you of multidisciplinary specialisms in the to engage with cutting-edge production. area of textiles for fashion. You will also You will have access to our dedicated have the opportunity to discuss your base studio, which creates a strong work and network with our many visiting working community and course identity. lecturers from industry, who have included Phoebe English, Jane Bowler, Graduate careers "I loved my experience on Helen Bullock and Sarah Williams. You The School of Design has produced my undergraduate degree. will be taught through a combination of professional, multi-skilled graduates The tutors are some of lectures, tutorials, seminars, group work who have gone on to work at companies the most inspiring and and self-directed study. In your first year such as Calvin Klein, Vivienne Westwood, enthusiastic people I know" you will normally attend around 21 hours Ted Baker, The Cambridge Satchel of timetabled taught sessions each week, Company and Jaguar Land Rover. Louise Nutt- recent and we expect you to undertake at least graduate of DMU

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: WW2S Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including Other requirements: Interview, yes, if UK based English Language or Literature at grade C (4) or Duration: Three years full-time above. We also accept the BTEC First Diploma You may also be interested in: Design Crafts BA (Hons), Fashion Buying (with Design/ Entry and admissions criteria: plus two GCSEs including English at grade C (4) or above. Marketing/Garment Technology/Merchandising) A good portfolio and normally: BA (Hons), Fashion Design BA (Hons), Textile Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points, • Art and Design Foundation or Design BA (Hons) including Art and Design. • 112 UCAS points from at least two full A-levels or equivalent, including a grade C or above in English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 an Art and Design related subject or in each band, or equivalent. • BTEC Extended Diploma DMM in an Art and Design related subject Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/ftd 180 Fashion and Textiles

181 Footwear Design BA (Hons) This course has a rich heritage that started at the end of the 19th Century in footwear design and manufacture leading to the contemporary footwear we UK EU WORLD know today.

About this course Student opportunities Year 1 modules Footwear Design BA (Hons) at DMU Students have secured placement • 2D/3D Pattern Engineering and covers the unique and complex shoe opportunities with companies such as Construction design process, and will enable you to Adidas, Alexandra McQueen, Churches, • Manufacturing Technology acquire the knowledge and skills that El Naturalista (Spain), GAP, George, • Trends and Product Development set you apart from others in the fashion Hudson Shoes, Jacobson Group, • 3D CAD 1 sector. You will benefit from strong Modartech, Next, Nike and Pentland • Illustration and Visual industry links and work directly with Brands. You will also work on live projects Communication design professionals and notable set by companies such as Clarks, Jeffery • Design Cultures 1 brands, allowing insight to advanced West, Irregular Choice, Base London, Year 2 modules product briefings and new technologies. Gola, GAP, Start-rite, New Balance, Kurt • Global Live Design 1 Geiger, Office Shoes, Boxfresh, TOMS • Pro-Style Trend Learning and teaching (USA) and Superdry, as well as going on Teaching includes formal lectures, • 3D CAD 2 annual trips to shoe factories, tanneries • Introduction to Fashion/Footwear group seminars, tutorials, presentations, and exhibitions in Italy, France and Spain. practical workshops and studio-based Business activities. Your precise timetable will Facilities • Progressive Trend and Product depend on the optional modules you You will have access to specialist Development choose to take; however, in your first shoemaking workshops that are available • Classic Bespoke and Biomechanical year you will normally attend around for the production of individual prototype Performance 15 hours of timetabled taught sessions components such as soles, heels and • Design Cultures 2 and undertake 24 hours of independent trims along with specialist technical Year 3 modules study each week. equipment. Computer facilities include a • Global Live Design 2 Assessment and feedback is provided dedicated, fully-integrated footwear 3D • Advanced Technical Studies throughout the course, and you will have design and technical CAD programme. and Portfolio • Design Cultures 3 opportunities to take part in various Graduate careers • Final Major Project competitions such as MODA, Cordwainers The course leads to successful careers in Designer of the Year, CERCAL footwear design, buying and marketing, International, Clarks, The ‘A’ Design and teaches practical skills and award and Draper’s Designer of the shoemaking expertise for production and Year. This course has a series of guest technical areas of the footwear industry. speaker events, which take place throughout the course. You will also Graduates are working as designers, benefit from visiting professionals buyers or agents for companies such as representing numerous brands. Adidas, Clarks, Dr Marten, Dune, Jeffery West, Jimmy Choo, Kurt Geiger, Next, Previous work placements Nike, Office Shoes, Ted Baker and have been with Kurt Geiger, Vivienne Westwood. Ted Baker, ASOS and Next

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: WWF7 • BTEC Extended Diploma DMM in an Art English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 and Design related subject in each band, or equivalent. Duration: Three years full-time, or four years full-time with a placement year (optional) Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including Other requirements: Interview, yes, if UK based English Language or Literature at grade C (4) or Entry and admissions criteria: above. We also accept the BTEC First Diploma You may also be interested in: A good portfolio and normally: plus two GCSEs including English at grade C (4) Fashion Design BA (Hons), or above. • Art and Design Foundation or Fashion Textile Design BA (Hons), Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points, • 112 UCAS points from at least two full A-levels including Art and Design. or equivalent, including a grade C or above in an Art and Design related subject or Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/footwear 182 Fashion and Textiles

Textile Design BA (Hons) Textile Design at DMU encourages your creativity and helps you to find a personal design direction. UK EU WORLD

About this course assessed on design collections, promotional This course develops your creative skills packages and verbal presentations. Year 1 modules to specialise in one of four areas of We welcome many guest lecturers who • Textile Design textile design: mixed media, print, knit in the past have included Karen Nicol, • Observation and Interpretation and weave. You will explore creative Jane Bowler, Linda Thacker, Donya • Design in Context and ambitious textile solutions, develop Coward, Catherine Hammerton, Nicola Year 2 modules innovative visual research as well as Jarvis and Debbie Smyth. building on personal interpretation into • Technical Design Innovation a unique design identity. You will create Student opportunities • Contemporary Design Practice design collections based on a strong Our students have undertaken work • Textile Visions design practice ethos. You will design placements at Alexander McQueen, Year 3 modules for fashion, interior or lifestyle markets. Amtico flooring, Aston Martin, Berghaus, • Portfolio Development Camira, Irisa, Jane Bowler and M&S. You will learn traditional and innovative • Final Major Project skills and processes, and create unique Material sourcing and research trips • Professional Practice responses to market-relevant briefs, are available to develop students’ developing exciting and dynamic design information-gathering skills, whilst collections for a variety of uses. providing international and cultural experiences. Subject trips have There is an option for a work placement included London, Paris and Florence. year, you will benefit from visiting guest lecturers, take part in competitions, Facilities complete industry briefs, develop You will have access to the print branding through promotional packages, workshop, knit machines, table and floor and create your own personal website; looms, domestic sewing machines and all enhancing your employability. digital embroidery machines. We have Learning and teaching heat setting and laser cutting equipment, and you will be taught the latest CAD There is a strong emphasis on packages and will have access to digital skill-based learning through workshops printers. The skills you will learn from and technical support. You will receive using such facilities will underpin your design advice from lecturers who are design work and knowledge of the industry. active in their subject area, ensuring your support is contemporary and relevant. Graduate careers You will have around 19 hours of Graduates have progressed into a timetabled taught study, and undertake diverse range of employment including 22 hours of independent study each design (fashion interior in house/studio), week and will be taught through design freelance, trend, buying and teaching. Students have won awards lectures, one-to-one tutorials, practical at the Bradford Textile workshops and studio work. You will be Society and New Designers competition

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: W231 • BTEC Extended Diploma DMM in an Art English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 and Design related subject in each band, or equivalent. Duration: Three years full-time, or four years full-time with a placement year (optional) Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including Other requirements: Interview, yes, if UK based English Language or Literature at grade C (4) or Entry and admissions criteria: above. We also accept the BTEC First Diploma You may also be interested in: A good portfolio and normally: plus two GCSEs including English at grade C (4) Design Crafts BA (Hons) or above. • Art and Design Foundation or Fashion Textile Design BA (Hons) Or, International Baccalaureate 26+ points, • 112 UCAS points from at least two full A-levels including Art and Design. or equivalent, including a grade C or above in an Art and Design related subject or Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/textiledesign 183 HUMANITIES Access our extensive term-time 24-hour library which houses all the books, journals and electronic resources needed to support you with your studies.

HOW TO APPLY See page 40 or visit dmu.ac.uk/international/apply Fees and scholarships: see page 36 or visit dmu.ac.uk/internationalfees

184 Creative Writing BA (Hons) (Single Honours/Joint Honours) 188 English BA (Hons) (Single Honours/Joint Honours/ With Languages) 189 English Language BA (Hons) (Single Honours/ Joint Honours/With Languages) 190 English Language with TESOL BA (Hons) 191 History BA (Hons) (Single Honours/Joint Honours/ With Languages) 193

dmu.ac.uk 185 JACK’S CREATIVE WRITING BA (HONS) VLOG

Meet Jack Wilkin our Creative Writing BA (Hons) student where he talks about the inspiration behind his work, and his experience as a first year student here at DMU. dmu.ac.uk/vloggers

HOW TO APPLY See page 40 or visit dmu.ac.uk/international/apply Fees and scholarships: see page 36 or visit dmu.ac.uk/internationalfees

186 S T U D Y I N G HUMANITIES AT DMU

Engage with our tutors who are nationally and internationally recognised as leaders in their field and passionate about their subject.

You will benefit from a range of guest With languages pathway: speakers including award-winning novelists, You can also choose to study a language screenwriters and poets. Recent visitors have alongside your degree subject. Students included Benjamin Zephaniah, Iain Sinclair taking this pathway will study one module and Geraldine Monk. of their chosen language each year at either We will encourage you to explore theoretical beginner or post-GCSE level. French and ideas and concepts, and enable you to put Mandarin Chinese are offered. them into practice. The courses are taught by active researchers and practitioners who Graduate careers: ensure you will be inspired and challenged, Our graduates leave with a number of to gain the most from your studies. desirable transferable skills making them Participate in events such as our Cultural employable and have gone on to work in a Exchanges festival or our States of wide range of careers including publishing, Independence publishers fair, co-hosted journalism, teaching, museums, the library by DMU and offering you a fantastic service and digital marketing. networking opportunity. Cultural exchanges: Facilities: Cultural Exchanges is a prestigious festival You will have access to the full range of that is held annually at DMU and features audio-visual and IT facilities, including sound guests and speakers from the arts, media, files, video and web-based learning, and our literature, politics and film industries. You will teaching spaces are designed to meet these be able to attend this diverse week of needs. The Kimberlin Library also has an interactive discussions, performances and extensive range of learning spaces and talks, showcasing an eclectic programme of materials to support your studies. guests. The festival and its programme of events represent the culture and creativity of DMU, the city of Leicester and contemporary society, bringing together different cultures and industries.

Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information. dmu.ac.uk 187 Creative Writing BA (Hons) Single Honours/Joint Honours Creative writing at DMU encourages you to experiment in new areas of writing, including poetry, fiction, creative non-fiction, audio writing and new media. UK EU WORLD

About this course them feel like writers amongst other The modules are organised thematically writers. Our public identity as Leicester Year 1 modules and conceptually, rather than being Centre for Creative Writing will create • Exploring Creative Writing compartmentalised into genres. You will ongoing opportunities to participate in • Writing Identity work in a range of forms and media in the city’s lively spoken word scene. The Single honours only: all modules during your first and second Centre also co-hosts events such as the • Reading for Craft year. You will graduate with valuable highly successful States of Independence. • Shaping Ideas skills in oral presentation, editing and This book fair is an ideal opportunity to • Elective Module drafting, desktop and web-based participate and gain experience in publication, which will make you managing arts events – as well as building Year 2 modules adaptable to the ever‑changing workplace. up invaluable contacts within the region • Word, Image, Sound and beyond. You can also submit work • Writing Place Learning and teaching for our Demon Crew publication, and Single honours only: You will be taught through a combination read and perform at Cultural Exchanges, • Personal Projects of lectures, tutorials, seminars, group DMU’s annual public festival. Our • Story Craft work and self-directed study. Your students successfully publish novels • Elective Module precise timetable will depend on the and poetry, appear in literary magazines, Year 3 modules joint options and elective modules you win poetry competitions run by NASA and • Portfolio choose. For further information please slam poetry awards, and even set up their • Specialism plus Negotiated Study visit dmu.ac.uk/creativewriting own magazines and publishing presses. • Professional Writing Skills Teaching will not only take place in classrooms: you will take part in walk Facilities workshops around Leicester, and visit See page 187 for further information other environments such as a chapel on the available facilities. and museum to stimulate your writing. Graduate careers You will benefit from a range of visiting Creative Writing graduates enter the writers and industry professionals. Recent job market with an impressive range of visitors have included poet Benjamin transferable skills. Employers need positive Zephaniah, novelists Iain Sinclair and communicators who are confident with Sara Maitland, poet Geraldine Monk, technology, capable of thinking poet and director of Writing West independently and can work as part of Midlands Jonathan Davidson, ex-BBC a team. Our graduates have gone on producer and freelance stage and audio to work in publishing, journalism, public director Peter Leslie Wild and publisher relations and digital marketing. They Ross Bradshaw. have also undertaken postgraduate qualifications, which lead on to professional Students on this course Student opportunities fields such as teaching and PR. We integrate students into local and benefit from a range of national writing communities, making visiting writers and industry professionals

KEY FACTS

UCAS course codes: honours (except Creative Writing and English): Or, International Baccalaureate: Depending on Creative Writing W800 104 UCAS points from at least two full A-levels or course combination between 24–26+ points. Creative Writing and: equivalent Drama WW84 English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 • Creative Writing and English: 112 UCAS points in each band, or equivalent. English WQ83 from at least two full A-levels or equivalent, English Language QW38 including a grade C or above in English Language Further information and details of other accepted Film Studies WP83 or English Literature qualifications are available on our online course page. Journalism WP85 • BTEC Extended Diploma DMM and grade C or Duration: Three years full-time, or four years above in A Level English (Language or Literature) full-time with a placement year (optional) Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including Entry and admissions criteria: English Language or Literature at grade C (4) or • Creative Writing single honours and joint above. We also accept the BTEC First Diploma Please note: Course information was correct at the plus two GCSEs including English (Language or time of going to print and is subject to review, so may Literature) at grade C (4) or above. vary. Please see page 250 for more information. For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/creativewriting 188 Humanities

English BA (Hons) Single Honours/Joint Honours/With Languages Be taught by internationally renowned researchers who have a strong focus on international engagement and graduate employability. UK EU WORLD

About this course production and creative work. This will English at BA (Hons) DMU offers a help you to develop a broad spectrum of Year 1 modules programme of study which is both communication and technological skills • Introduction to the Novel traditional and innovative. Students alongside an ability to think critically • Introduction to Drama: Shakespeare encounter the major canonical authors, and independently. • Introduction to English and Adaptation texts and periods, and also have the Student opportunities • E xploring Creative Writing opportunity to explore cutting-edge You will have the option to go on a • E volving Language: An Introduction areas such as the study of Literary to Histories of Language sandwich work placement year between Adaptation and Digital Humanities. years two and three and/or opt to take a Year 2 modules With languages pathway work placement module in the final year. • Exploration and Innovation: 14th You can choose to study English with a Recent placement providers include the Century to 18th Century Literature language. Students taking this pathway Leicester Mercury, the National Space • R omantic and Victorian Literature will study one module of their chosen Centre, the English Association, • 2 0th and 21st Century Literature language each year at either beginner Association for Language Learning, • W ays of Reading or post-GCSE level. French and Age Concern, and local schools and • S creen and Literary Adaptations of Mandarin Chinese are offered, colleges. There are opportunities for the Classics subject to availability. overseas study through our Erasmus • T ext Technologies and international exchange schemes. • W riting Place Learning and teaching Students also have the chance to go • T eaching English Language You will receive excellent teaching on international trips with #DMUglobal. Year 3 modules in the form of lectures, seminars and Previous trips include New York, Berlin, • Dissertation workshops from internationally- Prague, Tokyo and Hong Kong. renowned academics who are friendly, • E nglish in the Workplace supportive and passionate about Facilities • Modernism and Modernity literature. Your precise timetable will See page 187 for further information • R adical and Contemporary Adaptations depend on the optional modules you on the available facilities. • C ontemporary Irish Writing • T he British Working Class in choose to take. However, in your first Graduate careers year you will normally attend around 10 Literature, Film and Television English graduates are highly employable hours of timetabled taught sessions and • 1 9th-Century American Literature and have a variety of transferable skills. will undertake at least 27 further hours • T extual Studies Using Computers Our graduates go into a wide range of of independent study each week. • U nruly Women, Degenerate Men professions including media, marketing, • P rofessional Writing Skills You will experience a wide range of publishing, teaching, journalism, public • C ommunication and Control assessment methods, including essays, relations and the civil service. • S hakespeare and Marlowe presentations, preparation worksheets, • B iofiction: Writers’ Afterlives journals, examinations, website • W riting Adaptations: Theory and Practice • P owerful Language: Introduction English is ranked 8th in the UK for 'Student Experience' according to Rhetoric to The Times and Sunday Times University Guide 2018

KEY FACTS

UCAS course codes: Duration: Three years full-time, or four years Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points. English Q300 full-time with a placement year (optional) English and: English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 Creative Writing WQ83 Entry and admissions criteria: in each band, or equivalent. Drama QWJ4 • 1 12 UCAS points from at least two full A-levels Further information and details of other accepted English Language Q390 or equivalent, including a grade C or above in qualifications are available on our online course page. Film Studies WQ63 English Language or English Literature History QV31 • BTEC Extended Diploma DDM and A-level English Journalism PQ53 Language or Literature at grade C (4) or above. Media PQ33 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including English with Languages: English Language or Literature at grade C(4) or above. French QR39 We also accept the BTEC First Diploma plus two Please note: Course information was correct at the Mandarin Chinese Q3T1 time of going to print and is subject to review, so may GCSEs including English at grade C (4) or above. vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/english 189 English Language BA (Hons) Single Honours/Joint Honours/With Languages This is a stimulating, thought-provoking course designed to make you think about how language functions in the world today. UK EU WORLD

About this course precise timetable will depend on the English Language BA (Hons) at DMU joint options you choose to take. Year 1 modules will examine where English has come Assessments are made through • W ords in Action: An Introduction from and how it may evolve in an era of essays, class tests, group and individual to Grammar and Linguistics global change and technological presentations, short reports and reviews, • Evolving Language: An Introduction innovation. You will discover how it blogs and wikis and group and individual to the Histories of Language works, both as a complex system for fieldwork-based research projects. • T opics in Linguistics: Theory in Practice embodying ideas, emotions and beliefs, Our staff are experts in fields as diverse Year 2 modules and as a means of influencing, as online communication and identity, • Sociolinguistics persuading and moving others. pragmatics and philosophy of language, • Grammar: Analysing linguistic structure You will develop a set of linguistic and semantics and meaning, and propaganda • S emantics: Analysing analytical skills, which will help you and counter-terrorism. linguistic meaning become a highly-skilled communicator. • Phonetics and Phonology This is a course about how language Student opportunities • Research Methods for Linguists shapes your world; learn how language You will have the opportunity to seek a • L anguage in Context works, and the world will open up to you. work placement in your final year. Students • English Language in UK Schools have previously worked in marketing, retail With languages pathway • Introducing English to Speakers and journalism, as classroom assistants of Other Languages You can also choose to study English and within the voluntary sector. with a language. Students taking this Year 3 modules You can also participate in the US pathway will study one module of their • English Language Dissertation exchange scheme and the Erasmus chosen language each year at either • English Language in the Workplace exchange scheme. Our students have beginner or post-GCSE level. French • Language Acquisition experienced university life in countries and Mandarin Chinese are offered, • Language, Mind and Culture such as Cyprus and Finland. subject to availability. • Powerful Language: An Introduction Students who take English Language in Facilities to Rhetoric combination with either English Literature See page 187 for further information • Perception, Persuasion, Power: or Creative Writing have the opportunity on the available facilities. Communication and Control • Corpus Linguistics to move to a ‘with’ pathway in their final Graduate careers year. This will give you the opportunity A graduate in English Language has a In each year of study, students are to major in one subject area while still huge range of future career opportunities. also offered some elective modules following their other subject, and will give Recent graduates have gone on to from the subjects of TESOL, English you an opportunity to tailor your degree postgraduate research, teaching at Literature and Creative Writing. according to your own interests and abilities. primary and secondary level, speech Learning and teaching and language therapy, teaching English You will be taught through a combination as a foreign language (TEFL), of lectures, tutorials, seminars, group marketing, counselling and retail. work and self-directed study. Your Study a wide range of highly specialised modules

KEY FACTS

UCAS course codes: Entry and admissions criteria: Or, International Baccalaureate: Depending on English Language QP33 • 104-112 UCAS points from at least two full course combination between 24–26+ points. English Language and: A-levels or equivalent, including a grade C or Creative Writing QW38 above in English Language or English Literature English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 in each band, or equivalent. English Literature Q390 • BTEC Extended Diploma DMM plus grade C or Journalism QP35 above in A Level English (Language or Literature) Further information and details of other accepted Media QP33 qualifications are available on our online course page. English Language with Languages: Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including French Q310 English Language or Literature, or Creative You may also be interested in: Mandarin Chinese Q 311 Writing at grade C (4) or above. We also accept English BA (Hons), Creative Writing BA (Hons) the BTEC First Diploma plus two GCSEs including Duration: Three years full-time, or four years English at grade C (4) or above. full-time with a placement year (optional) Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/englishlanguagedegree 190 Humanities English Language with TESOL BA (Hons) (Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages) TESOL offers a huge range of employment opportunities, in both the UK and abroad. UK EU WORLD

About this course module, giving you the opportunity English Language with TESOL BA (Hons) to better qualify and prepare for Year 1 modules at DMU allows you to combine the study future employment. • W ords in Action: An Introduction of English Language with the key You can also participate in the US to Grammar and Linguistics theoretical and practical issues involved exchange scheme and the Erasmus+ • E volving Language: An Introduction in the field of Teaching English to exchange scheme. Students also have to the Histories of Language Speakers of Other Languages. the chance to go on international trips • T opics in Linguistics: Theory in Practice The course is designed to enable you to with #DMUglobal. Previous trips include • F oundations of English Language develop your own ability to teach English New York, Berlin, Prague, Paris and Teaching for International Learners to non-native speakers whilst enabling Tokyo. Our students have experienced (TESOL module) you to think about how language in university life in countries such as Cyprus Year 2 modules general and English in particular and Finland. You will also have the option • Sociolinguistics functions in the world today. to go on a sandwich placement between • Gr ammar: Analysing linguistic structure your second and third years of study. Learning and teaching • S emantics: Analysing linguistic meaning You will be taught through a combination Facilities • P honetics and Phonology of lectures, tutorials, seminars, group See page 187 for further information • R esearch Methods for Linguists work and self-directed study. Assessment on the available facilities. • L anguage in Context is through coursework (presentations, Graduate careers • E nglish Language in UK Schools essays and reports) and where Our graduates have high-level linguistic, • V arieties of English Language appropriate via timed phase tests. reasoning and analytical skills, making Teaching for International Learners Your precise timetable will depend on them very employable. We develop our (TESOL module) the optional modules you choose to students’ information analysis and Year 3 modules take, however, in your first year you will presentation skills to produce extremely • English Language Dissertation normally attend around 10 hours of articulate, adaptable, professional timetabled taught sessions each week, • E nglish Language in the Workplace communicators who can operate with ease • L anguage Acquisition and we expect you to undertake at least in any setting and with any group of people. 25 further hours of independent study • L anguage, Mind and Culture The English Language with TESOL to complete project work and research. • P owerful Language: An Introduction degree is specifically designed to to Rhetoric Student opportunities broaden students’ employment • Pe rception, Persuasion, Power: In your final year you will have the prospects by equipping graduates with Communication and Control opportunity to integrate the study of the necessary skills to work and live in • C orpus Linguistics English with a work experience placement environments where English is not the • E nglish Language for Specific and via our English Language in the Workplace only language spoken. Professional Purposes (TESOL module) In each year of study, students are also offered some elective modules Make links with award-winning writers and professional from the subjects of Modern Foreign Languages, English Literature and communicators through regular guest speakers Creative Writing.

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: Q31T above. We also accept the BTEC First Diploma plus two GCSEs including English at grade C (4) Duration: Three years full-time, or four years or above. full-time with a placement year (optional) Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points. Entry and admissions criteria: • 104 UCAS points from at least two A-levels or English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with equivalent, including grade C or above in English 5.5 in each band, or equivalent. Language or English Literature or You may also be interested in: • BTEC Extended Diploma DMM and A-level English Creative Writing BA (Hons), English BA (Hons) Language or Literature at grade C or above Plus, five GCSEs at grade A*–C (9-4) including Please note: Course information was correct at the English Language or Literature at grade C (4) or time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/elantesol 191 192 Humanities

History BA (Hons) Single Honours/Joint Honours/With Languages On this modern History course at DMU, you will explore, debate and evaluate the key events and ideas that have shaped our world. UK EU WORLD

About this course complete project work and research. This is a dynamic History course which Staff are renowned for the quality of Year 1 modules is taught by leading scholars specialising their teaching, for their approachability • P resenting and Representing in British, European, Colonial and Global and friendliness, and for the support the Past History; the very people who are writing they offer students, both inside and • T he Making of the Modern World the books on which the course is based. outside of the classroom. They work Single honours only: The degree begins by looking at the hard to ensure that the student • 2 0th Century Europe general outline of modern history experience is a lively, dynamic • B ritain in Transition, 1760‑1939 since the late eighteenth century and and stimulating one. Year 2 modules progresses over the course of three Student opportunities Choose from: years to more specialised, research- The History team organises visits to • V isualising the Modern World based modules. You will gradually local archives as well as trips to places • T he Transformation of Modern improve your historical knowledge such as Munich, Berlin, Serbia, Moscow Britain since 1939 and understanding to a high level and and St Petersburg. Many of our students • E nglishmen and Foreigners develop key transferable skills vital to have also been involved in #DMUglobal • G ermany in World War Two the modern workplace. trips, combining extracurricular and • C old War Learning and teaching module studies, to places such as • S port and Popular Culture in 20th The curriculum for History BA (Hons) Germany, the USA and Hong Kong. Century Britain at DMU is diverse and innovative, There are also opportunities to study • B ritish India 1857-1947 combining a mixture of full and half-year on exchange in one of our partner • S port and Empire modules. The course also offers a institutions in the USA or Europe. Single honours only: • H istory in the Workplace variety of optional modular pathways Facilities through the three years, allowing See page 187 for further information Year 3 modules students to specialise in historical on the available facilities. • Dissertation themes and areas of their choice. Your • B orders and Boundaries: precise timetable will depend on the Graduate careers Transformation of India and optional modules you choose to take, Graduates have gone on to a variety Pakistan however, in your first year you will of careers and professions, including • T ransatlantic Sport: Europe and normally attend around nine hours of teaching, museums and heritage, law, the USA timetabled taught sessions (lectures, university lecturing, journalism, business, • N ationalism, Racism and Genocide tutorials and seminars) each week, and marketing and postgraduate study. in 20th Century Europe we expect you to undertake at least 28 • Y ugoslavia and Beyond further hours of independent study to • R ural Britain • J ews in Twentieth Century Britain • A dvanced Photographic History Opportunities to specialise in British, European, American • T he Sea - A History and South Asian history, photographic history, sports history and immigration/ethnic history

KEY FACTS

UCAS course codes: Entry and admissions criteria: English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 History V100 • 112 UCAS points from at least two full A-levels, in each band, or equivalent. History and: including grade C or above in History or Please be aware that some joint honours English QV31 • BTEC Extended Diploma DDM and History combinations may have specific entry International Relations LVF1 A-level at grade C or above requirements, visit our website for more Journalism PV51 information. Politics LV21 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including History with Languages: English Language or Literature at grade C (4) French V1R9 or above. Mandarin Chinese V1T1 We also accept the BTEC First Diploma plus two GCSEs including English at grade C (4) or above. Duration: Three years full-time, or four years Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points. Please note: Course information was correct at the full-time with a placement year (optional) time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/history 193 INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS AND POLITICS The Department of Politics and Public Policy is internationally recognised for the quality of our teaching and research. We take great pride in supporting student employability by embedding placement opportunities into our degree programmes. We offer a range of innovative forms of assessment; as well as essays and exams, students will take part in simulation games, round table discussions and the development of portfolios.

HOW TO APPLY See page 40 or visit dmu.ac.uk/international/apply Fees and scholarships: see page 36 or visit dmu.ac.uk/internationalfees

194 Business and Globalisation BA (Hons) 198 International Relations BA (Hons) (Single Honours/Joint Honours) 199 International Relations and Politics BA (Hons) (Joint Honours) 201 Politics BA (Hons) (Single Honours/Joint Honours) 202 Public Administration and Management BA (Hons) 203

dmu.ac.uk 195 ALIEU CEESAY INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS BA (HONS)

"My placement was very interesting and rewarding as a parliamentary intern working for a senior Liberal Democrat MP. It was an awesome experience and I am extremely grateful for the opportunity."

HOW TO APPLY See page 40 or visit dmu.ac.uk/international/apply Fees and scholarships: see page 36 or visit dmu.ac.uk/internationalfees

196 S T U D Y I N G INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS AND POLITICS AT DMU

The department has teaching and research strengths in comparative politics, governance, foreign policy analysis and European integration. We were named as a Jean Monnet Centre of Excellence by the European Commission in recognition of our research and teaching excellence in the field of European governance studies.

Advantages of studying in the Department Politics in action: of Politics and Public Policy include: Our students have benefited from a • Field trips have included excursions to the range of engaging experiences with House of Commons and international field prominent political figures: trips to EU institutions in Brussels and to • DMU’s annual ‘Congress to Campus’ event our partner institution in Hong Kong gives students the chance to put questions • Participation in an annual policy to former members of Congress on issues commission where you will have an including the Trump Presidency, race opportunity to propose policy ideas in relations in America and the ‘special response to contemporary political issues. relationship’ between the UK and the US. • Visits by former members of US Congress • Former Members of European Parliament and our very own ‘European Question Time’ were grilled in ‘European Question Time’, with former MEPs an event organised as part of the European Parliament to Campus scheme and DMU’s Jean Monnet Centre. • Recently, hundreds of students attended a summit at the United Nations headquarters in New York to launch the university’s involvement in the UN’s Together campaign to offer worldwide support to refugees. Students travelled with the #DMUglobal team to discuss the current challenges faced by refugees in local communities.

Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information. dmu.ac.uk 197 Business and Globalisation BA (Hons) This course helps you to understand how global issues impact upon our lives from a business and political perspective. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities This fascinating subject helps you An optional paid placement year offers Year 1 modules understand how global issues are invaluable professional experience. • Financial Decision Making changing our lives. The course focuses Our students have taken placements • Global Comparative Politics on topics such as global power structures, with companies including the Welsh • Introduction to Globalisation international political economy and Assembly, Heathrow Airport, Pfizer, • Introduction to Work and comparative politics, as well as the the Department of Work and Pensions Organisations changing role of states and public policy and Hays. • Politics in Business in the emerging global order. Modern • Principles of Marketing managers need to be aware of business Graduate careers Year 2 modules needs in a political environment as well Few businesses can escape the effect • Business Research Issues and as an awareness of how the international of global forces on their operations and Analysis business environment impacts upon the employers are looking for people with • European Business Issues political scene. a knowledge and understanding of the global business environment. • Politics in Action You will develop in-depth knowledge of Our graduates are employed by • The Making of a Global World international business, comparative and leading organisations such as the • Political Research in Action global politics and public policy, and the Labour Party, Vodafone, IBM and Year 3 modules skills to analyse and apply what you learn. various local councils. • Global Contemporary Business You will receive enhanced learning Issues For Public Administration experiences through field trips and visits • Globalisation and Democracy from prominent political figures such as former members of US Congress, and former Members of the European Parliament at our very own European Question Time. Learning and teaching You will attend weekly lectures, GARETH WATSON seminars and workshops. You will PLACEMENT: typically have up to 14 contact hours Rolls-Royce of teaching most weeks. Assessment "My placement has given me the opportunity includes assignments, essays, to meet and learn from project management exams, class presentations, seminar professionals and to see how my skills can contributions, portfolio and your be used in a business environment." Develop in-depth knowledge dissertation. You will also be challenged of international business, with simulation games, problem-solving comparative and global exercises, online collaborative projects politics and public policy, and policy papers. and the skills to analyse and apply what you learn

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: N120 Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points.

Duration: Three years full-time, or four years English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with a full-time with a placement year (optional) minimum of 5.5 in each component, or equivalent.

Entry and admissions criteria: Further information and details of other • Normally 112 UCAS points from at least two accepted qualifications are available on A-levels or our online course page. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma You may also be interested in: at DMM Politics BA (Hons) Plus five GCSEs at grades A*-C (9-4) including International Relations BA (Hons) English Language and Maths. International Business BA (Hons) Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/business 198 International Relations and Politics

International Relations BA (Hons) Single Honours/Joint Honours You will learn how to analyse contemporary events in international politics and develop policy responses to them. UK EU WORLD

About this course coursework, presentations, essays and This course will help you to identify reports, and sometimes an exam. Year 1 modules the underlying global forces that shape You will attend around 15 hours of • Global Comparative Politics decisions on crucial issues in contemporary timetabled taught sessions each week, • Introduction to Contemporary international politics. You will develop an and are expected to undertake at least International Relations in-depth understanding of the factors 15 further hours of independent study • Introduction to Globalisation that shape global decisions including to complete project work and research. • Introduction to Politics issues such as the rise of China and Year 2 modules India, the crisis in Syria, the problems of Student opportunities • Political Thought facing terrorism and the persistence of An optional paid placement year offers • Themes and Debates in poverty and inequality in the global south. invaluable professional experience. Our students have taken placements with International Relations Theory • The DMU Policy Commission is a companies including the Welsh Assembly, Optional modules: supervised project-based module Heathrow Airport, Pfizer, the Department • The Making of a Global World where staff and students work of Work and Pensions and Hays. • The Politics of the European Union together to co-produce a series of policy proposals in response to Graduate careers Year 3 modules a contemporary political issue. This course prepares you for senior roles • International Relations Dissertation Previous examples have included in public and private organisations where Optional modules: the General Election 2015 and Brexit you can influence major decisions. Our • American Presidency • Globalisation and Democracy • You will receive enhanced learning graduates are employed by NHS Trusts, local councils, education, health and • International Security in a experiences through field trips to the Globalised World police authorities and civil service House of Commons and visits from • Politics of Nationalism prominent political figures such as agencies, as well as in private sector former members of US Congress, business and management. the Speaker of the House of Commons and former Members of the European Parliament at our very own European Question Time • Departmental trips tailored to the study interest of our modules, through #DMUglobal with 2018 destinations including Washington DC, Berlin and TRAVIS YEARWOOD Hong Kong PLACEMENT: This course offers enhanced Learning and teaching Heathrow Airport learning experiences through Teaching includes lectures, tutorials and field trips and visits from "I have been exposed to a range of contacts seminars, group work and self-directed and opportunities which have developed me prominent political figures study. Assessment is covered through professionally and personally."

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: Plus five GCSEs at grades A*-C (9-4) including You may also be interested in: International Relations L250 English Language and Maths. Politics BA (Hons) International Relations and History LVF1 Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points. Economics and Politics BA (Hons) International Relations and Journalism LP25 English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with a Duration: Three years full-time, or four years minimum of 5.5 in each component, or equivalent. full-time with a placement year (optional) Further information and details of other Entry and admissions criteria: accepted qualifications are available on • Normally 112 UCAS points from at least two our online course page. A-levels or • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma at DMM Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/business 199 200 International Relations and Politics

International Relations and Politics BA (Hons) Joint Honours The programme will develop your understanding of critical ideas about politics from the local to the global. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities The joint honours programme allows you An optional paid placement year offers Year 1 modules to choose modules from both International invaluable professional experience. • Global Comparative Politics Relations and Politics to create your Our students have taken placements • Introduction to Contemporary own academic profile. with companies including the Welsh International Relations • The DMU Policy Commission is a Assembly, Heathrow Airport, Pfizer, • Introduction to Globalisation supervised project-based module the Department of Work and Pensions • Introduction to Politics and Hays. where staff and students work Year 2 modules together to co-produce a series Graduate careers • Politics Thought of policy proposals in response Our graduates have well-developed • Themes and Debates in to a contemporary political issue. research and communication skills, International Relations Theory Previous examples have included the as well as a good knowledge of Optional modules: General Election 2015 and Brexit international trends. Recent graduates • Corruption and its Avoidance • You will receive enhanced learning have gone into roles in the Civil Service, • The Cold War experiences through field trips and charities, journalism and working • The Politics of the European Union visits from prominent political figures for MPs. Year 3 modules such as former members of US • International Relations Dissertation Congress, the Speaker of the House Optional modules: of Commons and former Members of • American Presidency the European Parliament at our very • Globalisation and Democracy own European Question Time • International Security in a Learning and teaching Globalised World Teaching includes lectures, tutorials and QUINN FRANKLIN seminars, group work and self‑directed "The variety of modules available is great study. Assessment is covered through as it enables students to pick their real coursework, presentations, essays and interests. The personal tutor system gives reports, and occasionally an exam. students the opportunity to connect with You will attend around 15 hours of the lecturers who teach them on a personal timetabled taught sessions each week, level and ensure they feel confident in what and are expected to undertake at least they study." The only university in the 15 further hours of independent study UK to hold both Congress to complete project work and research. to Campus and European Parliament to Campus with former members of US Congress and former Members of European Parliament to enhance your study experience

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: L245 Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points.

Duration: Three years full-time, or four years English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with a full-time with a placement year (optional) minimum of 5.5 in each component, or equivalent.

Entry and admissions criteria: Further information and details of other • Normally 104 UCAS points from at least two accepted qualifications are available on A-levels or our online course page. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma You may also be interested in: International at DMM Relations BA (Hons), Politics BA (Hons) Plus five GCSEs at grades A*-C (9-4) including English Language and Maths. Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/business 201 Politics BA (Hons) Single Honours/Joint Honours This course will help you understand events and issues that shape our world, from local to global. UK EU WORLD

About this course Graduate careers The skills you learn on this course will The valuable analytical and Year 1 modules open a huge range of opportunities communication skills developed on this Politics Single Honours: beyond the discipline. course help our graduates go on to work • British Government and Politics • The DMU Policy Commission is a in the private and public sector at • Global Comparative Politics supervised project-based module organisations including NHS trusts, • Introduction to Public Policy where staff and students work education, health and police authorities, • Introduction to Politics together to co-produce a series and work as researchers in British and European parliaments. Year 2 modules of policy proposals in response Politics Single Honours: to a contemporary political issue. • Political Research in Action Previous examples have included the • Politics in Action General Election 2015 and Brexit • Political Thought • You will receive enhanced learning Politics Joint Honours: experiences through field trips to the • Political Thought House of Commons and visits from Optional modules: prominent political figures such as • Corruption and its Avoidance former members of US Congress, LOTTIE FAVER • Comparative Local Government the Speaker of the House of "The module choice on the course is • Government and Business Commons and former Members extensive. Each one helps to create a Year 3 modules of the European Parliament at our clearer picture of how politics works, • Dissertation very own European Question Time who its main thinkers are and where it has the most impact. " Optional modules: Learning and teaching • American Presidency Lectures, tutorials and seminars, group • Globalisation and Democracy work and self-directed study are used • Health Strategy and Management for teaching and learning. You will • Politics of Housing typically have up to 14 contact hours • Politics of Nationalism of teaching most weeks. Assessment • Power, Politics and Morality will include coursework, presentations, For Joint honours options please essays, reports and normally an exam. see the relevant course page. Student opportunities An optional paid placement year offers invaluable professional experience. Our students have taken placements with companies including the Welsh Assembly, Heathrow Airport, Pfizer, the Department This course offers enhanced of Work and Pensions and Hays. learning experiences through field trips and visits from prominent political figures

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: Plus five GCSEs at grades A*-C (9-4) including Politics L200 English Language and Maths. Politics and History LV21 Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points. Politics and Journalism LPF5 English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with a Politics and International Relations L245 minimum of 5.5 in each component, or equivalent. Duration: Three years full-time, or four years Further information and details of other accepted full-time with a placement year (optional) qualifications are available on our online course page.

Entry and admissions criteria: You may also be interested in: • Normally 112 UCAS points from at least two Public Administration and Management BA (Hons) A-levels or International Relations BA (Hons) Please note: Course information was correct at the • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma at DDM time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/business 202 International Relations and Politics

Public Administration and Management BA (Hons) Develop skills and subject knowledge to enable you to undertake management positions in the public sector. UK EU WORLD

About this course Students will benefit from guest speaker Taught by leading academics in the field events such as the annual US Congress Year 1 modules of public administration, this course is to Campus and the European Parliament • British Government and Politics suitable for those who want to obtain the to Campus where experienced former • Comparative Politics skills and subject knowledge that will politicians share their experiences • Introduction to Globalisation enable them to undertake management of politics and invite questions from • Introduction to Politics positions in the public sector or for private our students. organisations working with government. Year 2 modules Learning and teaching • Policy Failure and Policy Success This degree: Teaching includes lectures, tutorials and • Government and Business • Offers an exciting opportunity to seminars, group work and self-directed • Making of a Global World combine the study of applied politics study. Assessment includes coursework, • Political Research in Action with the management of modern society presentations, essays and reports, and • Politics in Action • Com bines practical knowledge of normally an exam. You will attend • Political Thought management practices and the public around 15 hours of timetabled taught sessions each week, and are expected Year 3 modules sector with an understanding of • Policy Commission global affairs to undertake at least 15 further hours of independent study to complete project • Managing the Environment • Pr ovides a challenging alternative work and research. • Dissertation to standard business-related degree courses Graduate careers • Offers an opportunity to undertake The course prepares you for senior roles a field trip to Hong Kong in public and private organisations where you can influence major decisions that • Pr ovides superb placement opportunities affect us all. Recent graduates are in the public and private sector employed by NHS trusts, education, Our Politics and Public Policy health and police authorities and civil department not only provides first‑class service agencies, as well as in private teaching, it also plays a key role in sector business and management. shaping policy in the UK and Europe. The DMU Policy Commission is a supervised project-based module where staff and students work together to co-produce a series of policy proposals in response to a contemporary political issue. Previous examples have included the General Election 2015 and Brexit. This course provides superb placement opportunities in the public and private sector

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: LN2F Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points.

Duration: Three years full-time, or four years English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with a full-time with a placement year (optional) minimum of 5.5 in each component, or equivalent.

Entry and admissions criteria: Further information and details of other accepted • Normally 112 UCAS points from at least two qualifications are available on our online course page. A-levels or You may also be interested in: • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma at DMM Politics BA (Hons) Plus five GCSEs at grades A*-C (9-4) including International Relations BA (Hons) English Language and Maths. Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/business 203 LAW Fully qualifying law degrees designed to kick start your legal career and give you transferable skills for other professions. Leicester De Montfort Law School has an excellent reputation for teaching an extensive range of quality legal courses.

HOW TO APPLY See page 40 or visit dmu.ac.uk/international/apply Fees and scholarships: see page 36 or visit dmu.ac.uk/internationalfees

204 Business Law LLB (Hons) 208 Business Management and Law BA (Hons) (Joint Honours) 209 Law LLB (Hons) 210 Law and Criminal Justice LLB (Hons) 211 Law and Economics BA (Hons) (Joint Honours) 212 Law, Human Rights and Social Justice LLB (Hons) 213

dmu.ac.uk 205 SARAH BURDETT LAW LLB (HONS)

"The staff have been fundamental to my success. I am treated as an individual and staff are very flexible, ensuring everything is right for me."

HOW TO APPLY See page 40 or visit dmu.ac.uk/international/apply Fees and scholarships: see page 36 or visit dmu.ac.uk/internationalfees

206 S T U D Y I N G LAW AT DMU

Leicester De Montfort Our degrees: Law School: We offer a range of qualifying LLB (Hons) Leicester De Montfort Law School boasts courses which will allow you to train as a access to a Crown Court, which has been the solicitor or barrister with further study and site of trials since the Middle Ages, a Civil BA (Hons) options for those who wish to gain Court and a contemporary Mock Courtroom. a broader understanding of law or combine Undergraduate students get the opportunity with economics. to engage in real trial experience before a We place a strong emphasis on developing sitting judge and supported by expert professional skills through activities such advocacy trainers. as mooting and client interviewing, which • Opportunities to undertake Pro bono ensures that our graduates are well-equipped activities such as Street Law and our for future careers or further study. DMU Legal Advice Centre which can #DMUglobal offers every student the chance help to enhance your employability to gain invaluable international experience, • Our fantastic facilities include the £35 improve their career prospects and build their million Hugh Aston building, which houses confidence. #DMUglobal has taken students the Leicester De Montfort Law School. to over 50 destinations including China, The This facility features an integrated law Gambia, France, India, Canada, Japan, South library, mock law courtroom and client Africa, Italy and many more locations across interview room, giving you the opportunity the world. to experience real-world scenarios • Our innovative Careers Project, dedicated to enhancing your employability • Strong pastoral support throughout your studies and a focus on individual needs • DMU Law Society which endeavours to enhance a student’s CV through extra-curricular careers events, including trips to law fairs where students may gain new contacts and visits to the Royal Courts of Justice and the Inner Temple • Leicester De Montfort Law School has an excellent reputation for teaching an extensive range of quality legal courses

Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information. dmu.ac.uk 207 Business Law LLB (Hons) A qualifying law degree with a focus on commercial law with the opportunity to specialise in an area of your choice. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities The law permeates all aspects of Gain valuable work experience from a Year 1 modules business, whether it is contracts, range of pro bono activities including • Constitutional and Administrative Law employment issues, property, the DMU Legal Advice Centre and • Criminal Law acquisitions and mergers or sales and Street Law. An optional paid placement • English and European Legal marketing. This degree allows you to year also offers invaluable professional Contexts focus on all aspects of business and experience. Our students have taken • Law of Contract commercial law. You can specialise placements with companies including Year 2 modules in areas including commercial and Toyota, PepsiCo, Hewlett-Packard, • Business Entities company law, giving you the breadth The Walt Disney Company and the NHS. Optional modules: of knowledge you need to start your • The Lawyer in the Marketplace: career as a business legal professional. Graduate careers The skills that you will develop during Entrepreneurship and Commercial • Benefit from a dedicated law your degree include, analytical skills, Awareness environment including a mock court project management and problem • Land Law* room, client interviewing room and solving, all of which are essential skills • Law of Tort* an integrated law library required in a wide variety of professions • Law and Lawyering: International • A qualifying law degree with full including, Law, Business, Banking and Perspectives exemptions from the academic stage Finance and the Civil Service. Our law • Private Law of Consumer Protection of the professional qualification for students have gone on to work for a Year 3 modules solicitors and barristers variety of organisations and law firms Choose optional modules, • There are many opportunities to including the Ministry of Justice, Bond including: participate in co-curricular activities Adams Solicitors LLP, Spearing Waite • Commercial Law such as client interviewing, mooting, LLP and British Gas. • Company Law Street Law, and a number of • E-commerce Law student-led initiatives • Employment Law • Equity and Trusts* Learning and teaching • Intellectual Property Law Lectures and seminars, group work and • Legal Research Project** self-directed study are used for teaching • Competition Law and learning. You will typically have up • Sports Law to 14 contact hours of teaching most weeks. Assessment will include coursework, presentations, essays, reports and normally an exam.

Dedicated law facilities including a mock courtroom, * Y ou must select these modules if you want to gain a qualifying law degree recognised as such by the legal professional bodies law library and client ** Y ou may substitute one of the listed modules for a self-study research project interviewing room

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: M221 Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points. Accreditation: This course meets the requirements of the Solicitors Regulation Duration: Three years full-time, or four years English language: IELTS 6.5 overall with 5.5 Authority and the Bar Standards Board. full-time with a placement year (optional) in each band, or equivalent.

Entry and admissions criteria: Further information and details of other accepted • Normally 112 UCAS points from at least two qualifications are available on our online course page. A-levels or You may also be interested in: Law LLB • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma (Hons), Law and Criminal Justice LLB (Hons), at DMM Law, Human Rights and Social Justice LLB Plus five GCSEs at grades A*-C (9-4) including (Hons), and our joint degrees. English Language and Maths. Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/law 208 Law

Business Management and Law BA (Hons) Joint Honours Gain a broad knowledge of the main principles of the UK/EU legal systems, along with developing knowledge of the role and processes of business. UK EU WORLD

About this course Assessment will include coursework, Studying both Business Management presentations, essays, reports and Year 1 modules and Law provides a wealth of career normally an exam. • F inancial Decision Making opportunities. Legal issues permeate Student opportunities • E mployability, Professionalism and all aspects of work today, so entering Academic Study Skills A range of pro bono activities including a legally focused career means you will • G lobal Business Issues the DMU Legal Advice Centre and often operate in a business environment. • Constitutional and Administrative Law Street Law, will help you gain relevant • L aw of Contract • A joint degree programme studying work experience. An optional paid both Business and Law modules placement year also offers invaluable Year 2 modules • An opportunity to transfer to the professional experience. Our students • Contemporary Management Law LLB programme following a have taken placements with companies Options modules may include: successful first year (conditions apply) including Toyota, PepsiCo, Hewlett- Business options • There are many opportunities to Packard, The Walt Disney Company • B usiness Research Issues participate in co-curricular activities and the NHS. and Analysis such as client interviewing, mooting, • P rogressive Franchising Graduate careers Law options Street Law, and a number of The skills that you will develop during • Land Law* student-led initiatives your degree include, analytical skills, • Law of Tort* project management and problem • Our philosophy is to respect and • European Union Public Law* support individuals both through the solving, all of which are essential skills nature of the course itself and by required in a wide variety of professions Year 3 modules means of our well-established including, Law, Business, Banking and • Global Contemporary Business Issues personal tutor system Finance and the Civil Service. Optional modules: Business options • O ur emphasis is on developing Our law students have gone on to work key skills and preparing you for an for a variety of organisations and law • C risis & Business Continuity Management attractive range of graduate careers firms including the Ministry of Justice, Bond Adams Solicitors LLP, Spearing • S trategy and Management Dissertation Learning and teaching Waite LLP and British Gas. Law options Lectures and seminars, group work and • C ommercial Law self-directed study are used for teaching • C ompany Law and learning. You will typically have up • L egal Research Project** to 14 contact hours of teaching most weeks.

Opportunities to participate in extra-curricular activities * Y ou must select these modules if you want to gain a qualifying law degree recognised as such by the legal professional bodies such as client interviewing ** You may substitute one of the listed modules for a self-study research project and mooting

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: M N11 Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points.

Duration: Three years full-time, or four years English language: IELTS 6.5 overall with 5.5 full-time with a placement year (optional) in each band, or equivalent.

Entry and admissions criteria: Further information and details of other accepted • Normally 104 UCAS points from at least two qualifications are available on our online course page. A-levels or You may also be interested in: Law LLB • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma (Hons), Law and Criminal Justice LLB (Hons), at DMM Law, Human Rights and Social Justice LLB Plus five GCSEs at grades A*-C (9-4) including (Hons), and our joint degrees. English Language and Maths. Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/law 209 Law LLB (Hons) The Law LLB course combines academic rigour with projects that put your legal training into practice to develop the skills employers look for. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities This course is the first stepping stone to A range of pro bono activities including Year 1 modules your legal career. You will develop your the DMU Legal Advice Centre and • Constitutional and Administrative Law academic knowledge and gain valuable Street Law, will help you gain relevant • English and European Legal transferable skills in problem solving, work experience. Contexts research and communication, which are An optional paid placement year also • Law of Contract in demand by all employers, not just in offers invaluable professional • Criminal Law the legal profession. At Leicester De experience. Our students have taken Year 2 modules Montfort Law School you will gain all the placements with companies including Optional modules: knowledge and expertise you need to Toyota, PepsiCo, Hewlett-Packard, • Land Law* become a successful lawyer, delivered The Walt Disney Company and the NHS. • Law of Tort* by industry professionals who will • Human Rights support and nurture your legal training. Graduate careers • Issues in Civil Liberties • A qualifying law degree with full Our law students have gone on to work for a variety of organisations and law • Police Powers and Public Order exemptions from the academic stage • Criminology of the professional qualification for firms including the Ministry of Justice, solicitors and barristers Bond Adams Solicitors LLP, Spearing Year 3 modules Waite LLP, British Gas and Barratt Optional modules: • There are many opportunities to Development PLC. • Equity and Trusts* participate in co-curricular activities • Legal Research Project** such as client interviewing, mooting, • Commercial Law Street Law, and a number of • Company Law student-led initiatives • Competition Law Learning and teaching • Employment Law Lectures, tutorials and seminars, group • Intellectual Property Law work and self-directed study are used CHLOË MERRALLS for teaching and learning. You will PLACEMENT: typically have up to 14 contact hours Shoosmiths of teaching most weeks. Assessment will include coursework, presentations, "I would definitely recommend for any law essays, reports and normally an exam. student to do a placement year because it gives you that something extra compared to everybody else and you’re in a much better position after graduation."

Dedicated Law facilities including a mock courtroom, * Y ou must select these modules if you want to gain a qualifying law degree recognised as such by the legal professional bodies Law library and client ** You may substitute one of the listed modules for a self-study research project interviewing room

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: M100 Or, International Baccalaureate: 28+ points. Accreditation: This course meets the requirements of the Solicitors Regulation Duration: Three years full-time, or four years English language: IELTS 6.5 overall with 5.5 Authority and the Bar Standards Board. full-time with a placement year (optional) in each band, or equivalent.

Entry and admissions criteria: Further information and details of other accepted • Normally 120 UCAS points from at least two qualifications are available on our online course page. A-levels or You may also be interested in: Business Law • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma LLB (Hons), Law and Criminal Justice LLB at DDM (Hons), Law, Human Rights and Social Justice Plus five GCSEs at grades A*-C (9-4) including LLB (Hons) and our joint degrees. English Language and Maths. Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/law 210 Law

Law and Criminal Justice LLB (Hons) This course examines crime, its effect on society, and how the criminal justice system works. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities This specialised, fully-qualifying law A range of pro bono activities, including Year 1 modules degree focuses on criminal law and the DMU Legal Advice Centre and • Constitutional and Administrative Law criminal justice. You will gain a thorough Street Law, will help you gain relevant • L aw of Contract understanding of how the criminal work experience. An optional paid • C riminal Law justice system works, look at and placement year also offers invaluable • E nglish and European Legal understand crime and its effect on professional experience. Our students Contexts society, and how the legal profession have taken placements with companies Year 2 modules can develop strategies to combat or including Toyota, PepsiCo, Hewlett- Optional modules: prosecute against it. Packard, The Walt Disney Company • L aw of Tort* and the NHS. • Dedicated law facilities including a • L and Law* Mock Courtroom, Law Library and Graduate careers • Essentials of Forensic Investigations Client Interviewing Room Our law students have gone on to work • Criminology • A qualifying law degree with full for a variety of organisations and law • F amily Law exemptions from the academic stage firms including the Ministry of Justice, • L aw and Lawyering: International of the professional qualification for Bond Adams Solicitors LLP, Spearing Perspectives solicitors and barristers Waite LLP, British Gas and Barratt Year 3 modules • There are many opportunities to Development PLC. Optional modules:

participate in co-curricular activities • E quity and Trusts* such as client interviewing, mooting, • A dvanced Criminal Law Street Law, and a number of • C ontemporary Issues in student-led initiatives Jurisprudence and Legal Theory Learning and teaching • International Child Law • In ternational Law Lectures and seminars, group work and • L aw and Medicine self-directed study are used for teaching YASMIN BURGESS and learning. You will typically have up "The course and the lectures are fascinating. to 14 contact hours of teaching most The dedicated Law Library has made weeks. Assessment will include studying a pleasure and there is even a mock coursework, presentations, essays, courtroom and a client interview room where reports and, normally, an exam. I have gained practical experience, giving me a competitive edge in the jobs market."

Qualifying law degree focusing on criminal law

* Y ou must select these modules if you want to gain a qualifying law degree and criminal justice recognised as such by the legal professional bodies

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: M211 Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points. Accreditation: This course meets the requirements of the Solicitors Regulation Duration: Three years full-time, or four years English language: IELTS 6.5 overall with 5.5 Authority and the Bar Standards Board. full-time with a placement year (optional) in each band, or equivalent.

Entry and admissions criteria: Further information and details of other accepted • Normally 112 UCAS points from at least two qualifications are available on our online course page. A-levels or You may also be interested in: • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma Business Law LLB (Hons), Law LLB (Hons), at DMM Law, Human Rights and Social Justice LLB Plus five GCSEs at grades A*-C (9-4) including (Hons) and our joint degrees. English Language and Maths. Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/law 211 Law and Economics BA (Hons) Joint Honours Gain a broad knowledge of the main principles of the UK/EU legal systems, along with developing knowledge of how economic policy is formulated. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities This course is designed to give you a A range of pro bono activities including Year 1 modules broad understanding of both Law and the DMU Legal Advice Centre and Law modules Economics. You will apply economic Street Law, will help you gain relevant • Constitutional and Administrative Law understanding alongside legal principles work experience. An optional paid • Law of Contract to contemporary business issues, placement year also offers invaluable Economics modules developing your analytical and professional experience. Our students • Introduction to Microeconomics decision-making skills, allowing you have taken placements with companies • Introduction to Macroeconomics to confidently enter the next stage including Toyota, PepsiCo, Hewlett- of your career. Packard, The Walt Disney Company Year 2 modules and the NHS. • Intermediate Micro and Macroeconomics • An opportunity to transfer to the Optional modules: Law LLB programme following a Graduate careers Law options successful first year (conditions apply) The skills that you will develop during • European Union Public Law* • There are many opportunities to your degree include, analytical skills, • Substantive Law of the European Union* participate in co-curricular activities project management and problem • Land Law* such as client interviewing, mooting, solving, all of which are essential skills • Law of Tort* Street Law, and a number of required in a wide variety of professions Economics options student-led initiatives including, Law, Business, Banking and • European Economic Issues • Our philosophy is to respect and Finance and the Civil Service. • Financial Markets and Institutions support individuals both through the Our law students have gone on to work Year 3 modules nature of the course itself and by for a variety of organisations and law • Development in Advanced Microeconomics means of our well-established firms including the Ministry of Justice, • Open Economy Macroeconomics personal tutor system Bond Adams Solicitors LLP, Spearing Optional modules: • Ou r emphasis is on developing Waite LLP, British Gas and Barratt Law options key skills and preparing you for an Developments PLC. • Competition Law attractive range of graduate careers • Commercial Law • Equity and Trusts* Learning and teaching Economic options Lectures and seminars, group work and • Political Economy self-directed study are used for teaching • Developments in Advance Microeconomics and learning. You will typically have up to 14 contact hours of teaching most weeks. Assessment will include coursework, presentations, essays, reports and normally an exam. Add an optional paid placement year to gain work experience * You must select these modules if you want to gain a qualifying law degree recognised as such by the legal professional bodies

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: ML21 Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points.

Duration: Three years full-time, or four years English language: IELTS 6.5 overall with 5.5 full-time with a placement year (optional) in each band, or equivalent.

Entry and admissions criteria: Further information and details of other • Normally 112 UCAS points from at least two accepted qualifications are available on A-levels or our online course page. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma You may also be interested in: at DMM Law LLB (Hons), Law and Criminal Justice LLB Plus five GCSEs at grades A*-C (9-4) including (Hons), Law, Human Rights and Social Justice English Language and Maths. LLB (Hons) and our joint degrees. Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/law 212 Law

Law, Human Rights and Social Justice LLB (Hons) A qualifying law degree with a focus on how individuals are protected.

UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities This law degree is ideal if you want A range of pro bono activities including Year 1 modules to focus on how individuals are the DMU Legal Advice Centre and • Constitutional and Administrative Law protected and interact on issues Street Law, will help you gain relevant • Law of Contract such as immigration, housing and state work experience. An optional paid • Criminal Law benefits. The course also prepares you placement year also offers invaluable • English and European Legal Contexts for a career in housing, immigration, professional experience. Our students social welfare, charities and the have taken placements with companies Year 2 modules voluntary sector. including Toyota, PepsiCo, Hewlett- • Human Rights Optional modules: • A qualifying law degree with full Packard, The Walt Disney Company and the NHS. • Law of Tort* exemptions from the academic stage • Land Law* of the professional qualification for Graduate careers • Issues in Civil Liberties solicitors and barristers Many graduates go into the legal • Police Powers and Public Order • Specialist options such as human profession, but the career opportunities • Law and Religion rights, social justice, and immigration for law graduates are infinite. Year 3 modules and refugee law • Social Justice • There are many opportunities to Optional modules: participate in co-curricular activities • Equity and Trusts* such as client interviewing, mooting, • Contemporary Issues in Street Law, and a number of Jurisprudence and Legal Theory student-led initiatives • Immigration and Refugee Law Learning and teaching • International Child Law Lectures and seminars, group work and AMANDA ROGOWSKA • Employment Law self-directed study are used for teaching GRADUATE ROLE: and learning. You will typically have up Solicitor, Spearing Waite LLP to 14 contact hours of teaching most weeks. Assessment will include "I had a great experience at De Montfort coursework, presentations, essays, Law School for a number of reasons. reports and normally an exam. The lecturers were incredibly supportive, and most importantly, I had the opportunities to participate in various law-related extracurricular activities, which strengthened my CV significantly."

Dedicated law facilities including a mock courtroom, law library and client * You must select these modules if you want to gain a qualifying law degree recognised as such by the legal professional bodies interviewing room

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: M200 Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points. Accreditation: This course meets the requirements of the Solicitors Regulation Duration: Three years full-time, or four years English language: IELTS 6.5 overall with 5.5 Authority and the Bar Standards Board. full-time with a placement year (optional) in each band, or equivalent.

Entry and admissions criteria: Further information and details of other • Normally 112 UCAS points from at least two accepted qualifications are available on A-levels or our online course page. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma You may also be interested in: Business Law at DMM LLB (Hons), Law LLB (Hons), Law and Criminal Plus five GCSEs at grades A*-C (9-4) including Justice LLB (Hons) and our joint degrees. English Language and Maths. Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/law 213 MUSIC Whether your passion is to work in the media or music industry, we can provide you with the skills needed to succeed. Our industry-focused courses and vibrant culture give you the technical knowledge and creative freedom to develop your artistic talents.

HOW TO APPLY See page 40 or visit dmu.ac.uk/international/apply Fees and scholarships: see page 36 or visit dmu.ac.uk/internationalfees

214 Audio and Recording Technology BSc (Hons) 218 Creative Music Technology BA (Hons) 219 Music Technology BSc (Hons) 220 Music, Technology and Performance BA (Hons) 221

dmu.ac.uk 215 ALAN JOESBURY AUDIO AND RECORDING TECHNOLOGY BSc (HONS)

“What separates Audio and Recording Technology from other media courses is the depth of understanding you develop towards the properties and physics of sound and audio. Not only are you taught how to use the equipment effectively, you also learn about the technical side of things."

HOW TO APPLY See page 40 or visit dmu.ac.uk/international/apply Fees and scholarships: see page 36 or visit dmu.ac.uk/internationalfees

216 S T U D Y I N G M U S I C AT DMU

Facilities: including the BBC, Dean Street Studios and our own Creative Technology Studios. Courses accredited by Our multi-million pound Creative Technology Some of our courses also have research Studios and Courtyard Studio boast a range collaborations and exchanges with of industry-standard equipment. The studios universities and institutions internationally, are supported by a team of academic which you could benefit from as part of our specialists delivering teaching in the innovative #DMUglobal programme. principles and techniques of media technology and production. You will benefit Our #DMUglobal activities have included from a suite of recording studios and control composing/performing collaborative rooms equipped with the latest digital and opportunities in Sweden (Stockholm), analogue equipment, as well as Mac and Italy (Frosinone) and the west coast of PC-based systems running industry-standard France, as well as trips to industry hot software for recording, creation and spots in New York and Berlin. manipulation of sound, such as Pro Tools and DMU music students have the unique Ableton. We have purpose-built audio testing opportunity to take part in events, undertake laboratories, HD video editing facilities, creative research, work with professional a broadcast-standard radio station and an artists and lead workshops focused on extensive range of portable equipment and sound-based creativity such as via a current microphones, available for off-campus work international research project about audience through our extensive loans facility. Our development, funded by the EU’s Creative laboratories and rehearsal spaces are also Europe programme. available outside teaching times through our online booking system. Graduate careers: You will also have access to fully digitally Our graduates go into a range of careers equipped performance and teaching spaces, in areas such as studio engineering, including our multi-million pound Performance post-production, film, television and radio Arts Centre for Excellence building. production, audiovisual installation, and more. Some of the companies our graduates have Student opportunities: worked for include Spotify, Bauer Media, ITV, During your studies you will have the Sony Music, Sony Computer Entertainment, opportunity to undertake a work experience Warner Music Group, Ableton and Babel placement, supported by our dedicated Media (Toronto). Placements Team. Our students have taken part in placements at a number of local, national and international companies

Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information. dmu.ac.uk 217 Audio and Recording Technology BSc (Hons) This industry-focused course, accredited by JAMES (Joint Audio Media

Education Support), is ideal for those with a passion for audio production. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities Audio and Recording Technology Students have taken part in work Year 1 modules BSc (Hons) is an industry-focused experience placements at a number • Recording Technology 1 course which will help you develop of local, national and international • Audio Synthesis Technology 1 the necessary skills needed to pursue companies. You will also have the • Sequencing Technology 1 a successful career in the music chance to contribute to our award- • Multimedia 1 industries. The course runs in winning student-led Demon Media • Audio Technology 1 partnership with JAMES on behalf multimedia platforms including Demon of the Association of Professional FM, our community radio station, which Year 2 modules Recording Services (APRS), the Music broadcasts 24 hours a day. You could • Recording Technology 2 Producers Guild (MPG) and the UK also join our student-led Music • Audio Synthesis Technology 2 Screen Association, and covers the Recording Society, a great way to learn • Sequencing Technology 2 science and technology of audio and hands-on from the experience of other • Audio Technology 2 recording systems and how these can students across programmes and tackle Year 3 modules be used effectively in recording, mixing, an exciting range of real-life projects. • Mastering and Post Production mastering and sound design. Facilities • Studio Technology • Final Year Project Learning and teaching Our multi-million pound Creative You will develop skills in audio mixing Technology Studios feature a host and mastering, learn the principles of of video, audio and radio production electronics and acoustics, study the suites, and two fully-equipped recording measurement and design of recording studios supported by expert technicians. and audio production environments, For more information on facilities, and produce sound for digital media, please see page 217. including radio, video, and online. During the course, you will normally Graduate careers attend around 12–16 hours of timetabled Our graduates pursue careers as taught sessions a week, and can expect freelance audio engineers, music to undertake at least 24 further hours producers, studio engineers and of directed independent study and technical operators, and work for assignments as required. Course companies including Bauer Media, modules are taught using a variety of Spotify, and Future Publishing. methods, including lectures, tutorials, seminars and work-based exercises, enabling you to share knowledge and information, and demonstrate practical Our multi-million pound techniques. Project-based learning is creative technology studios also used to develop your research, presentation and communication skills. feature industry-standard suites and studios

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: J930 Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points.

Duration: Three years full-time, or four years English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with full-time with a placement year (optional) 5.5 in each band, or equivalent.

Entry and admissions criteria: Further information and details of other • Normally 104 UCAS points from at least two accepted qualifications are available on A-levels or our online course page. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma You may also be interested in: at DMM Music Technology BSc (Hons), Creative Music Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including Technology BA (Hons), Music Technology and English Language or Literature and Maths at Performance BA (Hons) Please note: Course information was correct at the grade C (4) or above or equivalent. time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/audio-recording 218 Music

Creative Music Technology BA (Hons) This course focuses on composition and production, and explores the musical possibilities offered by new technologies. UK EU WORLD

About this course work and research. Assessment is Creative Music Technology BA (Hons) primarily through musical, practical Year 1 modules is ideal for forward-thinking and and written coursework. Outside of • Foundations of Music imaginative individuals whose passion set teaching times you will also attend • Introduction to Audio Production is to create exceptional music and forge concerts and performances with an • Digital Cultures a unique voice within the arts and engaged and critical ear, and benefit from • Creating with Technology creative industries. a wide range of guest speakers who share insights from their professional experience. Year 2 modules You will explore an extensive range of • Composing with Technology approaches to creating and performing, Student opportunities • Ideas in Music and Sonic Arts such as multi-track recording and We have numerous research collaborations Optional modules: production, sound synthesis theory and and exchanges with universities and • Audio Production practice, music and sound for moving institutions internationally including in Paris, • Creative Coding for Music image, site-specific and installation work, Montreal, Berlin, Stockholm, Helsinki, • Electronic Musical Instrument computer coding for the creative artist, and Amsterdam and Corfu. Our recent Building advanced surround-sound and diffusion. #DMUglobal activities have included • Sound in Space You will study digital and post-digital composing/performing collaborative • Sound and Image history and aesthetics to inspire your opportunities in Sweden, Italy and the Year 3 modules creative vision and link your music west coast of France. You could also • Dissertation or Final Project meaningfully to the world. get involved with our extracurricular Optional modules: activities including the Dirty Electronics Based on your goals, you will choose • Advanced Creative Projects specific compositional, technical and Ensemble, De Montfort Music Society and DMU’s DemonFM radio station. • Installation Art theoretical topics to research more • Music, Media and Community Arts deeply, particularly as you enter our Facilities • Composing with Dance highly flexible third year of study. You will have access to state-of-the-art • Music Industry Management Learning and teaching teaching spaces. For more information on • Media Industry Management Our internationally recognised staff facilities, please see page 217. • Studio Engineering provide you with wide-ranging musical • Performance, Interaction and Graduate careers Digital Technologies and technological expertise. Teaching is Graduates have found employment with carried out through lectures, seminars, large companies such as the BBC (radio practical workshops and rehearsals and television), ITV, Sony Music, Sony and you will have extensive individual Computer Entertainment, Warner Music contact. You will normally attend around Group, Ableton and Babel Media (Toronto). 8–12 hours of timetabled taught Smaller genre-based labels have included sessions each week, and can expect to Ninja Tune and K7, as well as a wide range undertake at least 32 further hours of of content and post-production companies. Study alongside expert independent study to complete project academics who have been training artists for over 15 years

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: J932 Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points You may also be interested in: including Music or Music Technology at higher Music, Technology and Performance BA (Hons), Duration: Three years full-time, or four years level grade five. Music Technology BSc (Hons), Audio and Recording full-time with a placement year (optional) Technology BSc (Hons), Performing Arts BA (Hons) English language: IELTS 6.5 overall with 5.5 Entry and admissions criteria: in each band, or equivalent. Visit dmu.ac.uk/jukebox to experience the • Normally 104 UCAS points from at least two high-quality work that our students are producing. A-levels with Music or Music Technology at Further information and details of other grade C or above or accepted qualifications are available on our online course page. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma in Music or Music Technology at DMM Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including Please note: Course information was correct at the English Language or Literature and Maths at time of going to print and is subject to review, so may grade C (4) or above. vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/creative-music 219 Music Technology BSc (Hons) This course will give you the skills and expertise sought after in the music and audio industries. UK EU WORLD

About this course each week, and can expect to undertake Music Technology BSc (Hons) at DMU, at least 27 further hours of directed Year 1 modules accredited by JAMES (Joint Audio Media independent study and assignments as • Creating with Technology Education Support), has a strong required. You will be assessed through • Introduction to Audio Production emphasis on the application of knowledge a variety of methods including practical • Audio Technology 1 and professional practice, leading to assignments, exams, technical reports, • Multimedia 1 practical and marketable skills for a essays and presentations. variety of music and audio-related careers. Year 2 modules Some examples of student projects include • Audio Technology 2 You will learn about the complete music comparing real live music recordings to • Audio Recording Techniques and audio production process from fake live recordings created in the studio Optional modules: creation to delivery and will have the and a MIDI glove allowing drum beats to • Composing with Technology opportunity to create music and be tapped out using fingers. • Computer Music Software Systems manipulate sound alongside established Student opportunities • Radio Production composers. You will record, mix and Students have taken part in work • Instrument Building master in our suite of comprehensively experience placements at a vast number • Multimedia II equipped studios, while learning about of local, national and international the important underlying electronic and Year 3 modules companies including the BBC. computing technologies. • Studio Engineering • Technology Project In the second and third years there are a Facilities Optional modules: wide range of optional modules covering Our multi-million pound Creative • Studio Technology topics such as Radio Production, Electronic Technology Studios boast a wide range • AV Production Instrument Building, Computer Music of industry-standard equipment and you Systems, Music Management, will benefit from a suite of recording • Advanced Radio Production AudioVisual Production, and more. studios and control rooms. For more • Music Management information on facilities, please see Learning and teaching page 217. Teaching involves a mixture of lectures, studio sessions, practical classes and Graduate careers laboratory work. Emphasis is placed Graduates have the key skills to pursue upon gaining practical experience and a variety of careers in the creative applying it in a professional context. and media industries. Typical areas of Areas of study include sound engineering, employment include studio engineering, composition and performance, audio radio and television production, music technology, music programming and for film and video, post-production, computing, digital media and acoustics. computer games sound design, A wide range of optional You will be taught by academics who technical sales and support, modules so that you can tailor contribute to world-leading research. audiovisual installation, your course to your interests multimedia and web design. You will normally attend around 13 hours of timetabled taught sessions

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: JW9H Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including You may also be interested in: English Language or Literature and Maths at Audio and Recording Technology BSc (Hons) Duration: Three years full-time, or four years grade C (4) or above. Creative Music Technology BA (Hons) full-time with a placement year (optional) Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points. Music Technology and Performance BA (Hons) Entry and admissions criteria: • Normally 104 UCAS points from at least two English language: IELTS 6.0 overall with 5.5 A-levels or in each band, or equivalent. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma We welcome applications from students with at DMM non-standard qualifications and recognise all other equivalent and international qualifications

Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/music-tech 220 Music

Music, Technology and Performance BA (Hons) This course will help you develop new performance methods and skills, through exploring recent and emerging technologies. UK EU WORLD

About this course critical ear, and benefit from a wide range Music, Technology and Performance of guest speakers who share insights Year 1 modules BA (Hons) is a degree for innovative from their professional experience. • Foundations of Music musicians who want to create the future Student opportunities • Introduction to Audio Production of technology-based performance. We have numerous research collaborations • Digital Cultures Rather than taking lessons on an and exchanges with universities and • Creating with Technology instrument and studying a traditional institutions internationally including in repertoire, you will instead combine your Year 2 modules Paris, Montreal, Berlin, Stockholm, music-performance skills and passion • Performing with Technology Helsinki, Amsterdam and Corfu. Our for technology to create your own original • Ideas in Music and Sonic Arts recent #DMUglobal activities have music and new ways of performing that included collaborative opportunities in Year 3 modules may have never existed before. Sweden, Italy and the west coast of • Music, Technology and Performance Dissertation or Taught by internationally recognised France, providing students with the Final Performance Project staff, you will explore electronic- opportunity to work in unique situations instrument building, improvisation, and spaces. You could also get involved human-computer interaction, the role with the Dirty Electronics Ensemble, of the human body in performance, De Montfort Music Society and DMU’s site-specific and installation work, DemonFM radio station. appropriated technology, digital and post-digital aesthetics, interacting Facilities (including through technology) with You will have access to fully digitally artists in other art forms and the equipped performance and teaching relationship between the recording spaces, including the multi-million pound and performing musician. Creative Technologies Studios which include a broad range of industry- Learning and teaching standard equipment, as well as Teaching is carried out through lectures, the Performance Arts Centre for seminars, practical workshops and Excellence. For more information rehearsals and assessment is primarily on facilities, please see page 217. through musical, practical and written coursework. You will normally attend Graduate careers around 8–12 hours of timetabled taught Recent graduates are now composers, sessions each week, and can expect to sound designers, performing and recording undertake at least 32 further hours of artists and session musicians, recording engineers, and audio technicians. They independent study to complete project Access fully digitally equipped work and research. Self-motivation is a also work in music management, theatre, performance and teaching key ingredient and outside set teaching radio content and production, software spaces, including the times you will also attend concerts and development and music education at multi-million pound Creative performances with an engaged and all levels. Technologies Studios

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: JW93 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including Further information and details of other accepted English Language or Literature and Maths at qualifications are available on our online course page. Duration: Three years full-time, or four years grade C (4) or above. full-time with a placement year (optional) You may also be interested in: Creative Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points Music Technology BA (Hons), Performing Arts Entry and admissions criteria: including Music or Music Technology at higher BA (Hons), Music Technology BSc (Hons), • Normally 104 UCAS points from at least two level grade five. A-levels with Music or Music Technology at We welcome applications from students with Visit dmu.ac.uk/jukebox to experience the grade C or above or non-standard qualifications and recognise all high-quality work that our students are producing. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma other equivalent and international qualifications in Music or Music Technology at DMM English language: IELTS 6.5 overall with 5.5 in each band, or equivalent. Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/mtp 221 NURSING Our pre registration course is accredited by the Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC), ensuring your learning meets the high-quality standards required to work in the dynamic and exciting nursing profession.

HOW TO APPLY See page 40 or visit dmu.ac.uk/international/apply Fees and scholarships: see page 36 or visit dmu.ac.uk/internationalfees

222 Nursing with Registration (Adult Nursing) BSc (Hons) 227

dmu.ac.uk 223 HOW TO APPLY See page 40 or visit dmu.ac.uk/international/apply Fees and scholarships: see page 36 or visit dmu.ac.uk/internationalfees

224 S T U D Y I N G NURSING AT DMU

With more than 50 years’ teaching experience, our courses have been developed in conjunction with NHS and PVI practitioners to ensure they reflect the very best current healthcare practice and equip you with the knowledge and skills that you will need for a range of job roles across the healthcare sector.

Courses accredited by You will be taught by expert healthcare Graduate careers: professionals, benefiting from the experience Upon successful completion of the course, that they have developed in practice, as well you will be eligible to apply for jobs in the as from the knowledge developed through UK health sector as well as internationally our partnerships with healthcare providers, (subject to country-specific criteria). research centres and leading charities. Once qualified, our postgraduate study opportunities can further enhance your Facilities: knowledge and skills; including master’s Your teaching will be delivered in facilities degrees, Learning Beyond Registration designed to replicate those found in clinical (LBR) modules and professional doctorates. settings, having benefited from a £12 million faculty investment. Selection process: Dedicated facilities include: clinical skills suites, The selection process for the pre-registration a moving and handling area, cardiopulmonary nursing course includes an interview, resuscitation room, birthing pool and a sensory numeracy and literacy tests, enhanced room - all of which have been designed Disclosure Barring Service checks and specifically to help you develop your occupational health clearance. practical skills. Student opportunities: You will also benefit from placements in a range of hospital and community settings, providing you with a diverse learning experience, and helping to make you a more employable graduate. Placements make up 50 per cent of your learning for nursing pre-registration degree courses, allowing you to put the theory you have learnt into practice with the support of dedicated placement mentors and supervisors.

Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information. dmu.ac.uk 225 226 Nursing

Nursing with Registration (Adult Nursing) BSc (Hons) Combine theory with clinical experience, preparing you for the key role adult nurses play in primary and secondary care. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities • International experience opportunities 50 per cent of the programme is based Year 1 modules are made available to every student in practice placements. We have strong • Professional Responsibility 1 through #DMUglobal, allowing you to links with a variety of placement providers • S kills and Evidence for develop your skills and understanding in the NHS, the independent and Professional Practice of different healthcare issues around voluntary sectors, across Leicestershire • F oundations of Nursing Practice the world and Nottinghamshire. For those starting • P romotion of Health and Well-being • Our expert teaching staff are all the course in March, a limited number • H olistic Nursing Interventions of students can undertake their registered nurses and academics, Year 2 modules placements in Nottinghamshire. with extensive experience in • Professional Responsibility 2 nursing practice Facilities • A nalysing Evidence for Healthcare • Strong links and integrated work You will benefit from nursing facilities • C omplex Care Needs placements with local health and that replicate health and social care • R esponding to Altered social care providers allow you to environments; enabling you to put Health Needs put theory into practice theory into practice. These include • C ontemporary Issues in Nursing clinical skills suites, a moving and • You can choose to start the course Year 3 modules handling area and a cardiopulmonary in September or March • Professional Responsibility 3 resuscitation room. Learning and teaching • Dissertation • W orking in Partnership with Service Learning is supported by a robust Graduate careers Users and Carers system of personal tutors and teaching Graduates are eligible to register with • T ransition to Professional Practice teams, practice placements and the NMC to practise in the NHS and enthusiastic mentors, allowing you private healthcare trusts, and apply for to gain a wide variety of learning and international employment, subject to work experiences. country-specific criteria. Teaching and learning methods include Opportunities for registered nurses lectures, seminars, presentations, can also be found in community care, tutorials, enquiry-based problem solving schools, medical charities and voluntary and independent e-learning techniques. organisations. Graduates may also pursue post-registration and You will complete blocks of theoretical postgraduate opportunities. teaching of up to 37.5 hours each week. Blocks of practice placements are also based on a 37.5 hour week. In addition, you will also be required to find time for independent study. Accredited by the Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC)

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: B700 (Sept/Mar) Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including English language: IELTS 7 overall and in each English Language or Literature, Science and band, or equivalent. Duration: Three years full-time (45-week year) Maths at grade C (4) or above. Equivalent Other requirements: Interview with numeracy Entry and admissions criteria: qualifications may be accepted: for details visit dmu.ac.uk/adultnursing and literacy testing, occupational health check • Normally 112 UCAS points from a minimum of and Enhanced DBS Disclosure. two A-levels with at least two subjects at grade Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points. C or above excluding General Studies, or You must also be able to demonstrate the • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma competencies equivalent to the requirements in Health and Social Care or Applied Science of the course, evidenced by life skills or work/ at DMM voluntary experience. Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/adultnursing 227 PERFORMANCE AND ARTS MANAGEMENT Study performance at DMU, which is nationally recognised as a higher education Centre for Excellence in Performance Arts. Whether your passion is for dance, drama, performing arts or festivals management, we have outstanding courses, excellent teaching, first-rate facilities, regular student performances and a dynamic and challenging environment which makes studying the arts at DMU a fantastic and rewarding experience.

HOW TO APPLY See page 40 or visit dmu.ac.uk/international/apply Fees and scholarships: see page 36 or visit dmu.ac.uk/internationalfees

228 Arts and Festivals Management BA (Hons) (Single Honours/Joint Honours) 232 Dance BA (Hons) (Single Honours/Joint Honours) 233 Drama BA (Hons) (Single Honours/Joint Honours) 234 Performing Arts BA (Hons) 235

dmu.ac.uk 229 RECENT DANCE BA (HONS) GRADUATES WIN £5,000 CHANNEL 4 COMMISSION Mac Daniel Palima and Hettie Holman’s winning performance is based on exploring gender expression and movement. Part of Channel 4’s First Acts - a series of films celebrating England’s most exciting 16 to 24-year-old artists and filmmakers – funded by the Arts Council England.

HOW TO APPLY See page 40 or visit dmu.ac.uk/international/apply Fees and scholarships: see page 36 or visit dmu.ac.uk/internationalfees

230 S T U D Y I N G PERFORMANCE AND ARTS MANAGEMENT AT DMU

We are actively involved with Leicester city’s University Dance Festival cultural life and have developed several Each year the University Dance Festival partnerships with key cultural centres and showcases the best Dance BA (Hons) organisations. These include Curve Theatre student work produced over the course of and Phoenix Square, and we have strong the year and makes new dance available to a links with the nationally renowned Leicester wider audience in the form of fresh, exuberant Comedy Festival. and challenging performances. You will create original choreography and stunning live Facilities: performances combined in a spectacular celebration of dance. DMU offers some of the finest facilities in the sector to support your studies. Exit Souls: The Drama Festival The Performing Arts Centre for Excellence This annual festival gives Drama BA (Hons) (PACE) and the Campus Centre building have students an opportunity to celebrate and spacious studios and rehearsal rooms, and share work, including devised and experimental large fully-equipped performance spaces. performances, extracts of plays, multi-media Your creative work is supported by expert performance, live art and living sculptures, technicians and you are able to book and much more. rehearsal space and equipment, including digital video cameras, sound recording Glorious Collisions: In Company equipment and editing suites. Performing arts is characterised by its innovation, vibrancy and embracing of Festival of Creativity: digital technologies within live performance. Performing Arts BA (Hons) students will be Cultural Exchanges Festival able to take part in our end-of-year festival, Arts and Festivals Management BA (Hons) which showcases the work from across the will organise and deliver our Cultural degree course. Exchanges festival which is a diverse week of interactive discussions, performances and Graduate careers: talks at DMU. The festival has been running for over 16 years and it has a growing The opportunities for future success are regional and national profile, establishing endless, and some of our most talented itself as a key event within the cultural students have realised their ambition as calendar for Leicestershire and the professional artists, performers, dancers and East Midlands. choreographers. We also find our graduates are able to use transferable skills gained on our courses to develop excellent careers in areas such as advertising, marketing, public relations, events and management.

Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information. dmu.ac.uk 231 Arts and Festivals Management BA (Hons) Single Honours/Joint Honours Established in 1979, Arts and Festivals Management is the longest-running degree course of its kind in the UK. UK EU WORLD

About this course Assessment is by a combination of Arts and Festivals Management practice-based assignments such as Year 1 modules BA (Hons) at DMU has an excellent case study presentations, group work • Running and Promoting a Venue reputation for the quality of its graduates and practical exercises, and academic • Creative Arts Manager among employers in the industry. assignments including essays, reports, Single honours only: You will organise and manage your own exams and a final-year dissertation. • Perspectives in the Arts venue at Leicester Comedy Festival, Student opportunities • Cultural Leadership plan and deliver our nationally recognised You will have the opportunity to apply Year 2 modules week-long Cultural Exchanges festival, management theory to a variety of • Programming and and attend a number of trips, including practical settings through industry Planning Festivals a week-long research project in a major placements in years two and three. • Research Methods: European city. Previous placements have included the Dissertation and Placement You will graduate fully prepared for the Joseph Papp Theatre in New York and Single honours only: delivery and management of events on Glastonbury Festival. There is also a • Arts and Communities Project any scale and complexity, and be ready to research trip to a major European city • International Research Visit work within the arts and festivals sector. in the second year as part of the Single and joint honours: With our strong links to organisations International Research Visit module. • Engaging Audiences such as Leicester Comedy Festival, Facilities Year 3 modules Curve Theatre, and Phoenix Film and See page 231 for further information • Dissertation Arts Centre, you will develop practical on the available facilities. • Event and Festivals Management skills in project management. • Media Industry Management Graduate careers Learning and teaching • Music Industry Management Over 500 students have graduated to Single honours only: Our course is taught by staff with key positions across a wide range of • Creative Enterprise and Advanced recognised expertise in their field, industries and roles, including Quest Placement complemented by lectures from visiting Management (Sir Paul McCartney’s PR practitioners and arts managers. company), West Yorkshire Playhouse, You will be taught through a SBTV, The Barbican, Ballet Rambert, combination of lectures, tutorials, Wembley Arena, the BBC, Live Nation seminars, group work and self-directed and Leicester Comedy Festival. study. Your precise timetable will depend on the optional modules you choose to take, however, in your first year you will normally attend around eight hours of timetabled taught sessions and undertake at least 29 further hours of independent study each week. Take the lead in running the annual week-long Cultural Exchanges Festival

KEY FACTS

UCAS course codes: Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including Other requirements: Audition and interview, yes, Arts and Festivals Management N820 English Language or Literature at grade C (4) only for Arts and Festivals Management and Dance Arts and Festivals Management and: or above. You may also be interested in: Dance WW59 We also accept the BTEC First Diploma plus two Drama WW94 Dance BA (Hons) GCSEs including English at grade C (4) or above. Drama BA (Hons) Duration: Three years full-time, or four years Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points. Performing Arts BA (Hons) full-time with a placement year (optional) English language: IELTS 6.0 overall, Entry and admissions criteria: with 5.5 in each band, or equivalent. • 112 UCAS points from at least two full A-levels Please be aware that some joint honours or equivalent or combinations may have specific entry requirements, Please note: Course information was correct at the • BTEC Extended Diploma DMM visit our website for more information. time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/afm 232 Performance and Arts Management Dance BA (Hons) Single Honours/Joint Honours Dance at DMU prepares you to work successfully in today’s dance profession.

UK EU WORLD

About this course In years one and two, the curriculum Dance students BA (Hons) at DMU is designed so that students work on Year 1 modules can choose to specialise in education themed projects which connect what Single and joint honours: and community or performance and they are learning across their modules. • Dance Techniques 1 choreography. You will take daily dance You will be assessed through coursework • Exploring the Dance Profession technique class in contemporary, fusion that includes performances, choreography, Single honours only: and ballet for contemporary dancers. presentations and written assignments. • Choreography There are also many opportunities Student opportunities • Ensemble Performance to perform and make choreography. You will benefit from our excellent links You will have the opportunity to gain Year 2 modules with local, national and international experience of practicing dance in Single and joint honours: dance organisations and artists who education and community settings, and • Dance Techniques 2 contribute to teaching and offer will be able to undertake a placement • Choreography for Live Performance opportunities for student internships and Screen during your course should you choose. and work experience. Placements • Dance Contexts Learning and teaching offer valuable real-life experience • Teaching and Leading Dance 1 World-renowned choreographer and in a professional setting with artistic, • Promoting Dance former DMU dance student, Akram education or community organisations. • Creative Enterprise Khan, acknowledged the ‘inspirational Facilities • Performance Project teaching’ he experienced here. • The Healthy Practitioner See page 231 for further information Dance staff have strong international on the available facilities. Year 3 modules reputations for their performance, Single and joint honours choreography and publications, and are Graduate careers choose from: recognised for the exceptional quality Our graduates are creative, • Dance Techniques and Performance of their teaching and research. Studio-based entrepreneurial practitioners who are • Dance Techniques 3 teaching includes dance technique, able to respond to the ever-changing • University Dance Company performance and choreography. demands of the dance profession. • Choreography Classroom-based teaching includes They are equipped to work successfully • Screen Dance lectures, workshops and small group in a range of dance-related careers as • Education and the Performing Arts discussions. A single honours student educators, performers, choreographers, • Dance Research Project will be timetabled for approximately 15 managers and producers. • Placement hours per week, and we expect you to • Dance as History undertake at least 22 further hours of • Teaching and Leading Dance independent study to complete project work and research.

DMU is recognised as a Centre for Excellence in Performance Arts

KEY FACTS

UCAS course codes: Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including Other requirements: Audition and interview, Dance W500 English Language or Literature at grade C (4) yes, if UK based, with audition Dance and: or above. Arts and Festivals Management WW59 You may also be interested in: We also accept the BTEC First Diploma plus two Arts and Festivals Management BA (Hons) Duration: Three years full-time, or four years GCSEs including English at grade C (4) or above. Drama BA (Hons) full-time with a placement year (optional) Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points. Performing Arts BA (Hons)

Entry and admissions criteria: English language: IELTS 6.0 overall, • 112 UCAS points from at least two full A-levels with 5.5 in each band, or equivalent. or equivalent or Further information and details of other accepted • BTEC Extended Diploma DMM qualifications are available on our online course page. Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/dance 233 Drama BA (Hons) Single Honours/Joint Honours Drama at DMU combines practical and theoretical explorations of drama, theatre and performance in a wide variety of modules. UK EU WORLD

About this course You are invited to take part in talks and The dynamic curriculum invites you workshops run by leading practitioners, Year 1 modules to engage critically and creatively with researchers and theatre companies and • Acting and Performing the practices and research of drama, there are regular organised visits to • Performance in Context: History whether devised or scripted, informed by local, regional and London theatres. and Analysis current thinking, contemporary methods Recent trips further afield have included Single honours only: and historical traditions. The programme New York, Canada, Berlin, Belgium and • Drama Performance Project: provides you with a strong foundation India, where students, supported by Collaboration in key principles, concepts, and drama #DMUglobal, have been given • Theatre for Social Change skills in year one and gives you the opportunities to perform and develop Year 2 modules freedom to choose your own pathway their skills in international contexts. • Curve Company 1 through years two and three. Over the Student opportunities • Popular Performance course of the three-year programme DMU is a key creative and educational • Devised Theatre and Performance you are encouraged and supported to partner with Curve Theatre, where you • Drama and the Community develop your own learning strategies, have the opportunity to take part in • Performance in Context: Culture artistic vision, critical voice, personal internships and work placements on and Theory interests and aspirations for a range of activities, including working Single honours only: employment after university. with artistic and production teams. • Directing Learning and teaching • Drama Performance Project: Staging Facilities You will be taught through practical See page 231 for further information Year 3 modules studio workshops, lectures, seminars on the available facilities. • Live Art and Experimental Performance and classroom-based activities by a • Curve Company 2 dedicated team of drama lecturers, Graduate careers • Engaging with Creative Industries researchers, practitioners and visiting The course will prepare you for • Political Performance experts in the field. Your precise employment in a range of arts and • Education and Performing Arts timetable will depend on the optional industry-related careers, and will equip • Drama Research Project modules you choose to take, however, you with a valuable set of transferable • Practice as Research in your first year you will normally attend skills. Graduates go on to create their Single honours only: around 12 hours of timetabled taught own professional practice, work in • Drama Performance Project: Production sessions each week, and we expect you theatre companies, become teachers, to undertake at least 25 further hours adopt roles in various aspects of media of independent study to complete and technical theatre production, and project work and research. work in theatres and community arts You will have the opportunity to organisations around the country. audition and perform in productions at Leicester’s Curve Theatre. Working with DMU is a key creative and a theatre director allows you to develop educational partner with your skills in a professional setting. Leicester's £68 million Curve theatre

KEY FACTS

UCAS course codes: grade C or above in English Language or English language: IELTS 6.0 overall, with 5.5 Drama W400 English Literature in each band, or equivalent. Drama and: • All other Drama joints: 112 UCAS points from Further information and details of other accepted Arts and Festivals Management WW94 at least two full A-levels or equivalent or qualifications are available on our online Creative Writing WW84 course page. English QWJ4 • BTEC Extended Diploma DMM-DDM Media PWH4 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including English Other requirements: Audition and interview, Language or Literature at grade C (4) or above. yes, if UK based, for Drama (single honours) Duration: Three years full-time, or four years full-time with a placement year (optional) We also accept the BTEC First Diploma plus two GCSEs including English at grade C (4) or above. Entry and admissions criteria: Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ Points • Drama and English: 112 UCAS points from at Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may least two full A-levels or equivalent, including a vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/drama 234 Performance and Arts Management

Performing Arts BA (Hons) Performing Arts at DMU focuses on contemporary innovative performance.

UK EU WORLD

About this course Your timetable is project-led, mirroring Performing Arts BA (Hons) at DMU the professional industry and giving you Year 1 modules is a highly practical, distinctive course one intensive point of focus at a time. In • D ramatic Performance Project that immerses you in cutting-edge, your first year you will attend around 13 • P ost-Dramatic Performance Project interdisciplinary practice, preparing you hours of taught sessions each week, • C ontemporary Music Theatre to enter the 21st century Performing and we expect you to undertake at least Project Arts industry. Incorporating many 25 further hours each week of independent • P hysical Theatre Project contemporary arts disciplines, including study, including rehearsals and research. Year 2 modules acting, dance, voice, physical theatre, Student opportunities • C urve Company 1 sound design and digital video, the There are placement and internship • P erforming Mixed Realities course celebrates and interrogates the opportunities in and around Leicester. • Site possibilities of live and digital arts in a You also have the opportunity to visit • Score-making range of performance contexts, from international arts festivals and work • D econstructing Performance the traditional to the avant-garde. as artists-in-residence abroad. • P erspectives on Performance and With a focus on making performance, Recent examples include Utrecht in Digital Arts you are supported to develop as The Netherlands and Valetta, Malta. • A pplied Performance individual, innovative artists, able to You can also audition for Leicester’s • T eaching and Leading Dance 1 create, perform and manage yourselves, Curve Theatre, or take part in the • P romoting Dance and others, within the national and DMU Choral Society. • D evised Theatre and Performance international performing arts industries. • T he Healthy Performer Facilities • C reative Enterprise 1 Learning and teaching See page 231 for further information • T echnical Stage Production The staff team has a wealth of professional on the available facilities. and academic experience within the Year 3 modules performing arts, both nationally and Graduate careers • Performance Company internationally. In addition, you will have This degree focuses on your employability, • In ternational Performance Project many opportunities to work with visiting giving you real-life experience of working • P erformance Research Project professional practitioners. Previous as a creative practitioner and manager, 1 and 2 visitors have included Frantic Assembly, in a range of venues and contexts. • E ducation and the Performing Arts Imitating the Dog and Stan’s Cafe. • T eaching and Leading Dance 2 • L ive Art and Experimental Performance • M usic, Media and Community Arts • M usic Industry Management • M edia Industry Management • C reative Media and Performance 1 and 2 • P lacement 1 DMU is recognised as a Centre for • C reative Enterprise 2 • C ontemporary Screen Dance: Excellence in Performance Arts Concept to Production

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: WW45 above. We also accept the BTEC First Diploma Other requirements: Audition and interview, plus two GCSEs including English at grade C (4) yes, if UK based, with audition Duration: Three years full-time, or four years or above. full-time with a placement year (optional) You may also be interested in: Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points. Arts and Festivals Management BA (Hons) Entry and admissions criteria: English language: IELTS 6.0 overall, with 5.5 Dance BA (Hons) • 112 UCAS points from at least two full A-levels Drama BA (Hons) or equivalent or in each band, or equivalent. • BTEC Extended Diploma DMM Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including English Language or Literature at grade C (4) or Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/performingarts 235 THE LEICESTER SCHOOL OF PHARMACY A history of teaching pharmaceutical sciences for more than 100 years ensures we have the experience to produce graduates sought after by employers across the sector.

HOW TO APPLY See page 40 or visit dmu.ac.uk/international/apply Fees and scholarships: see page 36 or visit dmu.ac.uk/internationalfees

236 Forensic Science BSc (Hons) 241 Pharmaceutical and Cosmetic Science BSc (Hons) 242 Pharmacy MPharm with Honours 243

dmu.ac.uk 237 AISHA ISMAIL PHARMACEUTICAL AND COSMETIC SCIENCES BSc (HONS)

"We have specialist labs including a microbiology lab, a compounding lab and a formulation lab. Each is suited and fully equipped to help with our practicals and gives us a real feel of what it’s like to work in industry."

HOW TO APPLY See page 40 or visit dmu.ac.uk/international/apply Fees and scholarships: see page 36 or visit dmu.ac.uk/internationalfees

238 STUDYING IN THE LEICESTER SCHOOL OF PHARMACY AT DMU

Graduates go on to work in the NHS, as well as in internationally recognised companies such as 3M, LGC Forensics, GlaxoSmithKline, Boots and Pfizer.

Professional accreditation from the General Previous students have had the chance Pharmaceutical Council (GPhC) for our to undertake humanitarian activities in Pharmacy MPharm degree, ensures the The Gambia, learn about the healthcare Courses accredited by course is of the highest quality and relevant delivered to 9/11 survivors in New York, help to to current practice. uncover human rights abuses in Guatemala, Our Pharmaceutical and Cosmetic Science and raise awareness of type 2 diabetes in Italy, BSc (Hons) course was one of the first of its through our career enhancing #DMUglobal kind in the UK to combine pharmaceutics and and Square Mile initiatives. cosmetics into one course. While our forensic science students benefit from teaching accredited Facilities: by the Chartered Society of Forensic Sciences, As part of a £12 million faculty investment, delivered in dedicated facilities on campus, you will learn in modern laboratories in two including in our mock crime scene house and of the most historic buildings on campus. physical evidence laboratory. Both courses You will put theory into practice with equipment also enable you to build professional skills which replicates that found in industry, during a work placement year. in dedicated teaching spaces, including our mock crime scene house, pharmacy practice Teaching and learning: suites and analytical forensic science, clinical We know that one size does not fit all, therefore science and microbiology laboratories. we provide all of our students with flexible ways to learn and to demonstrate their skills. Graduate careers: Teaching is also influenced by our world-leading Upon completion of their course, students pharmaceutical research, including the from The Leicester School of Pharmacy have development of an artificial pancreas and a gone onto work for the NHS, law enforcement range of nanotechnological drug delivery systems. agencies, major pharmaceutical companies, and hospital and community pharmacies; undertaking Student opportunities: roles such as pharmaceutical scientists, During your programme, you will have the senior analysts, quality control managers, opportunity to enrich your studies, broaden pharmacists and more. your cultural horizons and develop the skills sought after by employers.

Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information. dmu.ac.uk 239 240 The Leicester School of Pharmacy

Forensic Science BSc (Hons) Sought after by employers, this degree looks at the methods used to gather, examine and analyse evidence and consider how it should be presented in court. UK EU WORLD

About this course Assessment includes coursework, • Professionally accredited by practical reports and exams, written and Year 1 modules The Chartered Society of Forensic oral presentations, phase tests, essays • Forensic Chemistry Sciences and developed in and case study evaluations. There will • Forensic Biology collaboration with Leicestershire also be opportunities to work in a • Forensic Imaging and Photography Police, ensuring your learning remains research group during your final • Essentials of Forensic Investigations relevant to current practice year project. • Professional and Quantitative • De velop your practical and Student opportunities Scientific Skills professional skills in our dedicated Our strong links with industry allow Year 2 modules mock crime scene house and you to develop your practical and • Bodies, Tissues and Fluids forensic science laboratories professional skills and undertake • Materials ID You will benefit from a sound education an optional placement year in • Drugs of Abuse in all aspects of forensic science, internationally-recognised companies. • Analytical Forensic Chemistry • Forensic IT focusing on the fundamental subjects Facilities of forensic biology and chemistry. • Issues in Criminal Justice Investment in our facilities ensures you You will also develop broader skills and are competent in a wide range of skills Year 3 modules an understanding of criminal law, crime that are valued by employers. • Forensic Case Studies and the scene processing and photography, Specific facilities include a mock crime Presentation of Evidence evidence analysis and forensic IT. You scene house and specialist laboratories • Fire, Arson and Explosions will study several cases in-depth and focusing on physical evidence, forensic • Authenticity and Fraud experience a mock cross examination, DNA and analytical chemistry. • DNA Profiling as well as carrying out your own • Forensic Chemical Pathology supervised forensic science research. A new laboratory, which opened in • Project and Professional Skills October 2017, boasts trace evidence Learning and teaching and document analysis systems, as well You will undertake approximately 17–22 as a fingerprint imaging suite. hours in lectures, tutorials, workshops, personal tutoring and practical sessions, Graduate careers plus 20 hours of self-directed study Graduates are equipped to work in a each week. variety of fields, including forensic science, scene-of-crime work, analytical You will be taught by an experienced chemistry, general scientific analysis, team of academics, many with a health and safety, the insurance industry background as practitioners, and a and law enforcement. range of research specialisms.

Professionally accredited by The Chartered Society of Forensic Sciences

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: F410 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including English Language or Literature and Maths. Duration: Three years full-time, or four years full-time with a placement year (optional) Or, International Baccalaureate: 26+ points with 6 higher level points in a Science subject. Entry and admissions criteria: • Normally 112 UCAS points from at least two English language: IELTS 6.5 overall with 5.5 A-levels with either Biology, Chemistry, Physics in each band, or equivalent. or Applied Science at grade C or above or You may also be interested in: • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma Criminology BA (Hons) in Science at DMM Pharmaceutical and Cosmetic Science BSc (Hons) Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/forensicscience 241 Pharmaceutical and Cosmetic Science BSc (Hons) This course provides a unique balance between the chemistry and engineering components of pharmaceutical and cosmetic product manufacture. UK EU WORLD

About this course Student opportunities • Having successfully run for more than Our strong links with industry allow you to Year 1 modules 25 years, this is one of only a few courses develop your practical and professional • Compounding worldwide to combine pharmaceutics skills and undertake an optional placement • Formulation Chemistry with a cosmetics element year in internationally-recognised • Pharmaceutical Processes • You will be introduced to the companies, including Pfizer and Boots, and Technologies principles behind the formulation as well as medium and small–scale • Basic Microbiology of pharmaceutical and cosmetic pharmaceutical and cosmetic companies. • Professional and Quantitative products as well as the techniques Science Skills Facilities • Cell Biology and Biochemistry involved in their design, preparation, Investment in our dedicated testing and packaging pharmaceutical laboratories and Year 2 modules • Ou r strong collaboration with industry-standard equipment allows • Pharmaceutical Formulation pharmaceutical and cosmetic for the opportunity to develop your • Chemical Analysis, Quality and Stability industries offers continuous review practical and professional skills. • Cosmetic Products of our curriculum to ensure you are • Pharmaceutical Microbiology equipped with the advanced skills Graduate careers • Product Development sought by graduate employers Our graduates are employed in • Applied Pharmacology a wide range of careers: such as • Industrial Placement Year Learning and teaching pharmaceutical scientists, product (Optional) Our research-active academics have development scientists and quality experience in the fields of pharmacy, control managers, in internationally Year 3 modules engineering, chemistry, pharmacology and recognised companies. • Quality Assurance and Quality by Design Principles microbiology. Current research projects You also have the opportunity to • Project that influence our teaching, include: further your education on one of our • Development and Manufacture • Development of an artificial pancreas postgraduate programmes, including the of Pharmaceutical Products • The use of smart nanoparticles and Pharmaceutical Quality by Design MSc • Cosmetic Science or Pharmaceutical Biotechnology MSc. microparticles to improve drug delivery • Pharmaceutical Materials Science • The development of a skin cancer • Elective Modules detection tool Teaching activities include lectures, seminars, workshops and tutorials with approximately 15 hours of face-to-face contact time each week. You will also be expected to achieve approximately 17 hours of self-directed study per week. Our undergraduates have gone Assessment methods include exams, on to careers with internationally computer-based assessments and recognised companies such as practical reports. AstraZeneca, GSK and Boots

KEY FACTS

UCAS Course Code: B204 Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including You may also be interested in: English Language and Maths. Biomedical Science BSc (Hons) Duration: Three years full-time, or four years Forensic Science BSc (Hons) full-time with a placement year (optional) Or, International Baccalaureate: 24+ points with 6 higher level points in Chemistry and Medical Science BMedSci (Hons) Entry and Admissions Criteria: another science. Pharmacy MPharm with Honours • Normally 104 UCAS points from at least two A-levels including Chemistry and another English language: IELTS 6.5 overall with 5.5 science subject at grade C in each band, or equivalent. • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma in Science at DMM Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/pcs 242 Subject to re-accreditation The Leicester School of Pharmacy

Pharmacy MPharm with Honours Equips you with the practical and professional skills needed to work as a pharmacist in your choice of career pathway. UK EU WORLD

About this course while GPhC accreditation ensures teaching Year 1 modules • Accredited by the General remains up-to-date and relevant. • Preparing for Practice (1) - Professional Portfolio Pharmaceutical Council (GPhC), Student opportunities the course meets the latest GPhC • People and Medicines (1) You will undertake structured experience standards for the initial education - Introduction to Pharmacy of practice, with placements at and training of pharmacists • People and Medicines (2) community pharmacies, GP surgeries - Gastrointestinal/Nutrition • To ensure that our pharmacy and hospitals. You will also take part in degree continues to be delivered inter‑professional education events Year 2 modules to the highest possible standards, where you will learn with students, • Preparing for Practice (2) the programme is currently being patients and service users from other - Professional Portfolio re-accredited and its structure is disciplines, gaining an understanding • Pharmacotherapy (1) - Infection/ therefore subject to change. For the of the roles played by other health and Inflammation most up-to-date course information, social care professionals. • Pharmacotherapy (2) - please see the course webpage: Cardiovascular/Respiratory Facilities dmu.ac.uk/pharmacy Year 3 modules Benefit from teaching and learning in • Students have the opportunity to • Preparing for Practice (3) our dedicated pharmacy practice suites, undertake international experiences - Professional Portfolio as well as numerous modern laboratories, through the #DMUglobal initiative, • Advanced Therapeutics (1) where you will develop the skills to with pharmacy students having - Personalised Healthcare prepare you for employment. expanded their skills and global • Advanced Therapeutics (2) - outlook with trips to Kentucky Graduate careers CNS/Endocrine and The Gambia As the gateway to becoming a Year 4 modules Learning and teaching registered pharmacist, our graduates • Preparing for Practice (4) go on to work in a wide range of roles Teaching methods include lectures, - Professional Portfolio in community pharmacy, hospitals and tutorials, laboratory and clinical work, • Professional Clinician (1) - leading pharmaceutical companies. problem solving workshops, group work Skills for Advanced Practice and placement visits. Each week you will To register as a pharmacist you must • Professional Clinician (2) have approximately 16 hours of taught complete one year of postgraduate Integrated Patient Care sessions, supported by at least 20 hours training and pass the GPhC registration of independent study. assessment, after completing the MPharm degree. Assessment methods include exams and coursework, problem solving, critical We deliver postgraduate pharmacy assessment of pharmaceutical data and education to all of the hospitals in the clinical examinations. East Midlands, as well as by distance Over 100 years of pharmacy learning nationally. Research within the school is internationally teaching experience significant and informs our teaching,

KEY FACTS

UCAS course code: B230 • BTEC National Diploma/Extended Diploma in English language: IELTS 6.5 overall with 6.0 Science at DDM with an A-level in Chemistry in each band, or equivalent. Duration: Four years full-time at grade B Other requirements: Selection event and Entry and admissions criteria: Plus, five GCSEs grades A*–C (9-4) including Enhanced DBS Disclosure. • Normally 128 UCAS points from three A-levels English Language and Maths. including Chemistry and one of the following at Or, International Baccalaureate: 30+ points with grade B or above; Biology, Maths, Physics or 6 higher level points in Chemistry and another Psychology. General Studies is not accepted. science subject (Biology, Physics or Maths). The third A-level may be in a non-science subject or replaced by AS levels in different subjects which must be taken in the same sitting as the A-levels, or Please note: Course information was correct at the time of going to print and is subject to review, so may vary. Please see page 250 for more information.

For the most up to date course information and a full list of modules, visit: dmu.ac.uk/pharmacy 243 A-Z INDEX OF COURSES

A C Accounting and Business Management BA (Hons) 104 Communication Arts BA (Hons) 149 Accounting and Economics BA (Hons) 105 Computer Games Programming BSc (Hons) 131 Accounting and Finance BA (Hons) 106 Computer Science BSc (Hons) 132 Advertising and Marketing Communications Computing BSc (Hons) 134 BA (Hons) 107 Computing for Business BSc (Hons) 135 Animation BA (Hons) 81 Contour Fashion (Communication) BA (Hons) 175 Architectural Technology BSc (Hons) 83 Contour Fashion BA (Hons) 174 Architecture BA (Hons) 82 Creative Music Technology BA (Hons) 219 Art and Design (Foundation Studies) Creative Writing BA (Hons) 188 BTEC Level 3 Diploma 84 Criminal Investigation with Policing Studies BA (Hons) 62 Arts and Festivals Management BA (Hons) (Single Honours/Joint Honours) 232 Criminology BA (Hons) 63 Audio and Recording Technology BSc (Hons) 218 Criminology with Psychology BA (Hons) 64 Cyber Security BSc (Hons) 133 B D Biomedical Science BSc (Hons) 52 Broadcast Journalism BA (Hons) 148 Dance BA (Hons) (Single Honours/Joint Honours) 233 Business and Globalisation BA (Hons) 198 Design Crafts BA (Hons) 85 Business and Management BA (Hons) 109 Digital Forensics BSc (Hons) 137 Business and Marketing BA (Hons) 110 Drama BA (Hons) (Single Honours/Joint Honours) 234 Business Entrepreneurship and Innovation B A (H o ns) 111 E Business Information Systems BSc (Hons) 130 Economics and Finance BSc (Hons) 118 Business Law LLB (Hons) 208 Economics and International Relations BA (Hons) 117 Business Management and Economics BA (Hons) 112 Economics and Politics BA (Hons) 119 Business Management and Finance BA (Hons) 113 Economics BA (Hons) 115 Business Management and Human Resource Economics BSc (Hons) 116 Management BA (Hons) 114 Education Studies BA (Hons) 65 Business Management and Law BA (Hons) (Joint Honours) 209 Education Studies with Languages BA (Hons) 66 Education Studies with Psychology BA (Hons) 67 Electrical and Electronic Engineering BEng/MEng (Hons) 165 Energy Engineering BEng (Hons) 166 Engineering Year Zero 167 English BA (Hons) (Single Honours/Joint Honours/With Languages) 189 English Language BA (Hons) (Single Honours/Joint Honours/With Languages) 190 English Language with TESOL BA (Hons) 191

244 F J Fashion Buying with Design BA (Hons) Journalism BA (Hons) (Joint Honours) 153 /Fashion Buying with Garment Technology BA (Hons) 176 Journalism BA (Hons) NCTJ Accredited 152 Fashion Buying with Marketing BA (Hons) /Fashion Buying with Merchandising BA (Hons) 177 L Fashion Communication and Styling BA (Hons) 178 Fashion Design BA (Hons) 179 Law and Criminal Justice LLB (Hons) 211 Fashion Textile Design BA (Hons) 180 - 181 Law and Economics BA (Hons) (Joint Honours) 212 Film Studies BA (Hons) Joint Honours 151 Law LLB (Hons) 210 Film Studies BA (Hons) Single Honours/With Languages 150 Law, Human Rights and Social Justice LLB (Hons) 213 Fine Art BA (Hons) 86 Footwear Design BA (Hons) 182 M Forensic Science BSc (Hons) 241 Marketing BA (Hons) 125 Foundation Year in Computing 139 Mathematics BSc (Hons) 142 Mechanical Engineering BEng/Meng (Hons) 168 G Mechatronics BEng/MEng (Hons) 169 Game Art BA (Hons) 88 Media and Communication BA (Hons) (Joint Honours) 155 Global Finance BSc (Hons) 120 Media and Communication BA (Hons) Global Leadership and Management BSc (Hons) 121 (Single Honours/With Languages) 154 Media Foundation Graphic Design (Illustration) BA (Hons) 91 156 Media Production Graphic Design (Interactive) BA (Hons) 92 BSc (Hons) 157 Medical Science Graphic Design BA (Hons) 89 BMedSci (Hons) 55 Music Technology BSc (Hons) 220 H Music, Technology and Performance BA (Hons) 221 Health and Wellbeing in Society BSc (Hons) 53 N Healthcare Science (Audiology) BSc (Hons) 54 Nutrition BSc (Hons) History BA (Hons) 56 (Single Honours/Joint Honours/With Languages) 193 Nursing with Registration (Adult Nursing) Human Resource Management BA (Hons) 122 BSc (Hons) 227 I Information and Communication Technology BSc (Hons) 140 Intelligent Systems BSc/MComp (Hons) 141 Interior Design BA (Hons) 93 International Business BA (Hons) 123 International Marketing and Business BA (Hons) 124 International Relations and Politics BA (Hons) (Joint Honours) 201 International Relations BA (Hons) (Single Honours/Joint Honours) 199

245 A-Z INDEX OF COURSES

P S Performing Arts BA (Hons) 235 Software Engineering BSc (Hons) 143 Pharmaceutical and Cosmetic Science BSc (Hons) 242 Speech and Language Therapy BSc (Hons) 57 Pharmacy MPharm with Honours 243 Photography and Video BA (Hons) 95 T Politics BA (Hons) (Single Honours/Joint Honours) 202 Textile Design BA (Hons) 183 Product and Furniture Design BA (Hons) 96 Product Design BA (Hons) 97 V Product Design BSc (Hons) 99 Psychology BSc (Hons) 69 Visual Effects (VFX) BSc (Hons) 159 Psychology with Criminology BSc (Hons) 70 Psychology with Education Studies BSc (Hons) 71 Y Psychology with Health and Wellbeing in Society Youth Work and Community Development BA (Hons) 75 BSc (Hons) 73 Public Administration and Management BA (Hons) 203

246 247 COURSE INDEX CLUSTERED BY SUBJECT

Allied Health Sciences Business and Management Biomedical Science BSc (Hons) 52 Accounting and Business Management BA (Hons) 104 Health and Wellbeing in Society BSc (Hons) 53 Accounting and Economics BA (Hons) 105 Healthcare Science (Audiology) BSc (Hons) 54 Accounting and Finance BA (Hons) 106 Medical Science BMedSci (Hons) 55 Advertising and Marketing Communications BA (Hons) 107 Nutrition BSc (Hons) 56 Business and Management BA (Hons) 109 Speech and Language Therapy BSc (Hons) 57 Business and Marketing BA (Hons) 110 Applied Social Sciences Business Entrepreneurship and Innovation BA (Hons) 111 Criminal Investigation with Policing Studies BA (Hons) 62 Business Management and Economics BA (Hons) 112 Criminology BA (Hons) 63 Business Management and Finance BA (Hons) 113 Criminology with Psychology BA (Hons) 64 Business Management and Human Resource Education Studies BA (Hons) 65 Management BA (Hons) 114 Education Studies with Languages BA (Hons) 66 Economics BA (Hons) 115 Education Studies with Psychology BA (Hons) 67 Economics BSc (Hons) 116 Psychology BSc (Hons) 69 Economics and International Relations BA (Hons) 117 Psychology with Criminology BSc (Hons) 70 Economics and Finance BSc (Hons) 118 Psychology with Education Studies BSc (Hons) 71 Economics and Politics BA (Hons) 119 Psychology with Health and Wellbeing in Society Global Finance BSc (Hons) 120 BSc (Hons) 73 Global Leadership and Management BSc (Hons) 121 Youth Work and Community Development BA (Hons) 75 Human Resource Management BA (Hons) 122 Art, Design and Architecture International Business BA (Hons) 123 Animation BA (Hons) 81 International Marketing and Business BA (Hons) 124 Architecture BA (Hons) 82 Marketing BA (Hons) 125 Architectural Technology BSc (Hons) 83 Art and Design (Foundation Studies) Computer Sciences and Mathematics BTEC Level 3 Diploma 84 Business Information Systems BSc (Hons) 130 Design Crafts BA (Hons) 85 Computer Games Programming BSc (Hons) 131 Fine Art BA (Hons) 86 Computer Science BSc (Hons) 132 Game Art BA (Hons) 88 Cyber Security BSc (Hons) 133 Graphic Design BA (Hons) 89 Computing BSc (Hons) 134 Graphic Design (Illustration) BA (Hons) 91 Computing for Business BSc (Hons) 135 Graphic Design (Interactive) BA (Hons) 92 Digital Forensics BSc (Hons) 137 Interior Design BA (Hons) 93 Foundation Year in Computing 139 Photography and Video BA (Hons) 95 Information and Communication Technology Product and Furniture Design BA (Hons) 96 BSc (Hons) 140 Product Design BA (Hons) 97 Intelligent Systems BSc/MComp (Hons) 141 Product Design BSc (Hons) 99 Mathematics BSc (Hons) 142 Software Engineering BSc (Hons) 143

248 Creative Technologies and Media International Relations and Politics Broadcast Journalism BA (Hons) 148 Business and Globalisation BA (Hons) 198 Communication Arts BA (Hons) 149 International Relations BA (Hons) Film Studies BA (Hons) Single Honours/ (Single Honours/Joint Honours) 199 With Languages 150 International Relations and Politics BA (Hons) Film Studies BA (Hons) Joint Honours 151 (Joint Honours) 201 Journalism BA (Hons) NCTJ Accredited 152 Politics BA (Hons) (Single Honours/Joint Honours) 202 Journalism BA (Hons) (Joint Honours) 153 Public Administration and Management BA (Hons) 203 Media and Communication BA (Hons) Law (Single Honours/With Languages) 154 Business Law LLB (Hons) 208 Media and Communication BA (Hons) (Joint Honours) 155 Business Management and Law BA (Hons) Media Foundation 156 (Joint Honours) 209 Media Production BSc (Hons) 157 Law LLB (Hons) 210 Visual Effects (VFX) BSc (Hons) 159 Law and Criminal Justice LLB (Hons) 211 Engineering Law and Economics BA (Hons) (Joint Honours) 212 Electrical and Electronic Engineering BEng/ Law, Human Rights and Social Justice LLB (Hons) 213 MEng (Hons) 165 Music Energy Engineering BEng (Hons) 166 Audio and Recording Technology BSc (Hons) 218 Engineering Year Zero 167 Creative Music Technology BA (Hons) 219 Mechanical Engineering BEng/Meng (Hons) 168 Music Technology BSc (Hons) 220 Mechatronics BEng/MEng (Hons) 169 Music, Technology and Performance BA (Hons) 221 Fashion and Textiles course Nursing Contour Fashion BA (Hons) 174 Nursing with Registration (Adult Nursing) BSc (Hons) 227 Contour Fashion (Communication) BA (Hons) 175 Fashion Buying with Design BA (Hons)/ Performance and Arts Management Fashion Buying with Garment Technology BA (Hons) 176 Arts and Festivals Management BA (Hons) Fashion Buying with Marketing BA (Hons)/ (Single Honours/Joint Honours) 232 Fashion Buying with Merchandising BA (Hons) 177 Dance BA (Hons) (Single Honours/Joint Honours) 233 Fashion Communication and Styling BA (Hons) 178 Drama BA (Hons) (Single Honours/Joint Honours) 234 Fashion Design BA (Hons) 179 Performing Arts BA (Hons) 235 Fashion Textile Design BA (Hons) 180 The Leicester School of Pharmacy Footwear Design BA (Hons) 182 Forensic Science BSc (Hons) 241 Textile Design BA (Hons) 183 Pharmaceutical and Cosmetic Science BSc (Hons) 242 Humanities Pharmacy MPharm with Honours 243 Creative Writing BA (Hons) 188 English BA (Hons) (Single Honours/ Joint Honours/With Languages) 189 English Language BA (Hons) (Single Honours/ Joint Honours/With Languages) 190 English Language with TESOL BA (Hons) 191 History BA (Hons) (Single Honours/Joint Honours/ With Languages) 193 249 L E G A L INFORMATION

Right of revision The contents of this prospectus are correct at the time of going to press. However, because of the sometimes lengthy period of time between printing this prospectus and applications being made and processed by us, please check our website before making an application in case there are any changes to the course you are interested in or to other DMU is proud to be a Fairtrade University facilities and services described here. Choose products with the FAIRTRADE Mark Where there is a difference between the content of this fairtrade.org.uk prospectus and our website, the contents of the website Printed on an ISO14001 certified printer using take precedence and represent the basis of which we vegetable based inks. intend to deliver our services to you.

dmu.ac.uk/ugcourses

Please note At the time of going to print 2019 fees and www.fsc.org scholarships are still to be confirmed. Please check Paper from dmu.ac.uk/internationalfees for the latest information. responsible sources FSC® C111290 Any courses listed as ‘Subject to validation’ are subject to formal approval processes. There is no guarantee that Cover printed on: these courses will be ready for the 2019 academic sessions. 350gsm Silk FSC ® certified. For the most up-to-date information, see our website. Text pages printed on: dmu.ac.uk 100gsm Silk FSC ® certified. Manufactured to ISO 14001 and EMAS (Eco-Management & Audit Scheme) international standards, minimising negative impacts on the environment Please recycle after use. Alternative formats Where possible DMU publications or specific sections can be supplied in alternative media. For further information on how we can help, please call: +44 (0)116 2 50 60 70 (from non-UK countries), or email [email protected]

250 Teaching Excellence Framework

APPLY NOW Download an application form dmu.ac.uk/international/apply